Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 4, 2013

Registration No. 333-190354

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

COMMSCOPE HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware		3663		27-4332098
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1100 CommScope Place, SE

Hickory, NC 28602

(828) 324-2200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Frank B. Wyatt, II

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

1100 CommScope Place, SE

Hickory, NC 28602

(828) 324-2200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick H. Shannon Jason M. Licht Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, NW Washington, DC 20004 (202) 637-2200		Arthur D. Robinson Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10017 (212) 455-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

¨ Large accelerated filer		¨ Accelerated filer		x Non-accelerated filer		¨ Smaller reporting company

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated September 4, 2013

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is CommScope Holding Company, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling             shares of our common stock in this offering. The selling stockholder named in this prospectus, an affiliate of The Carlyle Group, or “Carlyle,” is offering             shares of our common stock in this offering.

We expect the public offering price to be between $        and $        per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We will apply for listing of our common stock on the             under the symbol “COMM”.

 

 

Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

 

		Per Share				Total
Public offering price		$				$
Underwriting discount (1)		$				$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us		$				$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder		$				$

 

(1)

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional             shares from us and up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholder, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                    , 2013.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan		Deutsche Bank Securities				BofA Merrill Lynch
Barclays		Credit Suisse		Goldman, Sachs & Co.		Jefferies
Morgan Stanley		RBC Capital Markets				Wells Fargo Securities

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013.

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Prospectus Summary			1
Risk Factors			17
Forward-Looking Statements			39
Use of Proceeds			41
Dividend Policy			42
Capitalization			43
Dilution			45
Selected Historical Financial Information			47
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			50
Business			83
Management			99
Compensation Discussion and Analysis			106
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions			124
Principal and Selling Stockholders			126
Description of Capital Stock			128
Shares Eligible For Future Sale			132
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock			134
Underwriting			138
Validity of Common Stock			145
Experts			145
Where You Can Find More Information			145
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-1

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We and the selling stockholder have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sales of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may have changed since such date.

 

i

---

Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of and experience in the market sectors in which we compete. The Gartner report described herein represents data, research, opinions or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in such report are subject to change without notice.

TRADEMARKS

We own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks, copyrights and service marks, including those mentioned in this prospectus, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products and services. This prospectus includes trademarks, such as CommScope, Andrew, SYSTIMAX and Uniprise, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property and/or the property of our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

ii

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with the information under the caption “Business—Competition” and the other information contained in this prospectus before you decide whether to buy our common stock. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could suffer significantly. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock. The following is a summary of all the material risks known to us.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is dependent on customers’ capital spending on data and communication networks and reductions by customers in capital spending adversely affect our business.

Our performance is dependent on customers’ capital spending for constructing, rebuilding, maintaining or upgrading data and communication networks, which can be volatile or hard to forecast. Capital spending in the communications industry is cyclical and can be curtailed or deferred on short notice. A variety of factors affect the amount of capital spending, and, therefore, our sales and profits, including:

 

•

competing technologies;

 

•

general economic conditions;

 

•

timing and adoption of global rollout of new technologies, include LTE;

 

•

customer specific financial or stock market conditions;

 

•

availability and cost of capital;

 

•

governmental regulation;

 

•

demands for network services;

 

•

competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;

 

•

acceptance of new services offered by our customers;

 

•

impact of industry consolidation; and

 

•

real or perceived trends or uncertainties in these factors.

Several of our customers have accumulated significant levels of debt. These high debt levels, coupled with the continued turbulence and uncertainty in the capital markets, may impact their access to capital in the future. Even if the financial health of our customers remains intact, these customers may not purchase new equipment at levels we have seen in the past or expect in the future. While there are signs of improvement from the historical housing market disruptions and foreclosures, as well as the material disruptions in the credit markets, that occurred beginning in 2008, we cannot predict the impact, if any, of the continued economic uncertainty or of specific customer financial challenges on our customer’s expansion and maintenance expenditures.

In addition, industry consolidation has, in the past, constrained, and may, in the future, constrain, capital spending by our customers. Further, if our product portfolio and product development plans do not position us well to capture an increased portion of the capital spending of customers in the markets on which we focus, our revenue may decline.

As a result of these capital spending issues, we may not be able to maintain or increase our revenue in the future, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

A substantial portion of our business is derived from a limited number of key customers or distributors.

We derived 23.5% of our 2012 consolidated net sales from our top three customers or distributors. Our largest distributor, Anixter, accounted for 12.9% of our 2012 consolidated net sales. The concentration of our net sales among these key customers or distributors subjects us to a variety of risks that could have a material adverse impact on our net sales and profitability, including, without limitation:

 

•

lower sales resulting from the loss of one or more of our key customers or distributors;

 

•

renegotiations of agreements with key customers or distributors resulting in materially less favorable terms;

 

•

financial difficulties experienced by one or more of our key customers, distributors or our distributors’ end customers, resulting in reduced purchases of our products and/or uncollectible accounts receivable balances;

 

•

reductions in inventory levels held by distributors and original equipment manufacturers which may be unrelated to purchasing trends by the ultimate customer;

 

•

consolidations in the wireless or cable television industries resulting in delays in purchasing decisions or reduced purchases by the merged businesses;

 

•

new or proposed laws or regulations affecting the wireless or cable television industries resulting in reduced capital spending;

 

•

increases in the cost of borrowing or capital and/or reductions in the amount of debt or equity capital available to the wireless or cable television industries resulting in reduced capital spending; and

 

•

changes in the technology deployed by customers resulting in lower sales of our products.

Additionally, the risks above are further increased as a result of our indirect sales to the same ultimate customers. In addition, we generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of our distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators, original equipment manufacturers, or “OEM,” or other customers, and our contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or services that compete with ours. While we maintain long-term relationships with these parties and have not historically lost key customers, we have experienced variability in the level of purchases by our key customers, and any significant reduction in sales to these customers, including as a result of the inability or unwillingness of these customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase of and payment for our products, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. See also “—We depend on channel partners to sell our products in certain markets and regions and are subject to risks associated with these arrangements.”

Our future success depends on our ability to anticipate and to adapt to technological changes and develop, implement and market product innovations.

Many of our markets are characterized by advances in information processing and communications capabilities that require increased transmission speeds and greater bandwidth. These advances require ongoing improvements in the capabilities of our products.

However, we may not be successful in those efforts if, among other things, our products:

 

•

are not cost effective;

 

•

are not brought to market in a timely manner;

 

•

are not in accordance with evolving industry standards;

 

•

fail to achieve market acceptance or meet customer requirements; and

 

•

are ahead of the needs of their markets.

 

18

---

Table of Contents

There are various competitive wireless technologies that could be a potential substitute for some of the communications products we sell. See “Business—Competition.” A significant technological breakthrough or significant decrease in the cost of deploying these wireless technologies could have a material adverse effect on our sales.

Fiber optic technology presents a potential substitute for some of the broadband communications cable products we sell. A significant decrease in the cost of deploying fiber optic systems could make these systems superior on a price/performance basis to copper or aluminum systems and have a material adverse effect on our business.

In order to successfully develop and market certain of our planned products, we may be required to enter into technology development or licensing agreements with third parties. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to timely enter into any necessary technology development or licensing agreements on reasonable terms, or at all.

The failure to successfully introduce new or enhanced products on a timely and cost-competitive basis or the inability to continue to market existing products on a cost-competitive basis could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, sales of new products may replace sales of some of our existing products, mitigating the benefits of new product introductions and possibly resulting in excess levels of inventory.

Our revenues are dependent on the commercial deployment of technologies based on code division multiple access, or “CDMA,” and orthogonal frequency-division multiple access, or “OFDMA,” among others, and upgrades of 2G, 3G and 4G wireless communications equipment, products and services based on these technologies.

We develop, patent and commercialize technology and products based on CDMA and OFDMA, among others. Our revenues are dependent upon the commercial deployment of these technologies and products and upgrades of 2G, 3G and 4G wireless communications equipment, products and services based on these technologies. For example, several wireless providers in the United States have recently announced plans to shut down legacy CDMA networks. While we believe the deployment and adoption of LTE technology will help reduce the effect of this industry trend, our business may be harmed, and our investments in these technologies may not provide us an adequate return if:

 

•

LTE, an OFDMA-based wireless standard, is not widely deployed or commercial deployment is delayed;

 

•

wireless operators delay moving 2G customers to 3G and 4G devices;

 

•

wireless operators delay 3G and/or 4G deployments, expansions or upgrades;

 

•

government regulators delay the reallocation of spectrum to allow wireless operators to upgrade to 3G and 4G, which will restrict the expansion of 3G and 4G wireless connectivity, primarily outside of major population areas;

 

•

wireless operators are unable to drive improvements in 3G and 4G network performance and/or capacity; or

 

•

wireless operators and other industries using these technologies deploy other technologies.

Our business is dependent on our ability to increase our share of components sold and to continue to drive the adoption of our products and services into 3G and 4G wireless devices and networks. We are also dependent on the success of our customers, licensees and CDMA- and OFDMA-based wireless operators and other industries using our technologies, as well as the timing of their deployment of new services, and they may incur lower gross margins on products or services based on these technologies than on products using alternative technologies as a result of greater competition or other factors. If commercial deployment of these technologies, upgrade of 2G subscribers to 3G devices and upgrades to 3G or 4G wireless communications equipment, products and services based on these technologies do not continue or are delayed, our revenues could be negatively impacted, and our business could suffer.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

We may not fully realize anticipated benefits from past or future acquisitions or equity investments.

We anticipate that a portion of any future growth of our business might be accomplished by acquiring existing businesses, products or technologies. The success of any acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies into our organization effectively, to retain and motivate key personnel of acquired businesses and to retain their clients. In addition, we might not be able to identify suitable acquisition opportunities or obtain any necessary financing on acceptable terms. We might also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition or investment targets, but not complete the transaction.

Although we expect to realize strategic, operational and financial benefits as a result of our past or future acquisitions and equity investments, we cannot predict whether and to what extent such benefits will be achieved. There are significant challenges to integrating an acquired operation into our business, including, but not limited to:

 

•

successfully managing the operations, manufacturing facilities and technology;

 

•

integrating the sales organizations and maintaining and increasing the customer base;

 

•

retaining key employees, suppliers and distributors;

 

•

integrating management information, inventory, accounting and research and development activities; and

 

•

addressing operating losses related to individual facilities or product lines.

Any future acquisition could involve other risks, including the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, issuances of debt, transaction costs and diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and such acquisition may be dilutive to our financial results.

We face competitive pressures with respect to all of our major products.

In each of our major product groups, we compete with a substantial number of foreign and domestic companies, some of which have greater resources (financial or otherwise) or lower operating costs than we have. Competitors’ actions, such as price reductions or introduction of new innovative products, and the use of exclusively price driven Internet auctions by customers may have a material adverse impact on our net sales and profitability. In addition, the rapid technological changes occurring in the communications industry could lead to the entry of new competitors. We cannot assure you that we will continue to compete successfully with our existing competitors or with new competitors.

Many of our competitors are substantially larger than us, and have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have. Many of these large enterprises are in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by customers in our markets. They often have broader product lines and market focus, and may not be as susceptible to downturns in a single market. These competitors may also be able to bundle their products together to meet the needs of a particular customer, and may be capable of delivering more complete solutions than we are able to provide. To the extent large enterprises that currently do not compete directly with us choose to enter our markets by acquisition or otherwise, competition would likely intensify.

Further, some of our competitors that have greater financial resources have offered, and in the future may offer, their products at lower prices than we offer for our competing products or on more attractive financing or payment terms, which has in the past caused, and may in the future cause, us to lose sales opportunities and the resulting revenue or to reduce our prices in response to that competition. Reductions in prices for any of our products could have a material adverse effect on our operating margins and revenue. In addition, many of our competitors have been in operation longer than we have and, therefore, have more long-standing and established relationships with domestic and foreign customers, making it difficult for us to sell to those customers.

If any of our competitors’ products or technologies were to become the industry standard, our business would be seriously harmed. If our competitors are successful in bringing their products to market earlier than us, or if these

 

20

---

Table of Contents

products are more technologically capable than ours, our revenue could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain companies that have not had a large presence in the broadband communications equipment market have begun to expand their presence in this market through mergers and acquisitions. The continued consolidation of our competitors could have a significant negative impact on our business. Further, our competitors may bundle their products or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may require us to lower our selling prices, resulting in lower revenue and decreased gross margins.

If we are unable to compete at the same level as we have in the past, in any of our markets, or are forced to reduce the prices of our products in order to continue to be competitive, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows would be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on channel partners to sell our products in certain markets and regions and are subject to risks associated with these arrangements.

We utilize distributors, value-added resellers and system integrators (channel partners) to sell our products to certain customers and in certain geographic regions to improve our access to these customers and regions and to lower our overall cost of sales and post-sales support. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, sales to our four largest channel partners represented 20% of our net sales for each period. Our sales through channel partners are subject to a number of risks, including:

 

•

the ability of our selected channel partners to effectively sell our products to end customers;

 

•

our ability to continue channel partner arrangements into the future because most are for a limited term and subject to mutual agreement to extend;

 

•

a reduction in gross margins realized on sale of our products; and

 

•

a diminution of contact with end customers which, over time, could adversely impact our ability to develop new products that meet customers’ evolving requirements.

In the past, we have seen some distributors acquired and consolidated. If there were further consolidation of our distributors, this could affect our relationships with these distributors. It could also result in consolidation of distributor inventory, which could temporarily depress our revenue. In addition, changes in the inventory levels of our products held by our distributors can result in significant variability in our revenues. We have also experienced financial failure of a limited number of distributors from time to time, resulting in our inability to collect accounts receivable in full. A global economic downturn could cause financial difficulties (including bankruptcy) for our distributors and customers, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of our distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators or OEM customers, and our contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or services that compete with ours. Our competitors may provide incentives to any of our distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators or OEM customers to favor their products or, in effect, to prevent or reduce sales of our products. Any of our distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators or OEM customers may independently choose not to purchase or offer our products. Many of our distributors, value-added resellers and system integrators are small, are based in a variety of international locations, and may have relatively unsophisticated processes and limited financial resources to conduct their business. Any significant disruption of our sales to these customers, including as a result of the inability or unwillingness of these customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase of and payment for our products, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, our failure to continue to establish or maintain successful relationships with distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators or OEM customers could likewise materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

If contract manufacturers that we rely on encounter production, quality, financial or other difficulties, we may experience difficulty in meeting customer demands.

We rely on unaffiliated contract manufacturers, both domestically and internationally, to produce certain products or key components of products. If we are unable to arrange for sufficient production capacity among our contract manufacturers or if our contract manufacturers encounter production, quality, financial or other difficulties, including labor disturbances or geopolitical risks, we may encounter difficulty in meeting customer demands. Any such difficulties could have an adverse effect on our business, financial results and results of operations, which could be material.

If our integrated global manufacturing operations suffer production or shipping delays, we may experience difficulty in meeting customer demands.

We internally produce, both domestically and internationally, a significant portion of certain components used in our finished products. Disruption of our ability to produce at or distribute from these facilities due to failure of our manufacturing infrastructure, fire, electrical outage, natural disaster, acts of terrorism, shipping interruptions or some other catastrophic event could have a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture products at our other manufacturing facilities in a cost-effective and timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we encounter capacity constraints with respect to our internal facilities and/or existing or new contract manufacturers, it could have an adverse impact on our business.

If we do not have sufficient production capacity, either through our internal facilities and/or through independent contract manufacturers, to meet customer demand for our products, we may experience lost sales opportunities and customer relations problems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on effective information management systems.

We rely on our enterprise resource planning systems to support such critical business operations as processing sales orders and invoicing; inventory control; purchasing and supply chain management; human resources; and financial reporting. If we are unable to successfully implement major systems initiatives and maintain critical information systems, we could encounter difficulties that could have a material adverse impact on our business, internal controls over financial reporting, or our ability to timely and accurately report our financial results.

Cyber-security incidents, including data security breaches or computer viruses, could harm our business by disrupting our delivery of services, damaging our reputation or exposing us to liability.

We receive, process, store and transmit, often electronically, the confidential data of our clients and others. Unauthorized access to our computer systems or stored data could result in the theft or improper disclosure of confidential information, the deletion or modification of records or could cause interruptions in our operations. These cyber-security risks increase when we transmit information from one location to another, including transmissions over the Internet or other electronic networks. Despite implemented security measures, our facilities, systems and procedures, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, software viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or other similar events which may disrupt our delivery of services or expose the confidential information of our clients and others. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure or use of confidential information of our clients or others, whether by us or a third party, could (i) subject us to civil and criminal penalties, (ii) have a negative impact on our reputation, or (iii) expose us to liability to our clients, third parties or government authorities. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22

---

Table of Contents

If our products, including material purchased from our suppliers, experience performance issues, our business may suffer.

Our business depends on delivering products of consistently high quality. To this end, our products are tested for quality both by us and our customers. Nevertheless, many of our products are highly complex and testing procedures used by us and our customers are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios. For various reasons (including, among others, the occurrence of performance problems unforeseeable in testing), our products (including components and raw materials purchased from our suppliers and completed goods purchased for resale) may fail to perform as expected. Performance issues could result from faulty design or problems in manufacturing. We have experienced such performance issues in the past and remain exposed to such performance issues. In some cases, recall of some or all affected products, product redesigns or additional capital expenditures may be required to correct a defect. We recently agreed to replace and reinstall certain faulty products previously sold by us. In addition, we generally offer warranties on most products, the terms and conditions of which depend upon the product subject to the warranty. In some cases, we indemnify our customers against damages or losses that might arise from certain claims relating to our products. Future claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any significant or systemic product failure could also result in lost future sales of the affected product and other products, as well as reputational damage.

Our significant international operations expose us to economic, political and other risks.

We have significant international sales, manufacturing and distribution operations. We have major international manufacturing and/or distribution facilities, among others, in Australia, Brazil, China, the Czech Republic, Germany, India, Ireland, Mexico, Singapore and the United Kingdom. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, international sales represented approximately 44%, 47%, 49% and 47%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. In general, our international sales have lower margins than our domestic sales. To the extent international sales represent a greater percentage of our revenue, our overall margin may decline.

Our international sales, manufacturing and distribution operations are subject to the risks inherent in operating abroad, including, but not limited to, risks with respect to currency exchange rates; economic and political destabilization; restrictive actions by foreign governments; wage inflation; nationalizations; the laws and policies of the United States affecting trade, exports, imports, anti-bribery, foreign investment and loans; foreign tax laws, including the ability to recover amounts paid as value-added taxes; potential restrictions on the repatriation of cash; reduced protection of intellectual property; longer customer payment cycles; compliance with local laws and regulations; armed conflict; terrorism; shipping interruptions; and major health concerns (such as infectious diseases).

In addition, foreign currency rates in many of the countries in which we operate have at times been extremely volatile and unpredictable. We may choose not to hedge or determine that we are unable to effectively hedge the risks associated with this volatility. In such cases, we may experience declines in revenue and adverse impacts on earnings and such changes could be material.

Our international operations require us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us and our subsidiaries to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions, and our failure to comply with these rules and regulations may expose us to liabilities. These laws and regulations may apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA.” The FCPA prohibits U.S. companies and their officers, directors, employees and agents acting on their behalf from corruptly offering,

 

23

---

Table of Contents

promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The FCPA also requires companies to make and keep books, records and accounts that accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets and to maintain a system of adequate internal accounting controls. As part of our business, we deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. We are also subject to the UK Anti-Bribery Act, which prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public and private sectors. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. As a result of the above activities, we are exposed to the risk of violating anti-corruption laws. Violations of these legal requirements are punishable by criminal fines and imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, debarment from government contracts as well as other remedial measures. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel in complying with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, our employees, subcontractors and agents could take actions that violate these requirements, which could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

Certain of our products are subject to export controls and may be exported only with the required export license or through an export license exception. If we were to fail to comply with export licensing, customs regulations, economic sanctions and other laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines for us and incarceration for responsible employees and managers, and the possible loss of export or import privileges. In addition, if our distributors fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or permits, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary export license for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. While we train our employees to comply with these regulations, we cannot assure that a violation will not occur, whether knowingly or inadvertently. Any such shipment could have negative consequences including government investigations, penalties, fines, civil and criminal sanctions, and reputational harm. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks relating to currency fluctuations and currency exchange.

On an ongoing basis we are exposed to various changes in foreign currency rates because significant sales and costs are denominated in foreign currencies. These risk factors can impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position. We manage these risks through regular operating and financing activities and periodically use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts. There can be no assurance that our risk management strategies will be effective.

We also may encounter difficulties in converting our earnings from international operations to U.S. dollars for use in the United States. These obstacles may include problems moving funds out of the countries in which the funds were earned and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable in foreign countries where the usual accounts receivable payment cycle is longer.

 

24

---

Table of Contents

We may sell one or more of our product lines, from time to time, as a result of our evaluation of our products and markets, and any such divestiture could adversely affect our expenses, revenues, results of operation, cash flows and financial position.

We periodically evaluate our various product lines and may, as a result, consider the divestiture of one or more of those product lines. Any such divestiture could adversely affect our expenses, revenues, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Divestitures of product lines have inherent risks, including the expense of selling the product line, the possibility that any anticipated sale will not occur, possible delays in closing any sale, the risk of lower-than-expected proceeds from the sale of the divested business, unexpected costs associated with the separation of the business to be sold from the seller’s information technology and other operating systems, and potential post-closing claims for indemnification. Expected cost savings, which are offset by revenue losses from divested businesses, may also be difficult to achieve or maximize due to the seller’s fixed cost structure, and a seller may experience varying success in reducing fixed costs or transferring liabilities previously associated with the divested business.

Difficulties may be encountered in the realignment of manufacturing capacity and capabilities among our global manufacturing facilities that could adversely affect our ability to meet customer demands for our products.

We periodically realign manufacturing capacity among our global facilities in order to reduce costs by improving manufacturing efficiency and to strengthen our long-term competitive position. The implementation of these initiatives may include significant shifts of production capacity among facilities.

There are significant risks inherent in the implementation of these initiatives, including, but not limited to, failing to ensure that: there is adequate inventory on hand or production capacity to meet customer demand while capacity is being shifted among facilities; there is no decrease in product quality as a result of shifting capacity; adequate raw material and other service providers are available to meet the needs at the new production locations; equipment can be successfully removed, transported and re-installed; and adequate supervisory, production and support personnel are available to accommodate the shifted production.

In the event that manufacturing realignment initiatives are not successfully implemented, we could experience lost future sales and increased operating costs as well as customer relations problems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to undertake additional restructuring actions in the future.

We have previously recognized restructuring charges in response to slowdowns in demand for our products and in conjunction with implementation of initiatives to reduce costs and improve efficiency of our operations. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded net restructuring charges of $59.6 million, as a result of our restructuring actions to realign and lower our cost structure, improve capacity utilization and complete integration efforts related to the Andrew acquisition. To achieve these objectives, we closed manufacturing facilities in Omaha, Nebraska and Newton, North Carolina, among other actions. Much of the production capacity from these facilities has been shifted to other existing facilities or contract manufacturers. Beginning in the third quarter of 2011 and continuing into 2013, additional restructuring actions were initiated to realign and lower our cost structure primarily through workforce reductions at various U.S. and international facilities. Since the Acquisition, we have recorded net restructuring charges of $53.2 million as a result of these restructuring actions. As a result of changes in business conditions and other developments, we may need to initiate additional restructuring actions that could result in workforce reductions and restructuring charges, which could be material.

We may need to recognize additional impairment charges related to goodwill, identified intangible assets and fixed assets.

We have substantial balances of goodwill and identified intangible assets. At December 31, 2012, we had a goodwill balance of $1,473.9 million. We are required to test goodwill for possible impairment on the same date

 

25

---

Table of Contents

each year and on an interim basis if there are indicators of a possible impairment. We are also required to evaluate amortizable intangible assets and fixed assets for impairment if there are indicators of a possible impairment. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, a step two goodwill impairment analysis was performed and a preliminary goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million was recorded. The step two valuation is expected to be completed in the third quarter and any revision to the preliminary impairment charge will be recorded at that time.

There is significant judgment required in the analysis of a potential impairment of goodwill, identified intangible assets and fixed assets. If, as a result of a general economic slowdown, deterioration in one or more of the markets in which we operate or in our financial performance and/or future outlook, the estimated fair value of our long-lived assets decreases, we may determine that one or more of our long-lived assets is impaired. An impairment charge would be determined based on the estimated fair value of the assets and any such impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have significant obligations under our defined benefit employee benefit plans and may be required to make plan contributions in excess of current estimates.

There is a significant unfunded liability related to our defined benefit employee benefit plans. As of December 31, 2012, the net pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities were $66.2 million. The accumulated benefit obligation for all of our defined benefit pension plans was $269.0 million as of December 31, 2012. See Note 10 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Significant changes to the assets and/or the liabilities related to these obligations as a result of changes in actuarial estimates, asset performance, interest rates or benefit changes, among others, could have a material impact on our financial position and/or results of operations.

We expect to fund a material portion of our significant underfunded pension obligations in the U.S. through 2015 under the terms of an agreement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or the “PBGC,” in connection with the 2011 closure of our Omaha production facility. The amounts and timing of the remaining contributions we expect to make to our defined benefit plans that are described in this prospectus reflect a number of actuarial and other estimates and assumptions with respect to our expected plan funding obligations. The actual amounts and timing of these contributions will depend upon a number of factors and the actual amounts and timing of our future plan funding contributions may differ materially from the those presented in this prospectus.

In addition, we may at any time be required to make additional accelerated plan contributions up to the full amount of our unfunded liability under our defined benefit pension plan in the United States in the event the PBGC institutes proceedings to terminate the plan or in order to prevent the PBGC from doing so. The PBGC may institute proceedings to terminate a defined benefit pension plan for a number of reasons, including if it determines that a plan will be unable to pay benefits when due or if the possible long-run loss to the PBGC with respect to a plan may reasonably be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is not terminated. We have similar exposures with respect to certain pension plans outside the U.S. Foreign plans represented 40% and 49% of the pension benefit obligation and pension plans’ assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. See Note 10 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our financial condition may be adversely affected to the extent that we are required to make contributions to any of our defined benefit pension plans in excess of the amounts assumed in our current projections.

We may incur costs and may not be successful in protecting our intellectual property and in defending claims that we are infringing on the intellectual property of others.

We may encounter difficulties and significant costs in protecting our intellectual property rights or obtaining rights to additional intellectual property to permit us to continue or expand our business. Other companies, including some of our largest competitors, hold intellectual property rights in our industry and the intellectual property rights of others could inhibit our ability to introduce new products unless we secure necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms.

 

26

---

Table of Contents

In addition, we have been required and may be required in the future to initiate litigation in order to enforce patents issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope and/or validity of a third party’s patent or other proprietary rights. We also have been and may in the future be subject to lawsuits by third parties seeking to enforce their own intellectual property rights, including against certain of the intellectual property that we have acquired through our strategic acquisitions. Any such litigation, regardless of outcome, could subject us to significant liabilities or require us to cease using proprietary third party technology and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In certain markets, we may be required to address counterfeit versions of our products. We may incur significant costs in pursuing the originators of such counterfeit products and, if we are unsuccessful in eliminating them from the market, we may experience a reduction in the value of our products and/or a reduction in our net sales.

Changes to the regulatory environment in which we or our customers operate may negatively impact our business.

The telecommunications and cable television industries are subject to significant and changing federal and state regulation, both in the U.S. and other countries, including restrictions under The Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC, or “RoHS,” in the European Union regarding the use of certain hazardous materials used in the manufacturing of various types of electronic and electrical equipment, regulations under the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 2002/96/EC, or “WEEE,” regarding the collection, recycling and recovery for electrical goods and regulations under the European Community Regulation EC 1907/2006 regulating chemicals and their safe use. As a result, such changes could adversely impact demand for our products.

Regulatory changes of more general applicability could also have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, changes to the U.S. corporate tax system have been proposed that would lead to the taxation of foreign earnings at the time they are earned rather than when they are repatriated to the U.S. Implementation of such changes would have an adverse effect on our net income and would require us to make earlier cash tax payments.

Compliance with current and future environmental laws, potential environmental liabilities and the impact of climate change may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, discharges to air and water, management of regulated materials, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and investigation and remediation of contaminated sites. Because of the nature of our business, we have incurred and will continue to incur costs relating to compliance with or liability under these environmental laws and regulations. In addition, new laws and regulations, including those regulating the types of substances allowable in certain of our products, new or different interpretations of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new remediation or discharge requirements, could require us to incur costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For example, the European Union has issued RoHS and WEEE regulating the use and disposal of electrical goods. If we are unable to comply with these and similar laws in other jurisdictions, or to sufficiently increase prices or otherwise reduce costs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The physical effect of future climate change (such as increases in severe weather) may have an impact on our suppliers, customers, employees and facilities which we are unable to quantify, but which may be material.

Efforts to regulate emissions of greenhouse gases, or “GHG,” such as carbon dioxide are underway in the U.S. and other countries which could increase the cost of raw materials, production processes and transportation of our products. If we are unable to comply with such regulations, sufficiently increase prices or otherwise reduce costs, GHG regulation could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Certain environmental laws impose strict and in some circumstances joint and several liability (that could result in an entity paying more than its fair share) on current or former owners or operators of a contaminated property,

 

27

---

Table of Contents

as well as companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances at a contaminated property for the costs of investigation and remediation of the contaminated property. Our present and past facilities have been in operation for many years and over that time, in the course of those operations, hazardous substances and wastes have been used, generated and disposed of at such facilities and investigation and remediation projects are underway at a few of these sites. There can be no assurance that the contractual indemnifications we have received from prior owners and operators of certain of these facilities will continue to be honored. In addition, we have disposed of waste products either directly or through third parties at numerous disposal sites, and from time to time we have been and may be held responsible for investigation and clean-up costs at these sites where those owners and operators have been unable to remain in business. Also, there can be no guarantee that new environmental requirements or changes in their enforcement or the discovery of previously unknown conditions will not cause us to incur additional costs for environmental matters which could be material.

Our dependence on commodities subjects us to cost volatility and potential availability constraints which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Our profitability may be materially affected by changes in the market price and availability of certain raw materials, most of which are linked to the commodity markets. The principal raw materials we purchase are rods, tapes, sheets, wires, tubes and hardware made of copper, steel, aluminum or brass; plastics and other polymers; and optical fiber. Fabricated copper, steel and aluminum are used in the production of coaxial and twisted pair cables and polymers are used to insulate and protect cables. Prices for copper, steel, aluminum, fluoropolymers and certain other polymers, derived from oil and natural gas, have experienced significant volatility as a result of changes in the levels of global demand, supply disruptions and other factors. As a result, we have adjusted our prices for certain products and may have to adjust prices again in the future. Delays in implementing price increases or a failure to achieve market acceptance of price increases has in the past and could in the future have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. In an environment of falling commodities prices, we may be unable to sell higher-cost inventory before implementing price decreases, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on a limited number of key suppliers for certain raw materials and components.

For certain of our raw material and component purchases, including certain polymers, copper rod, copper and aluminum tapes, fine aluminum wire, steel wire, optical fiber, circuit boards and other electronic components, we are dependent on key suppliers. While we maintain long-term relationships, we generally do not enter into long-term contracts with our key suppliers.

Our key suppliers have in the past and could in the future experience production, operational or financial difficulties, or there may be global shortages of the raw materials or components we use, and our inability to find sources of supply on reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture products in a cost-effective way.

We may not be able to attract and retain key employees, including our sales force.

Our business depends upon our continued ability to hire and retain key employees, including our sales force, at our operations around the world. Competition for skilled personnel and highly qualified managers in the telecommunications industry is intense. Difficulties in obtaining or retaining employees with the necessary management, technical and financial skills needed to achieve our business objectives may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Allegations of health risks from wireless equipment may negatively affect our results of operations.

Allegations of health risks from the electromagnetic fields generated by base stations and mobile handsets, and potential lawsuits or negative publicity relating to them, regardless of merit, could have a material adverse effect on our operations by leading consumers to reduce their use of mobile phones, reducing demand for certain of our products, or by causing us to allocate resources to address these issues.

 

28

---

Table of Contents

A significant uninsured loss or a loss in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We maintain insurance covering our normal business operations, including property and casualty protection that we believe is adequate. We do not generally carry insurance covering wars, acts of terrorism, earthquakes or other similar catastrophic events. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage on financially reasonable terms in the future. A significant uninsured loss or a loss in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the financial health of our insurers may deteriorate and may not be able to respond if we should have claims reaching their policies.

Natural or man-made disasters or other disruptions could unfavorably affect our operations and financial performance.

Natural or man-made disasters could result in physical damage to one or more of our properties, the temporary lack of an adequate work force, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from suppliers and delays in the delivery of products to our customers.

We may experience significant variability in our quarterly or annual effective income tax rate.

We have a large and complex international tax profile and a significant level of net operating loss and other carryforwards in various jurisdictions. Variability in the mix and profitability of domestic and international activities, repatriation of earnings from foreign affiliates, identification and resolution of various tax uncertainties and the inability to realize net operating loss and other carryforwards included in deferred tax assets, among other matters, may significantly impact our effective income tax rate in the future. A significant increase in our quarterly or annual effective income tax rate could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Labor unrest could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantially all of our international employees are members of unions or subject to workers’ councils or similar statutory arrangements. None of our U.S. employees are organized as unions. In addition, many of our direct and indirect customers and vendors have unionized work forces. Strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns experienced by these customers or vendors, contract manufacturers or their other suppliers could result in slowdowns. Organizations responsible for shipping our products may also be impacted by strikes. Any interruption in the delivery of our products could reduce demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on us.

In general, we consider our labor relations with all of our employees to be good. However, in the future we may be subject to labor unrest. The inability to reach a new agreement could delay or disrupt our operations in the affected regions, including the acquisition of raw materials and components, the manufacture, sales and distribution of products and the provision of services. Occurrences of strikes, work stoppages or lock-outs at our facilities or at the facilities of our vendors or customers, or the continuance for a long period of time could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future research and development projects may not be successful.

The successful development of telecommunications products can be affected by many factors. Products that appear to be promising at their early phases of research and development may fail to be commercialized for various reasons, including the failure to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals. There is no assurance that any of our future research and development projects will be successful or completed within the anticipated time frame or budget or that we will receive the necessary approvals from relevant authorities for the production of these newly developed products, or that these newly developed products will achieve commercial success. Even if such products can be successfully commercialized, they may not achieve the level of market acceptance that we expect.

 

29

---

Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a publicly traded company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a publicly traded company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur following the Acquisition. Although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty, they may be material in amount. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” and the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, have imposed various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives as well as investor relations. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

Furthermore, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, the market price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to potential delisting by the stock exchange on which our stock is listed and review by such exchange, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require the expenditure by us of additional financial and management resources. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the market price of our common stock.

New regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo, or the “DRC,” and adjoining countries. As a result, in August 2012 the SEC adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. These new requirements will require due diligence efforts in fiscal 2014, with initial disclosure requirements beginning in May 2014. There will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and other potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. The implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As there may be only a limited number of suppliers offering “conflict free” conflict minerals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary conflict minerals from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Conversely, we will be required to make similar certifications to our suppliers. If we are unable or fail to make the requisite certifications, our suppliers may terminate their relationship with us. Also, we may face adverse effects to our reputation if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products through the procedures we may implement.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue and operating results.

Historically, our operations have been seasonal, with a greater portion of total net revenue and operating income occurring in the second and third fiscal quarters. As a result of this seasonality, any factors negatively affecting us during the second and third fiscal quarters of any year, including the variability of shipments under large contracts, customers’ seasonal installation considerations and variations in product mix and in profitability of individual orders, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations for the entire year. See “Business—Backlog and Seasonality.” Our quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate based upon other factors, including general economic conditions.

 

30

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.

As of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” as of June 30, 2013, we would have had approximately $       billion of indebtedness on a consolidated basis, including $       billion of the 2019 Notes, $550 million of the 2020 Notes and $977.5 million of the term loan facility. In addition, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and approximately $302.1 million in borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $58.5 million of outstanding letters of credit and the borrowing base limitations for additional secured borrowings.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

•

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes;

 

•

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our annual cash flow for the next several years to the payment of interest on our indebtedness;

 

•

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as, over the term of our debt, the interest cost on a significant portion of our indebtedness is subject to changes in interest rates;

 

•

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to certain of our competitors who have less debt;

 

•

hinder our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions;

 

•

limit our ability to secure adequate bank financing in the future with reasonable terms and conditions; and

 

•

increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, a potential downturn in general economic conditions or in one or more of our businesses.

In addition, the indenture governing the 2019 Notes, or the “2019 Notes Indenture,” the indenture governing the 2020 Notes, or the “2020 Notes Indenture,” and the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.

Despite current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness or we may pay dividends in the future. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial financial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future under the agreements governing our indebtedness. Although the 2019 Notes Indenture, the 2020 Notes Indenture and the credit agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of thresholds, qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, these restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that, although preferential to our common stock in terms of payment, do not constitute indebtedness. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $302.1 million of additional borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $58.5 million of outstanding letters of credit and the borrowing base limitations for additional secured borrowings, which borrowing capacity depends, in part, on inventory, accounts receivable and other assets that fluctuate from time to time and may further depend on lenders’ discretionary ability to impose reserves and availability blocks and to recharacterize assets that might otherwise incrementally increase borrowing availability.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

In addition, if new debt is added to our and/or our subsidiaries’ debt levels, the related risks that we now face as a result of our leverage would intensify. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Analysis—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and our ability to make cash payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on the earnings and the distribution of funds from our subsidiaries. However, none of our subsidiaries is obligated to make funds available to us for payment on our indebtedness. Further, the terms of the instruments governing our indebtedness significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. Our ability to make cash payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, to fund planned capital expenditures and to meet other cash requirements will depend on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We might not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available under our senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In such circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the 2019 Notes and the 2020 Notes, on or before maturity. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.” We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. Such actions, if necessary, may not be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our indebtedness will restrict our ability to sell assets and use the proceeds from such sales.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our revolving credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could negatively impact our business.

During periods of volatile credit markets, there is risk that any lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including but not limited to: extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow (such as having insufficient capacity under our borrowing base), it could be difficult in such environments to obtain sufficient liquidity to meet our operational needs.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited.

Although we believe our cash and cash equivalents as well as cash we expect to generate from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating requirements, we may need to seek additional financing to compete effectively.

If we are unable to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms, it could:

 

•

reduce funds available to us for purposes such as working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

•

restrict our ability to introduce new products or exploit business opportunities;

 

•

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate; and

 

•

place us at a competitive disadvantage.

Difficult and volatile conditions in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the overall economy could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The worsening or continuation of the difficult global economic conditions, including concerns about sovereign debt and significant volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. These global economic factors, combined with low levels of business and consumer confidence and high levels of unemployment, have precipitated a slow recovery from the global recession and concern about a return to recessionary conditions. The difficult conditions in these markets and the overall economy affect our business in a number of ways. For example:

 

•

as a result of the recent volatility in commodity prices, we may encounter difficulty in achieving sustained market acceptance of past or future price increases, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows;

 

•

under difficult market conditions there can be no assurance that borrowings under our revolving credit facility would be available or sufficient, and in such a case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

•

in order to respond to market conditions, we may need to seek waivers from various provisions in our senior secured credit facilities. There can be no assurance that we can obtain such waivers at a reasonable cost, if at all;

 

•

market conditions could cause the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments we may use to hedge our exposure to interest rate, commodity or currency fluctuations to experience financial difficulties and, as a result, our efforts to hedge these exposures could prove unsuccessful and, furthermore, our ability to engage in additional hedging activities may decrease or become more costly; and

 

•

market conditions could result in our key customers experiencing financial difficulties and/or electing to limit spending, which in turn could result in decreased sales and earnings for us.

We do not know if market conditions or the state of the overall economy will improve in the near future.

Our debt obligations may limit our flexibility in managing our business.

The 2019 Notes Indenture, the 2020 Notes Indenture and the credit agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities require us to comply with a number of customary financial and other covenants, such as maintaining debt service coverage and leverage ratios in certain situations and maintaining insurance coverage. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” These covenants may limit our flexibility in our operations, and breaches of these covenants could result in defaults under the instruments governing the applicable indebtedness even if we had satisfied our payment obligations. If we were to default on the credit agreements or other debt instruments, our financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

33

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

CommScope Holdings is a holding company with no operations of its own, and it depends on its subsidiaries for cash to fund all of its operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

Our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries and our ability to generate cash to meet our debt service obligations or to make future dividend payments, if any, is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries via dividends or intercompany loans. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, the credit agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities, the 2020 Notes Indenture and the 2019 Notes Indenture significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the stock exchange on which we list our common stock or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your common stock at or above the price you paid for your common stock. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, including:

 

•

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

•

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

•

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

•

changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common stock or the stock of other companies in our industry;

 

•

the failure of research analysts to cover our common stock;

 

•

strategic actions by us, our customers or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

•

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

•

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

•

the impact on our profitability temporarily caused by the time lag between when we experience cost increases until these increases flow through cost of sales because of our method of accounting for inventory, or the impact from our inability to pass on such price increases to our customers;

 

•

material litigations or government investigations;

 

•

changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events;

 

34

---

Table of Contents

•

changes in key personnel;

 

•

sales of common stock by us, Carlyle or members of our management team;

 

•

termination of lock-up agreements with our management team and principal stockholders;

 

•

the granting or exercise of employee stock options;

 

•

volume of trading in our common stock; and

 

•

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, in the past four years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Further, in the past, market fluctuations and price declines in a company’s stock have led to securities class action litigations. If such a suit were to arise, it could have a substantial cost and divert our resources regardless of the outcome.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with auditor attestation of the effectiveness of our internal controls, beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of shares of common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which we list our common stock, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our shares of common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

We are controlled by Carlyle, whose interests in our business may be different than yours.

As of both June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Carlyle owned 98.4% of our common stock and is able to control our affairs in all cases. Following this offering, Carlyle will continue to own approximately     % of our equity (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Pursuant to an amended and restated stockholders agreement, a majority of the Board of Directors will be designated by Carlyle and will be affiliated with Carlyle. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” As a result,

 

35

---

Table of Contents

Carlyle or its nominees to the Board of Directors will have the ability to control the appointment of our management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions and influence amendments to our certificate of incorporation. So long as Carlyle continues to own a majority of our common stock, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires stockholder approval regardless of whether others believe the transaction is in our best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of Carlyle may differ from or conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock of a company with a controlling stockholder. In addition, we have historically paid Carlyle an annual fee for certain advisory and consulting services pursuant to a management agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” We will pay Carlyle a fee of $             to terminate the management agreement in connection with the consummation of this offering. In addition, Carlyle is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Carlyle may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares. However, the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the 2019 Notes and the 2020 Notes also effectively limit our ability to pay dividends. As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our common stock.

You may suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of our common stock is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per common share immediately after the offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the tangible book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you may incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share. We also had             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of             at a weighted average exercise price of $            per share. To the extent these options are exercised, there may be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, as a result, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Following this offering, we anticipate our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

•

authorize              shares of common stock, which, to the extent unissued, could be issued without stockholder approval by the Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

36

---

Table of Contents

•

authorize the issuance, without stockholder approval, of blank check preferred stock that our Board of Directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

•

grant to the Board of Directors the sole power to set the number of directors and to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors;

 

•

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors only “for cause” if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock and require any such removal to be approved by holders of at least three-quarters of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

•

prohibit our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock;

 

•

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders, if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock;

 

•

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

•

establish advance notice and certain information requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

•

establish a classified Board of Directors, with three staggered terms; and

 

•

require the approval of holders of at least three-quarters of the outstanding shares of common stock to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock.

In addition, we expect to opt out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the “DGCL,” which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits business combinations between a Delaware corporation and an interested stockholder, which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company and may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We and substantially all of our stockholders, including our existing selling stockholder, may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or convertible debt securities to finance future acquisitions. After the consummation of this offering, we will have             shares of common stock authorized and              shares of common stock outstanding. This number includes             shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering and             shares that the selling stockholder is selling in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Of the remaining shares,             , or     % of our total outstanding shares, are restricted from immediate resale under the lock-up agreements between our current stockholders, including our existing selling stockholder, and the underwriters described in “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the near future. These shares and any shares

 

37

---

Table of Contents

which may be issued upon exercise of outstanding options will become available for sale following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which, without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters, is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to compliance with the applicable requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.”

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including sales pursuant to Carlyle’s registration rights and shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the stock exchange on which we list our common stock and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Following the consummation of this offering, we expect Carlyle will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the stock exchange on which we list our common stock. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

•

the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors;

 

•

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

•

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

•

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions if we continue to qualify as a “controlled company.” If we do utilize the exemption, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the stock exchange on which we list our common stock.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggests,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimates,” “targets,” “projects,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast,” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:

 

•

our dependence on customers’ capital spending on communication systems;

 

•

concentration of sales among a limited number of customers or distributors;

 

•

changes in technology;

 

•

our ability to fully realize anticipated benefits from prior or future acquisitions or equity investments;

 

•

industry competition and the ability to retain customers through product innovation, introduction and marketing;

 

•

risks associated with our sales through channel partners;

 

•

possible production disruptions due to supplier or contract manufacturer bankruptcy, reorganization or restructuring;

 

•

the risk our global manufacturing operations suffer production or shipping delays causing difficulty in meeting customer demands;

 

•

the risk that internal production capacity and that of contract manufacturers may be insufficient to meet customer demand or quality standards for our products;

 

•

our ability to maintain effective information management systems and to successfully implement major systems initiatives;

 

•

cyber-security incidents, including data security breaches or computer viruses;

 

•

product performance issues and associated warranty claims;

 

•

significant international operations and the impact of variability in foreign exchange rates;

 

•

our ability to comply with governmental anti-corruption laws and regulations and export and import controls worldwide;

 

•

risks associated with currency fluctuations and currency exchange;

 

•

the divestiture of one or more product lines;

 

•

political and economic instability, both in the U.S. and internationally;

 

39

---

Table of Contents

•

potential difficulties in realigning global manufacturing capacity and capabilities among our global manufacturing facilities, including delays or challenges related to removing, transporting or reinstalling equipment, that may affect ability to meet customer demands for products;

 

•

possible future restructuring actions;

 

•

possible future impairment charges for fixed or intangible assets, including goodwill;

 

•

increased obligations under employee benefit plans;

 

•

cost of protecting or defending intellectual property;

 

•

changes in laws or regulations affecting us or the industries we serve;

 

•

costs and challenges of compliance with domestic and foreign environmental laws and the effects of climate change;

 

•

changes in cost and availability of key raw materials, components and commodities and the potential effect on customer pricing;

 

•

risks associated with our dependence on a limited number of key suppliers;

 

•

our ability to attract and retain qualified key employees;

 

•

allegations of health risks from wireless equipment;

 

•

availability and adequacy of insurance;

 

•

natural or man-made disasters or other disruptions;

 

•

income tax rate variability and ability to recover amounts recorded as value-added tax receivables;

 

•

labor unrest;

 

•

risks associated with future research and development projects;

 

•

increased costs as a result of operating as a public company;

 

•

our ability to comply with new regulations related to conflict minerals;

 

•

risks associated with the seasonality of our business;

 

•

substantial indebtedness and maintaining compliance with debt covenants;

 

•

our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

cash requirements to service indebtedness;

 

•

ability of our lenders to fund borrowings under their credit commitments;

 

•

changes in capital availability or costs, such as changes in interest rates, security ratings and market perceptions of the businesses in which we operate, or the ability to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all;

 

•

continued global economic weakness and uncertainties and disruption in the capital, credit and commodities markets;

 

•

the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to this initial public offering and the related costs of being a public company;

 

•

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;

 

•

other factors disclosed in this prospectus; and

 

•

other factors beyond our control.

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate the proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate we will receive additional net proceeds of approximately $             million.

Certain of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are being sold by the selling stockholder. The selling stockholder in this offering is Carlyle. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. For information about the selling stockholder, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We intend to use $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately $             million in principal amount of the 2019 Notes, which bear interest at 8.25% per annum, to pay related fees, expenses and premiums and the remainder for general corporate purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.” As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 2019 Notes was $1,500.0 million, excluding accrued and unpaid interest of $57.1 million. The 2019 Notes mature on January 15, 2019. On or prior to January 15, 2015, under certain circumstances, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price of 108.250% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date using the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this initial public offering of our common stock or at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a make-whole premium set forth in the 2019 Notes Indenture. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Description of the 2019 Notes.”

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any increase or decrease in the net proceeds would not change our intended use of proceeds.

 

41

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since January 1, 2011, we have declared and paid special cash dividends and distributions in an aggregate amount of $750.7 million to our equity holders.

Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, we have not otherwise paid dividends in the past and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock is also dependent upon our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us, which is limited by the terms of the agreements governing the terms of their indebtedness. Additionally, the negative covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends and make distributions to our stockholders. For additional information on these limitations see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

42

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2013 on an (i) actual basis and (ii) as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Financial Information,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		As of June 30, 2013
		Actual				As adjusted(1)
(dollars in millions, except per share data)		(Unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	223.6			$
Debt:
Senior secured credit facilities, consisting of the following(2):
Revolving credit facility(3)			—
Term loan			977.5
2019 Notes			1,500.0
2020 Notes			550.0
Other indebtedness, including capital leases(4)			1.2
Original issue discount(5)			(12.0	)
Total debt			3,016.7
Total stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted			—				—
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 100,000,000 shares authorized; 51,628,200 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,              shares issued and shares outstanding, as adjusted			0.5
Additional paid-in capital			1,663.3
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)(6)			(980.7	)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)			(35.9	)
Treasury stock, at cost: 320,522 shares, actual;             , as adjusted			(10.6	)
Total stockholders’ equity			636.6
Total capitalization		$	3,653.3			$

 

(1)

As adjusted to reflect the issuance of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds,” assuming an initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)	The senior secured credit facilities consist of (a) a $400.0 million revolving credit facility maturing January 2017 and (b) a $1,000.0 million term loan facility maturing January 2018. As of June 30, 2013, we had no

 

43

---

Table of Contents

outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and $58.5 million of outstanding letters of credit. We also had $977.5 million of outstanding borrowings under the term loan facility. See Note 6 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Description of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

(3)

As of June 30, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under and approximately $302.1 million in additional borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility after giving effect to $58.5 million of outstanding letters of credit. Our borrowing capacity depends, in part, on inventory, accounts receivable and other assets that fluctuate from time to time and may further depend on lenders’ discretionary ability to impose reserves and availability blocks and to recharacterize assets that might otherwise incrementally increase borrowing availability.

(4)

Certain of our subsidiaries are parties to lines of credit and letters of credit facilities that remained open after closing of the Acquisition Transactions. As of June 30, 2013, there were no borrowings and approximately $11.5 million of borrowing capacity under these lines of credit. We had approximately $4.2 million in letters of credit outstanding and approximately $2.6 million of remaining capacity under these letters of credit facilities.

(5)	Original issue discount, net of accumulated accretion, as of June 30, 2013 of $10.6 million related to the term loan and $1.4 million related to the revolving credit facility.

(6)	As adjusted to reflect the redemption premium and a write-off of deferred financing costs related to the redemption of a portion of the 2019 Notes with the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

The table set forth above is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2013. The table does not reflect:

 

•

shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share; and

 

•

shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering.

Additionally, the information presented above assumes:

 

•

no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares by the underwriters;

 

•

an initial offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

•

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

•

the completion of a        -for-        split of our common stock in connection with the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of as adjusted additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, $         million and $         million, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at an assumed offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase each of our as adjusted additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, $         million and $         million, respectively. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, at an assumed offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease each of our as adjusted additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, $         million and $         million, respectively. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.

As of June 30, 2013, we had net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per share. Net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to (i) the sale of          shares of common stock in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” as if each had occurred on June 30, 2013, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share						$
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013		$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering and use of proceeds therefrom
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
Dilution per share to new investors						$

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $         million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $         million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors by $            , assuming the public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders, including the selling stockholder, and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

		Shares Purchased						Total Consideration								Average Price Per Share
		Number		Percent				Amount				Percent
		(In thousands, other than shares and percentages)
Existing stockholders						%		$						%		$
New investors
Total					100	%		$					100	%		$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $         million, $         million and $         per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $         million, $         million and $         per share, respectively.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. As of             , there were              shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $         per share. To the extent that the              outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in the offering. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

46

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and cash flow data for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011, the period from January 15, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of CommScope, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2012 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein. Interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any future reporting period.

On January 14, 2011, funds affiliated with Carlyle completed the Acquisition. Under the terms of the Acquisition, CommScope, Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. As a result of the application of acquisition accounting, the assets and liabilities of CommScope, Inc. were adjusted to their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the Acquisition. Accordingly, financial information presented in the following table is presented separately for Predecessor and Successor accounting periods (defined below), which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the Acquisition. All references to “Successor” refer to CommScope Holdings and all its consolidated subsidiaries, including CommScope, Inc., for the period subsequent to the Acquisition. All references to “Predecessor” refer to CommScope, Inc. and all its consolidated subsidiaries for all periods prior to the Acquisition, which operated under a different ownership and capital structure.

Our selected historical consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

		Predecessor																		Successor
		Year ended December 31,				Year ended December 31,				Year ended December 31,				January 1 – January 14,						January 15  – December 31,				Year ended December 31,				Six  months ended June 30,				Six  months ended June 30,
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)		2008				2009				2010				2011						2011				2012				2012				2013
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales		$	4,016,561			$	3,024,859			$	3,188,916			$	89,016					$	3,186,446			$	3,321,885			$	1,579,655			$	1,745,548
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales			2,936,939				2,159,455				2,251,707				70,753						2,374,357				2,261,204				1,099,181				1,146,650
Selling, general and administrative			501,820				404,562				449,875				63,571						517,903				461,149				222,845				232,393
Research and development			134,777				107,447				119,698				5,277						112,904				121,718				57,848				63,796
Amortization of purchased intangible assets(1)			97,863				85,217				83,056				3,119						171,229				175,676				88,262				86,965
Restructuring costs(2)			37,600				20,645				59,647				9						18,715				22,993				15,381				11,533
Asset Impairments(3)			397,093				—				—				—						126,057				40,907				—				34,482
Operating income (loss)			(89,531	)			247,533				224,933				(53,713	)					(134,719	)			238,238				96,138				169,729
Other expense, net(4)			(16,865	)			(11,227	)			(2,835	)			(41,421	)					(12,924	)			(15,379	)			(6,514	)			(5,272	)
Interest expense			(148,860	)			(125,400	)			(103,065	)			(76,091	)					(187,733	)			(188,974	)			(97,560	)			(93,837	)
Interest income			18,811				4,648				5,161				85						3,741				3,417				2,242				1,610
Income (loss) before income taxes			(236,445	)			115,554				124,194				(171,140	)					(331,635	)			37,302				(5,694	)			72,230
Income tax benefit (expense)			7,923				(37,755	)			(80,095	)			31,086						79,327				(31,949	)			(5,687	)			(55,209	)
Net income (loss)		$	(228,522	)		$	77,799			$	44,099			$	(140,054	)				$	(252,308	)		$	5,353			$	(11,381	)		$	17,021
Earnings (loss ) per share:
Basic		$				$				$				$						$				$				$				$
Diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments		$	412,111			$	702,905			$	706,066			$	713,491					$	317,102			$	264,375			$	265,472			$	223,610
Property, plant and equipment, net			468,140				412,388				343,318				467,942						407,557				355,212				387,400				333,992
Total assets			4,062,760				3,941,316				3,875,452				5,971,203						5,153,189				4,793,264				5,074,522				4,825,106
Total debt			2,041,784				1,544,478				1,346,598				1,435,777						2,563,004				2,470,770				2,528,275				3,016,693
Net debt(5)			1,629,673				841,573				640,532				722,286						2,245,902				2,206,395				2,262,803				2,793,083
Total stockholders’ equity			1,008,358				1,548,983				1,669,930				3,092,152						1,365,089				1,182,282				1,344,757				636,583
Other Financial Data:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities		$	361,921			$	483,630			$	226,287			$	(4,754	)				$	135,749			$	286,135			$	19,303			$	24,151
Investing activities			(107,360	)			(71,951	)			14,525				1,259						(3,172,735	)			(35,525	)			(25,646	)			(46,069	)
Financing activities			(472,577	)			(167,740	)			(191,281	)			11,395						2,643,881				(299,522	)			(39,346	)			(14,205	)
Capital expenditures			(57,824	)			(40,861	)			(35,399	)			(741	)					(38,792	)			(27,957	)			(13,147	)			(16,027	)

 

(1)

Amortization of purchased intangible assets excludes amortization amounts included in cost of sales of $15.5 million, $14.5 million and $14.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, due to a change in accounting policy at the time of the Acquisition. Amortization of purchased intangible assets excludes amortization amounts included in cost of sales of $0.5 million for the period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011.

(2)

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, we recorded net restructuring charges of $37.6 million and $20.6 million, respectively, as a result of integration and cost reduction actions initiated in 2008 to realign and lower our cost structure and improve capacity utilization. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded net restructuring charges of $59.6 million, as a result of our restructuring actions to realign and lower our cost structure, improve capacity utilization and complete integration efforts related to the Andrew acquisition. To achieve these

 

48

---

Table of Contents

objectives, we closed manufacturing facilities in Omaha, Nebraska and Newton, North Carolina, among other actions. Much of the production capacity from these facilities has been shifted to other existing facilities or contract manufacturers. Beginning in the third quarter of 2011 and continuing into 2013, additional restructuring actions were initiated to realign and lower our cost structure primarily through workforce reductions at various U.S. and international facilities.

(3)

During the year ended December 31, 2008, management determined that an indication of potential goodwill impairment existed due to the sustained decrease in our market capitalization below book value along with the consideration of certain 2009 budgeting activities that indicated lower operating results for certain reporting units than had previously been forecasted. As a result, we recorded impairment charges of $397.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows of reporting units within the Wireless segment, we determined that certain intangible assets were not recoverable and consequently recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $45.9 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $80.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we revised our outlook for a reporting unit within the Wireless segment that provides location-based mobile applications, resulting in a decrease in expected future cash flows. As a result of these reduced expectations of future cash flows of this reporting unit, a restructuring action was initiated and certain intangible assets and property, plant and equipment were determined to be impaired. An impairment charge of $35.0 million was recognized. Also during 2012, as a result of a shift in customer demand, we determined that the carrying value of certain equipment was no longer recoverable. An additional impairment charge of $5.9 million was recognized within the Wireless segment. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, as a result of lower than expected sales and operating income in the Broadband segment reporting unit, management considered the longer term effect of market conditions and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million. Also during the six months ended June 30, 2013, within the Wireless segment, we obtained new market data regarding a facility being marketed for sale and recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 million, and we concluded that certain production equipment would no longer be utilized and recorded a $2.0 million impairment charge.

(4)

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, included foreign exchange losses of $11.7 million, $3.4 million, $2.1 million, $10.0 million, $7.0 million, $3.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the net other expense also included losses of $2.8 million and $8.6 million, respectively, on the induced conversion of convertible debt securities. For the year ended December 31, 2011, net other expense also included $2.5 million of our share of losses in our equity investments and a pretax, non-deductible loss of $41.8 million on the extinguishment of CommScope, Inc.’s 3.25% convertible notes. During the year ended December 31, 2012, net other expense included our share of losses in our equity investments of $3.4 million and the impairment of one such investment of $2.6 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, net other expense also included costs related to amending our senior secured credit facilities of $1.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, as well as our share of losses in our equity investments of $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, net other expense also included the impairment of an equity investment of $0.8 million.

(5)	Net debt consists of total debt less cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers periods prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and subsequent to the Acquisition Transactions. The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements present separately the Predecessor and Successor accounting periods. To facilitate the discussion of the comparative periods, management presents certain financial information for the year ended December 31, 2011 on a combined basis in addition to the separate Predecessor and Successor periods. The year ended December 31, 2011 combined information includes the effects of purchase accounting and the related financing from the date of Acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2011 combined financial information represents the aggregation of the period from January 1, 2011 until January 14, 2011 and the period from January 15, 2011 until December 31, 2011. The combined financial information does not comply with U.S. GAAP and does not purport either to represent actual results or to be indicative of results we might achieve in future periods. It does not include the pro forma effects of the Acquisition Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. In addition, the statements in the discussion and analysis regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding the performance of our business and the forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. You should read the following discussion together with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Financial Information” and the historical audited and unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All references to years, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal years, which end on December 31.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions for wireless, business enterprise and residential broadband networks. We help our customers solve communications challenges by providing critical RF solutions, intelligent connectivity and cabling platforms, data center and intelligent building infrastructure and broadband access solutions.

We serve our customers through three operating segments: Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband. We believe that we are the only company in the world with a significant leadership position in connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions for the wireless, enterprise and residential broadband networks. Through our Andrew brand, we are the global leader in providing merchant RF wireless network connectivity solutions and small cell DAS solutions. Through our SYSTIMAX and Uniprise brands, we are the global leader in enterprise connectivity solutions, delivering a complete end-to-end physical layer solution, including connectivity and cables, enclosures, data center and network intelligence software, in-building wireless, advanced LED systems management and network design services for enterprise applications and data centers. We are also a premier manufacturer of coaxial and fiber optic cable for residential broadband networks globally.

During the periods presented below, the primary sources of revenue for our Wireless segment were (i) product sales of primarily passive transmission devices for the wireless infrastructure market including base station and microwave antennas, hybrid fiber-feeder and power cables, coaxial cable connectors and backup power solutions, including fuel cells and equipment primarily used by wireless operators, (ii) product sales of active electronic devices and services including power amplifiers, filters and tower-mounted amplifiers and (iii) engineering and consulting services and products like small cell DAS that are used to extend and enhance the coverage of wireless networks in areas where signals are difficult to send or receive such as commercial buildings, urban areas, stadiums and transportation systems. Demand for Wireless segment products depends primarily on capital spending by wireless operators to expand their distribution networks or to increase the capacity of their networks.

The primary source of revenue for our Enterprise segment was sales of optical fiber and twisted pair structured cabling solutions and intelligent infrastructure products and software to large, multinational companies, primarily through a global network of distributors, system integrators and value-added resellers. Demand for Enterprise

 

50

---

Table of Contents

segment products depends primarily on information technology spending by enterprises, such as communications projects in new data centers, buildings or campuses, building expansions or upgrades of network systems within buildings, campuses or data centers.

The primary source of revenue for our Broadband segment was product sales to cable television system operators, including cable and communications products that support the multichannel video, voice and high-speed data services of MSOs and coaxial and fiber optic cable for residential broadband networks. Demand for our Broadband segment products depends primarily on capital spending by cable television system operators for maintaining, constructing and rebuilding or upgrading their systems.

Our future financial condition and performance will be largely dependent upon: global spending by wireless operators; global spending by business enterprises on information technology; investment by cable operators and communications companies in the video and communications infrastructure; overall global business conditions; and our ability to manage costs successfully among our global operations. We have experienced significant increases and greater volatility in raw material prices during the past several years as a result of increased global demand, supply disruptions and other factors. We attempt to mitigate the risk of increases in raw material price volatility through effective requirements planning, working closely with key suppliers to obtain the best possible pricing and delivery terms and implementing price increases. Delays in implementing price increases, failure to achieve market acceptance of price increases, or price reductions in response to a rapid decline in raw material costs has in the past and could in the future have a material adverse impact on the results of our operations. Our profitability is also affected by the mix and volume of sales among our various product groups and between domestic and international customers and competitive pricing pressures.

We have undertaken significant cost savings initiatives and restructuring actions over the past several years primarily to realign and to lower our cost structure and improve capacity utilization. Since the Acquisition in 2011, we have recognized restructuring charges of $53.2 million. Although we do not expect significant additional restructuring charges related to the actions initiated to date, we may undertake further restructuring actions in response to changes in our business and such actions could result in material restructuring charges. We believe the cost savings initiatives and restructuring actions we have undertaken will improve our operating performance and serve as an offset to rising costs.

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into senior secured credit facilities and issued $1.5 billion of the 2019 Notes. In May 2013, we issued $550 million of the 2020 Notes, the net proceeds of which were used to pay cash dividends to our common shareholders and distributions to certain option holders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.” We expect to recognize a charge related to the premium required to redeem the 2019 Notes as well as a charge related to the write-off of deferred financing fees. We will incur increased interest expense as a result of the issuance of the 2020 Notes. We expect interest expense to decrease as a result of a redemption of a portion of the 2019 Notes.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates and their underlying assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other objective sources. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and revises its estimates, as appropriate, when changes in events or circumstances indicate that revisions may be necessary.

The following critical accounting policies and estimates reflected in our financial statements are based on management’s knowledge of and experience with past and current events and on management’s assumptions about future events. It is reasonably possible that they may ultimately differ materially from actual results. See Note 2 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of all of our significant accounting policies.

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The majority of our revenue comes from product sales. Revenue from product sales is recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer and revenue is measurable. Revenue is not recognized related to products sold to contract manufacturers that we anticipate repurchasing in order to complete the sale to the ultimate customer.

Revenue for certain of our products is derived from multiple-element contracts. The value of the revenue elements within these contracts is allocated based on the relative selling price of each element. The relative selling price is determined using vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price or other third party evidence of selling price, if available. If these forms of evidence are unavailable, revenue is allocated among elements based on management’s best estimate of the stand-alone selling price of each element.

Certain revenue arrangements are for the sale of software and services. Revenue for software products is recognized based on the timing of customer acceptance of the specific revenue elements. The fair value of each revenue element is determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value determined by the stand-alone pricing of each element. These contracts typically contain post-contract support, or “PCS,” services which are sold both as part of a bundled product offering and as a separate contract. Revenue for PCS services is recognized ratably over the term of the PCS contract. Other service revenue is typically recognized once the service is performed or over the period of time covered by the arrangement.

Reserves for sales returns, discounts, allowances, rebates and distributor price protection programs

We record reductions to revenue for anticipated sales returns as well as customer programs and incentive offerings, such as discounts, allowances, rebates and distributor price protection programs. These estimates are based on contract terms, historical experience, inventory levels in the distributor channel and other factors.

Management generally believes it has sufficient historical experience to allow for reasonable and reliable estimation of these reductions to revenue. However, deteriorating market conditions could result in increased sales returns and allowances and potential distributor price protection incentives, resulting in future reductions to revenue. If management does not have sufficient historical experience to make a reasonable estimation of these reductions to revenue, recognition of the revenue is deferred until management believes there is a sufficient basis to recognize such revenue.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses expected to result from the inability of our customers to make required payments. These estimates are based on management’s evaluation of the ability of our customers to make payments, focusing on customer financial difficulties and age of receivable balances. An adverse change in financial condition of a significant customer or group of customers could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations.

Inventory reserves

We maintain reserves to reduce the value of inventory based on the lower of cost or market principle, including allowances for excess and obsolete inventory. These reserves are based on management’s assumptions about and analysis of relevant factors including current levels of orders and backlog, forecasted demand, market conditions and new products or innovations that diminish the value of existing inventories. If actual market conditions deteriorate from those anticipated by management, additional allowances for excess and obsolete inventory could be required.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

Product warranty reserves

We recognize a liability for the estimated claims that may be paid under our customer warranty agreements to remedy potential deficiencies of quality or performance of our products. The product warranties extend over periods ranging from one to twenty-five years from the date of sale, depending upon the product subject to the warranty. We record a provision for estimated future warranty claims based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales and specifically identified warranty issues. We base our estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and revise our estimates, as appropriate, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that revisions may be necessary. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of and experience with past and current events and on management’s assumptions about future events, it is reasonably possible that they may ultimately differ materially from actual results, including in the case of a significant product failure.

Restructuring

We have periodically recorded restructuring charges, primarily related to employee severance. Restructuring charges represent our best estimate of the associated liability at the date the charges are recognized. Adjustments for changes in assumptions are recorded as a component of operating expenses in the period they become known. Differences between actual and expected charges and changes in assumptions could have a material effect on our restructuring accrual as well as our consolidated results of operations.

Tax valuation allowances, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and other tax reserves

We establish an income tax valuation allowance when available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider the amounts and timing of expected future deductions or carryforwards and sources of taxable income that may enable utilization. We maintain an existing valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal. Changes in the amount or timing of expected future deductions or taxable income may have a material impact on the level of income tax valuation allowances. If we determine that we will not be able to realize all or part of a deferred tax asset in the future, an increase to an income tax valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination was made.

We recognize income tax benefits related to particular tax positions only when it is considered more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained if examined on its technical merits by tax authorities. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is evaluated to be greater than 50% likely to be realized. Considerable judgment is required to evaluate the technical merits of various positions and to evaluate the likely amount of benefit to be realized. Based on developments in tax laws, regulations and interpretations, changes in assessments of the likely outcome of uncertain tax positions could have a material impact on the overall tax provision.

We establish deferred tax liabilities for the estimated tax cost associated with foreign earnings that we do not consider permanently reinvested. These liabilities are subject to adjustment if we determine that foreign earnings previously considered to be permanently reinvested should no longer be so considered.

We also establish allowances related to value added and similar tax recoverables when it is considered probable that those assets are not recoverable. Changes in the probability of recovery or in the estimates of the amount recoverable are recognized in the period such determination is made and may be material to earnings.

Contingent liabilities

We are subject to a number of contingent liabilities, including product warranty claims and legal proceedings, among others, that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, liquidity or financial position. We consider whether a reasonable range of such contingent liabilities can be estimated. We record our best estimate of a loss when the loss is considered probable. Where a liability is probable and there is a range of estimated loss with no best estimate in the range, we record the minimum estimated liability. As additional information becomes available, we assess the potential liability and revise our estimates. It is possible that actual outcomes will differ from assumptions and material adjustments to the liabilities may be required.

 

53

---

Table of Contents

Purchase price allocation

Recording an acquisition (including the January 14, 2011 acquisition of CommScope, Inc. by Carlyle) and the required purchase price allocation under U.S. GAAP requires considerable judgment. Tangible assets and liabilities are recorded at their estimated fair values based on observable market values or management judgment. Separable intangible assets are identified and valued. In the absence of market transactions, the valuation of such assets is generally estimated based on subjective discounted cash flow methods. For amortizable intangible assets, a remaining useful life is selected, which requires estimates regarding the future periods that will benefit from the assets.

Impairment reviews of definite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets

Management reviews definite-lived intangible assets, investments and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be fully recoverable. This analysis differs from our goodwill impairment analysis in that an intangible asset impairment is only deemed to have occurred if the sum of the forecasted undiscounted future net cash flows related to the assets being evaluated is less than the carrying value of the assets. If the forecasted net cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. Changes in the estimates of forecasted net cash flows may cause additional asset impairments, which could result in charges that are material to our results of operations.

During 2011, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows from certain intangible assets identified in the Acquisition, we determined that these assets were impaired, and we recognized a pretax impairment charge of $45.9 million.

During 2012, we revised our outlook for a reporting unit within the Wireless segment that provides location-based mobile applications, resulting in a decrease in expected future cash flows. As a result of these reduced expectations, due in part to reduced expectations of customer demand, certain intangible assets and property, plant and equipment were determined to be impaired. We recognized a pretax impairment charge of $35.0 million. Also during 2012, as a result of a shift in customer demand, we determined that the carrying value of certain production equipment was no longer recoverable. We recognized an additional pretax impairment charge of $5.9 million within the Wireless segment.

Impairment reviews of goodwill

We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 and on an interim basis when events occur or circumstances indicate the carrying value of these intangibles may no longer be recoverable. Goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level, which may be the same as a reportable segment or a level below a reportable segment. Step one of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the carrying value of a reporting unit to its estimated fair value. We estimate the fair value of a reporting unit through the use of a discounted cash flow, or “DCF,” valuation model. The significant assumptions in the DCF model are the annual revenue growth rate, the annual operating income margin and the discount rate used to determine the present value of the cash flow projections. Among other inputs, the annual revenue growth rate and operating income margin are determined by management using historical performance trends, industry data, insight derived from customers, relevant changes in the reporting unit’s underlying business and other market trends that may affect the reporting unit. The discount rate is based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital as of the test date of market participants in the industry in which the reporting unit operates. The assumptions used in the DCF model are subject to significant judgment and uncertainty. Changes in projected revenue growth rates, projected operating income margins or estimated discount rates due to uncertain market conditions, loss of one or more key customers, changes in technology, or other factors, could result in one or more of our reporting units with a significant amount of goodwill failing step one of the goodwill impairment test in the future. It is possible that future impairment reviews may indicate additional impairments of goodwill and/or intangible assets, which could be material to our results of operations and financial position. Our historical or projected revenues or cash flows may not be indicative of actual future results.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

The goodwill balances as of June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

Reportable segment		Reporting Unit		Goodwill balance (in millions)
				December 31, 2011				December 31, 2012				June 30, 2013
Wireless		Cable Products		$	281.2			$	280.1			$	280.1
Wireless		Base Station Antennas			173.7				172.0				168.8
Wireless		Microwave Antenna Group			126.4				131.1				131.1
Wireless		Wireline			5.2				—				—
Wireless		Distributed Coverage and Capacity Solutions			162.1				161.4				161.3
Enterprise		Enterprise			638.9				636.5				656.2
Broadband		Broadband			96.4				92.8				64.0
Total				$	1,483.9			$	1,473.9			$	1,461.5

2013 interim goodwill analysis

During the first six months of 2013, the Broadband segment experienced lower than expected levels of sales and operating income. Management considered these changes and the longer term effect of market conditions on the continued operations of the business and determined that an indicator of possible impairment existed. A step one goodwill impairment test was performed using a DCF valuation model. Based on the estimated fair values generated by the DCF model, the Broadband reporting unit did not pass step one of the goodwill impairment test. A step two analysis was performed and a preliminary goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2013. The step two valuation is expected to be completed in the third quarter and any revision to the preliminary impairment charge will be recorded at that time. The goodwill impairment charge resulted primarily from lower projected operating results than those from the 2012 annual impairment test.

A summary of the effect of changes in key assumptions, assuming all other assumptions remain constant, on the fair value compared to the carrying value, as of the impairment test date is as follows:

 

				Deficit of estimated fair value compared to the carrying value as a percent of carrying value
Reportable Segment		Reporting unit		Actual valuation				Decrease of 0.5% in annual revenue growth rate				Decrease of 0.5% in annual operating income margin				Increase of 0.5% in discount rate
Broadband		Broadband			(1.3	)%			(5.0	)%			(6.1	)%			(4.7	)%

The weighted average discount rate used in the interim impairment test for the Broadband reporting unit was 11.0% compared to 11.5% that was used in the 2012 annual goodwill impairment test.

2012 Annual goodwill analysis

The annual test of goodwill was performed using a DCF valuation model for each of the reporting units with goodwill balances as of October 1, 2012. Based on the estimated fair values generated by our DCF models, no reporting units failed step one of the goodwill impairment test.

 

55

---

Table of Contents

A summary of the excess (deficit) of estimated fair value over (under) the carrying value of the reporting unit as a percent of the carrying value as of the annual impairment test dates and the effect of changes in the key assumptions, assuming all other assumptions remain constant, is as follows:

 

				Excess (deficit) of estimated fair value over (under) the carrying value as a percent of carrying value
Reportable Segment		Reporting unit		Actual valuation				Decrease of 0.5% in annual revenue growth rate				Decrease of 0.5% in annual operating income margin				Increase of 0.5% in discount rate
Wireless		Cable Products			1.6	%			0.9	%			(0.7	)%			(2.6	)%
Wireless		Base Station Antennas			2.3				1.5				(0.3	)			(1.9	)
Wireless		Microwave Antenna Group			4.2				3.2				1.6				(0.7	)
Wireless		Distributed Coverage and Capacity Solutions			42.0				39.9				39.3				35.4
Enterprise		Enterprise			45.5				43.2				43.1				37.3
Broadband		Broadband			14.3				13.8				10.7				9.4

The weighted average discount rates used in the 2012 annual test were 12.4% for the Wireless reporting units and 11.5% for both the Enterprise and Broadband reporting units. These discount rates were generally slightly lower than those used in the 2011 annual goodwill impairment test.

2011 Annual goodwill analysis

During 2011, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $45.5 million and $34.7 million related to the Wireline and Microwave Antenna Group reporting units, respectively. The goodwill impairment charge resulted primarily from cash flow projections that were lower than those used in the purchase price allocation performed as of January 14, 2011. Due to the realignment of the business in 2012, remaining Wireline reporting unit goodwill of $5.2 million has been allocated to the Microwave Antenna Group reporting unit within our Wireless segment.

Pension and other postretirement benefits

Our pension and other postretirement benefit costs and liabilities are developed from actuarial valuations. Critical assumptions inherent in these valuations include the discount rate, rate of return on plan assets and mortality rates. Assumptions are subject to change each year based on changes in market conditions and in management’s assumptions about future events. Differences between estimated amounts and actual results as well as changes in the critical assumptions may have a material impact on future pension and other postretirement benefit costs and liabilities.

The discount rate enables management to state expected future cash flows as a present value on the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and generally increases retirement benefit expense.

Equity-based compensation expense

We recognize equity-based compensation expense for those awards expected to meet the vesting criteria. The expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all awards and for performance-vesting awards is evaluated at the tranche level. The exercise price for options is equal to the estimated fair value of the common stock at the time of grant.

We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options at their grant date. The subjective inputs in estimating the fair value of the options granted are the expected option term, expected volatility, marketability discount and the estimated fair value of our common stock. We considered the expected holding period under our private equity ownership in developing the expected option term assumption. We considered the historical volatility of comparable public companies in developing the volatility assumption and utilized put option pricing models for the marketability discount. The estimated fair value of our common stock was based on discounted cash flow models and comparisons to comparable companies. The assumptions used in

 

56

---

Table of Contents

calculating the estimated fair value of stock options represent management’s best estimates. If different assumptions are used in the future, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different. In addition, if forfeiture rates are materially different than our expectation, equity-based compensation expense in future periods could be materially different than the current period.

The following summarizes option grant activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (options in thousands).

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2012				Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
Options Granted			2,500				536				238
Exercise Price (1)		$	17.20			$	16.70			$	26.70
Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted		$	11.33			$	9.73			$	14.06

 

(1)	Net of equitable adjustments to the exercise price in connection with the special dividends.

Results of operations

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, the consolidated statements of income items expressed as a percentage of total net sales.

 

		Predecessor										Successor
		Year ended December 31,				January 1 – January 14,						January 15 – December 31,				Combined Year ended December 31,				Year ended December 31,				Six months ended June 30,				Six months ended June 30,
		2010				2011						2011				2011				2012				2012				2013
Gross profit			29.4	%			20.6	%					25.5	%			25.4	%			31.9	%			30.4	%			34.3	%
Selling, general and administrative expense			14.1				71.5						16.3				17.8				13.9				14.1				13.3
Research and development expense			3.8				6.0						3.5				3.6				3.7				3.7				3.7
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			2.6				3.5						5.4				5.3				5.3				5.6				5.0
Restructuring costs			1.9				—						0.6				0.6				0.7				1.0				0.7
Asset impairments			—				—						4.0				3.8				1.2				—				2.0
Net interest expense			3.1				85.4						5.8				7.9				5.6				6.0				5.3
Other expense, net			0.1				46.5						0.4				1.7				0.5				0.4				0.3
Income tax (expense) benefit			(2.5	)			34.9						2.5				3.4				(1.0	)			(0.4	)			(3.2	)
Net income (loss)			1.4				(157.4	)					(7.9	)			(12.0	)			0.2				(0.7	)			1.0

 

57

---

Table of Contents

Comparison of results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 with the three and six months ended June 30, 2012

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,
		2012								2013
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales		$	835.9				100.0	%		$	940.9				100.0	%		$	105.0				12.6	%
Gross profit			262.9				31.5				333.8				35.5				70.9				27.0
Selling, general and administrative expense			117.1				14.0				123.4				13.1				6.3				5.4
Research and development expense			29.3				3.5				33.8				3.6				4.5				15.4
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			44.1				5.3				43.7				4.6				(0.4	)			(0.9	)
Restructuring costs			7.3				0.9				9.7				1.0				2.4				32.9
Asset impairments			—				—				28.8				3.1				28.8				100.0
Net interest expense			45.0				5.4				47.1				5.0				2.1				4.7
Other expense, net			3.2				0.4				1.8				0.2				(1.4	)			(43.8	)
Income tax expense			10.3				1.2				44.2				4.7				33.9				NM
Net income		$	6.6				0.8	%		$	1.1				0.1	%		$	(5.5	)			(83.3	)%
		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2012								2013
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales		$	1,579.7				100.0	%		$	1,745.5				100.0	%		$	165.8				10.5	%
Gross profit			480.5				30.4				598.9				34.3				118.4				24.6
Selling, general and administrative expense			222.8				14.1				232.4				13.3				9.6				4.3
Research and development expense			57.8				3.7				63.8				3.7				6.0				10.4
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			88.3				5.6				87.0				5.0				(1.3	)			(1.5	)
Restructuring costs			15.4				1.0				11.5				0.7				(3.9	)			(25.3	)
Asset impairments			—				—				34.5				2.0				34.5				100.0
Net interest expense			95.3				6.0				92.2				5.3				(3.1	)			(3.3	)
Other expense, net			6.5				0.4				5.3				0.3				(1.2	)			(18.5	)
Income tax expense			5.7				0.4				55.2				3.2				49.5				NM
Net income (loss)		$	(11.4	)			(0.7	)%		$	17.0				1.0	%		$	28.4				NM

 

NM – Not meaningful

Net sales. The increase in net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the corresponding prior year periods was attributable to higher Wireless segment net sales that were partially offset by lower net sales in our Broadband and Enterprise segments. Net sales were higher in the U.S. in both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. EMEA net sales were higher in the three months ended June 30, 2013, than the comparable prior year period due principally to sales to a major Middle Eastern wireless operator. CALA net sales were strong in the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same 2012 periods. For further details by segment, see the section titled “—Segment results” below.

Gross profit (net sales less cost of sales). The increases in gross profit and gross profit margin for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 were due to higher sales volumes, favorable change in the mix of products sold, lower raw materials costs and benefits from cost savings initiatives. Cost of sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 included a $3.1 million charge related to a Broadband product warranty matter related to products sold in 2006 and 2007. While no further charges are expected related to this matter, it is reasonably possible that we could recognize up to a comparable level of additional charges in future periods.

 

58

---

Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative, or “SG&A,” expense increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the corresponding 2012 periods primarily due to an increase in equity-based compensation expense and sales commissions, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense of $2.0 million and $4.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, that is not currently expected to continue. SG&A as a percentage of net sales was lower for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable periods of 2012 due to the increase in net sales for the 2013 periods as compared with the 2012 periods.

Research and development. R&D expense was higher for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable prior year periods. R&D expense as a percentage of net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was comparable to the prior year periods. R&D activities generally relate to ensuring that our products are capable of meeting the developing technological needs of our customers, bringing new products to market and modifying existing products to better serve our customers, and we expect these activities to continue at a comparable level in future periods.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets. The amortization of purchased intangible assets was $0.4 million and $1.3 million lower in the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, as compared to the prior year periods due to impairments of certain intangible assets recorded in the third quarter of 2012, partially offset by the additional amortization resulting from the acquisition of iTRACS. The amortization is primarily related to intangible assets established as a result of applying acquisition accounting following the Acquisition.

Restructuring costs. We recognized net pretax restructuring costs of $9.7 million and $11.5 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared with $7.3 million and $15.4 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The restructuring costs recognized in 2013 and 2012 were primarily related to announced workforce reductions at various U.S. and international facilities.

Additional pretax costs related to completing actions announced to date are not expected to be significant. Additional restructuring actions may be identified and resulting charges and cash requirements could be material.

Asset impairments. We recognized impairment charges of $28.8 million and $34.5 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The impairment charges were primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the Broadband segment and certain property and equipment in the Wireless segment. It is possible that we may incur additional asset impairment charges in future periods.

Net interest expense. We incurred net interest expense of $47.1 million and $92.2 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $45.0 million and $95.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. As a result of amending the senior secured term loan during the first half of 2013, primarily to lower the interest rate, interest expense included a write-off of $0.5 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discount. The amendments to the senior secured term loan and asset-based revolving credit facility during the first half of 2012, primarily to lower the interest rate, resulted in a write-off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $3.1 million which was included in interest expense. We incurred $3.0 million of interest expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 on the 2020 Notes. Excluding these charges and the interest expense from the 2020 Notes, net interest expense decreased in the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the prior year period primarily due to interest savings resulting from the amendments to the senior secured term loan.

Our weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, was 7.09% as of June 30, 2013, 7.33% as of December 31, 2012 and 7.20% as of June 30, 2012.

Other expense, net. Foreign exchange losses of $2.6 million and $2.9 million were included in other expense, net for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $2.7 million and $3.9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. We incurred costs of $1.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 related to amending our senior secured term loan, compared to costs of $1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012, related to the amendments of our senior secured term loan and asset-based revolving credit facility. Additionally, other expense, net for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013

 

59

---

Table of Contents

included the Company’s share of income (losses) in our equity investments of $0.8 million and $(0.1) million, respectively, compared to $(0.7) million and $(1.1) million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Also included in other expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was the impairment of one such investment of $0.8 million.

Income taxes. Our effective income tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was impacted by the following significant items:

 

•

establishment of a valuation allowance of $29.5 million related to foreign tax credit carryforwards that we have determined are not likely to be realized as a result of the expected increase in future interest expense from the issuance of the 2020 Notes during the quarter;

 

•

there was no tax benefit recognized on the $28.8 million goodwill impairment charge that was recorded during the quarter; and

 

•

reversal of a previously established valuation allowance of $8.3 million related to net operating loss carryforwards in a foreign jurisdiction as a result of improved profitability.

In addition to the items listed above, our effective income tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was also impacted by losses in certain foreign jurisdictions where we did not recognize tax benefits due to the likelihood of them not being realizable, tax costs associated with repatriation of foreign earnings and adjustments related to prior years’ tax returns in various jurisdictions.

Our pretax income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 included losses in jurisdictions for which we did not recognize a tax benefit.

Excluding discrete items and losses in foreign jurisdictions where no tax benefits are recognized, our effective income tax rate is generally higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to the provision for state income taxes and certain tax costs associated with repatriation of foreign earnings. We expect to continue to provide U.S. taxes on substantially all of our foreign earnings in anticipation that such earnings will be repatriated to the U.S.

Segment results

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,
		2012								2013
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales by segment:
Wireless		$	463.3				55.4	%		$	591.5				62.9	%		$	128.2				27.7	%
Enterprise			225.0				26.9				218.7				23.2				(6.3	)			(2.8	)
Broadband			149.0				17.8				132.8				14.1				(16.2	)			(10.9	)
Inter-segment eliminations			(1.4	)			(0.1	)			(2.1	)			(0.2	)			(0.7	)
Consolidated net sales		$	835.9				100.0	%		$	940.9				100.0	%		$	105.0				12.6	%
Total domestic sales		$	438.0				52.4			$	524.6				55.8			$	86.6				19.8
Total international sales			397.9				47.6				416.3				44.2				18.4				4.6
Total worldwide sales		$	835.9				100.0	%		$	940.9				100.0	%		$	105.0				12.6	%
Operating income (loss) by segment:
Wireless		$	26.9				5.8			$	93.2				15.8			$	66.3				245.6
Enterprise			34.5				15.3				26.6				12.2				(7.9	)			(22.9	)
Broadband			3.6				2.4				(25.5	)			(19.2	)			(29.1	)			NM
Consolidated operating income		$	65.0				7.8	%		$	94.3				10.0	%		$	29.3				45.1	%

 

60

---

Table of Contents

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2012								2013
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales by segment:
Wireless		$	865.6				54.8	%		$	1,088.0				62.3	%		$	222.4				25.7	%
Enterprise			425.8				27.0				410.5				23.5				(15.3	)			(3.6	)
Broadband			291.2				18.3				250.8				14.4				(40.4	)			(13.9	)
Inter-segment eliminations			(2.9	)			(0.1	)			(3.8	)			(0.2	)			(0.9	)
Consolidated net sales		$	1,579.7				100.0	%		$	1,745.5				100.0	%		$	165.8				10.5	%
Total domestic sales		$	837.3				53.0			$	978.1				56.0			$	140.8				16.8
Total international sales			742.4				47.0				767.4				44.0				25.0				3.4
Total worldwide sales		$	1,579.7				100.0	%		$	1,745.5				100.0	%		$	165.8				10.5	%
Operating income (loss) by segment:
Wireless		$	28.7				3.3			$	155.6				14.3			$	126.9				442.2
Enterprise			58.9				13.8				42.0				10.2				(16.9	)			(28.7	)
Broadband			8.5				2.9				(27.9	)			(11.1	)			(36.4	)			NM
Consolidated operating income (loss)		$	96.1				6.1	%		$	169.7				9.7	%		$	73.6				76.6	%

 

NM — Not meaningful

Wireless Segment

We are the global leader in providing merchant RF wireless network connectivity solutions and small cell DAS solutions. Our solutions, marketed primarily under the Andrew brand, enable wireless operators to deploy both macro cell sites and small cell DAS solutions to meet 2G, 3G and 4G cellular coverage and capacity requirements. Our macro cell site solutions can be found at wireless tower sites and on rooftops and include base station antennas, microwave antennas, hybrid fiber-feeder and power cables, coaxial cables, connectors, amplifiers, filters and backup power solutions, including fuel cells. Our small cell DAS solutions are primarily comprised of distributed antenna systems that allow wireless operators to increase spectral efficiency and thereby extend and enhance cellular coverage and capacity in challenging network conditions such as commercial buildings, urban areas, stadiums and transportation systems.

The Wireless segment experienced a significant increase in net sales in all major regions for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year periods with particular strength in the U.S. as a result of higher capital spending by wireless operators, including 4G deployments. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on Wireless segment net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same periods in 2012.

We expect demand for our Wireless products to be positively affected by wireless coverage and capacity expansion in emerging markets and growth in mobile data services (including 4G deployments) in developed markets. Uncertainty in the global economy or a particular region may slow the growth or cause a decline in capital spending by wireless operators and negatively impact our net sales.

Wireless segment operating income increased substantially to $93.2 million and $155.6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Operating income during the first half of 2013 included charges of $5.6 million related to fixed asset impairments. Restructuring charges were $0.1 million higher in the second quarter of 2013 as compared to the second quarter of 2012 and $6.4 million lower in the first half of 2013 as compared to the first half of 2012. Operating income during the first half of 2012 included a charge of $2.0 million related to prior years’ customs and duties obligations. Wireless segment operating income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 increased as compared to the prior year periods primarily due to the higher

 

61

---

Table of Contents

level of net sales, with additional benefit from favorable mix of products sold and the benefit of cost reduction initiatives.

Enterprise Segment

We are the global leader in enterprise connectivity solutions for data centers and commercial buildings. We provide voice, video, data and converged solutions that support mission-critical, high-bandwidth applications, including storage area networks, streaming media, data backhaul, cloud applications and grid computing. These comprehensive solutions, sold primarily under the SYSTIMAX and Uniprise brands, include optical fiber and twisted pair structured cable solutions, intelligent infrastructure software, network rack and cabinet enclosures, intelligent building sensors, advanced LED lighting control systems and network design services.

The Enterprise segment experienced a decrease in net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the prior year periods primarily due to lower net sales in the EMEA region reflecting the continued economic slowdown in Europe. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on Enterprise segment net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable 2012 periods.

We expect long-term demand for Enterprise products to be driven by global information technology and data center spending as the ongoing need for bandwidth and intelligence in the network continues to create demand for high-performance structured connectivity solutions in the enterprise market. Uncertain global economic conditions, an ongoing slowdown in commercial construction activity, uncertain levels of information technology spending and reduction in the levels of distributor inventories may negatively affect demand for our products.

The decrease in Enterprise segment operating income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year periods was primarily attributable to lower net sales. The iTRACS acquisition had a negligible impact on both net sales and operating income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

On July 3, 2013, we acquired Redwood Systems, a provider of advanced LED lighting control and high-density sensor solutions for data centers and buildings. Redwood Systems will be included within the Enterprise segment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Redwood Systems reported net sales of $4.1 million and an operating loss of $14.6 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, Redwood Systems reported net sales of $3.8 million and an operating loss of $4.6 million. Redwood System’s historical results may not be indicative of future results.

Broadband Segment

We are a global leader in providing cable and communications products that support the multichannel video, voice and high-speed data services provided by MSOs. We believe we are the leading global manufacturer of coaxial cable for HFC networks and a leading supplier of fiber optic cable for North American MSOs.

Broadband segment net sales decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable prior year periods in all major geographic regions as a result of the completion of large scale international projects and reflected the impact of decreased U.S. Federal stimulus spending. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on Broadband segment net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year periods.

We expect demand for Broadband products to continue to be influenced by ongoing maintenance requirements of cable networks, cable providers’ competition with telecommunication service providers and activity in the residential construction market. Spending by our Broadband customers on maintaining and upgrading networks is expected to continue, though it may be influenced by continued uncertain regional and global economic conditions.

Broadband segment operating income decreased $29.1 million and $36.4 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, as compared to the prior year periods largely due to a goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million. Broadband segment operating results were also negatively impacted by lower net sales and higher restructuring charges in the 2013 periods.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

Comparison of results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) with the combined periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor)

 

		Predecessor										Successor
		January 1 – January 14, 2011										January 15 – December 31, 2011								Year ended December 31, 2012								2012 compared to combined 2011
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales						Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	3,321.9				100.0	%		$	46.5				1.4	%
Gross profit			18.3				20.6						812.1				25.5				1,060.7				31.9				230.3				27.7
SG&A expense			63.6				71.5						517.9				16.3				461.1				13.9				(120.4	)			(20.7	)
R&D expense			5.3				6.0						112.9				3.5				121.7				3.7				3.5				3.0
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			3.1				3.5						171.2				5.4				175.7				5.3				1.4				0.8
Restructuring costs			—				—						18.7				0.6				23.0				0.7				4.3				23.0
Asset impairments			—				—						126.1				4.0				40.9				1.2				(85.2	)			(67.6	)
Net interest expense			76.0				85.4						184.0				5.8				185.6				5.6				(74.4	)			(28.6	)
Other expense, net			41.4				46.5						12.9				0.4				15.4				0.5				(38.9	)			(71.6	)
Income tax (expense) benefit			31.1				34.9						79.3				2.5				(31.9	)			(1.0	)			(142.3	)			NM
Net income		$	(140.1	)			(157.4	)%				$	(252.3	)			(7.9	)%		$	5.4				0.2	%		$	397.8				NM

 

NM – Not meaningful

Net sales. The increase in net sales during 2012 compared to 2011 was attributable to our Wireless and Broadband segments, which included $72.1 million of incremental net sales from the 2011 acquisitions of Argus Technologies, or “Argus,” and LiquidxStream Systems Inc., or “LiquidxStream Systems.” Offsetting these improvements was a decrease in Enterprise segment net sales. Strong net sales in the U.S. were partially offset by lower net sales in the EMEA and CALA regions. Foreign exchange rates negatively affected net sales by approximately 1% for 2012 as compared to 2011. For further details by segment, see the section titled “—Segment results” below.

Gross profit (net sales less cost of sales). Cost of sales for 2012 included charges of $8.9 million related to a warranty matter within the Broadband segment for products sold in 2006 and 2007. Cost of sales from 2011 included the negative impact of $106.0 million of purchase accounting adjustments, primarily related to the increase in cost of sales resulting from the step-up of inventory to its estimated fair value less the estimated costs associated with its sale. Also included in 2011 cost of sales was a litigation charge of $7.0 million related to a settlement of a lawsuit.

Our gross profit margin for 2012 was 31.9% compared to 25.4% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of the warranty charge, purchase accounting adjustments and the litigation charge, gross profit for 2012 and 2011 was 32.2% and 28.8%, respectively. The higher adjusted gross profit margin for 2012 is primarily due to the impact of lower raw materials costs, the benefit of cost savings initiatives and favorable changes in the mix of products sold.

Selling, general and administrative expense. SG&A expense for 2012 decreased as compared to 2011 primarily as the result of acquisition-related costs of $132.6 million incurred in 2011 as well as the impact of cost reduction initiatives on 2012. These benefits were partially offset by higher incentive compensation costs during 2012. SG&A as a percentage of net sales was 13.9% in 2012, and excluding the acquisition-related costs, SG&A as a percentage of net sales was 13.7% for 2011. Excluding the acquisition-related costs in 2011, the increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales for 2012 as compared to 2011 is due to higher incentive compensation costs partially offset by the positive impact of cost reduction initiatives on 2012.

Research and development. R&D expense was slightly higher for 2012 as compared to 2011. R&D expense as a percentage of net sales increased to 3.7% for 2012 compared to 3.6% for 2011, primarily due to the acquisitions during 2011 of LiquidxStream and Argus.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

Amortization of purchased intangible assets. The amortization of purchased intangible assets was $1.4 million higher in 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily as a result of additional amortization related to the acquisitions of Argus and LiquidxStream Systems as well as recognizing a full first quarter of amortization in 2012 as compared to a partial first quarter in 2011 related to the Acquisition. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in amortization due to impairments of certain intangible assets recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the third quarter of 2012. The amortization is primarily related to intangible assets established as a result of applying purchase accounting following the Acquisition.

Restructuring costs. We recognized net pretax restructuring costs of $23.0 million during 2012 compared with $18.7 million in 2011. The restructuring costs recognized in 2012 were primarily related to announced workforce reductions at certain domestic and international facilities. The restructuring costs recognized in 2011 were primarily related to restructuring actions that were initiated in 2011 and have resulted in workforce reductions, mainly at certain manufacturing facilities. Equipment relocation costs and adjustments to the estimated cost of workforce reductions that were related to restructuring initiatives that began in 2010 were also recognized as restructuring costs in 2011.

Additional pretax costs related to completing actions announced to date are not expected to be significant. Additional restructuring actions may be identified and resulting charges and cash requirements could be material.

Net interest expense. We incurred net interest expense of $185.6 million during 2012 compared to $260.0 million for 2011. As a result of amending the term loan facility and revolving credit facility during 2012, interest expense included the write-off of $3.1 million of original issue discount and deferred financing costs. Net interest expense for 2011 included a charge of $48.0 million for the interest make-whole payment related to the repayment of CommScope, Inc.’s 3.25% convertible notes and $26.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs in connection with the repayment of the pre-Acquisition debt. Excluding these charges, net interest expense decreased in 2012 compared to 2011 as a result of decreased levels of outstanding debt and lower interest rates on outstanding borrowings.

Our weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, was 7.33% as of December 31, 2012 and 7.53% as of December 31, 2011.

Other expense, net. Foreign exchange losses of $7.0 million and $10.0 million are included in net other expense for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also included in net other expense for 2012 are our share of losses in our equity investments of $3.4 million and the impairment of one such investment of $2.6 million. For 2011, net other expense included $2.5 million of our share of losses in our equity investments. Net other expense for 2011 includes a pretax, non-deductible loss of $41.8 million on the extinguishment of CommScope, Inc.’s 3.25% convertible notes.

Income taxes. The effective income tax rate for 2012 was higher than the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to certain tax costs associated with repatriation of foreign earnings, not reflecting benefits for current year losses in certain jurisdictions where we have determined that these benefits are not likely to be realized and various true-up items related to prior year U.S., state and foreign tax returns.

The effective income tax rate for 2011 included the impact of $89.8 million of acquisition-related costs that are not deductible for tax purposes as well as $126.1 million of goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges for which we recognized $16.7 million in income tax benefits. The income tax benefit for 2011 was affected by increases in the valuation allowance and additional tax expense recognized related to income tax uncertainties.

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Segment results. As a result of implementing a new product management structure as of the beginning of 2012, we reorganized our reportable segments. Our three reportable segments, which align with the manner in which the business is managed, are Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband. Prior year amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.

 

		Predecessor										Successor
		January 1 – January 14, 2011										January 15 – December 31, 2011								Year ended December 31, 2012								2012 compared to combined 2011
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales						Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales by segment:
Wireless		$	52.5				59.0	%				$	1,774.1				55.7	%		$	1,917.1				57.7	%		$	90.5				5.0	%
Enterprise			23.1				26.0						881.6				27.7				846.5				25.5				(58.2	)			(6.4	)
Broadband			13.6				15.2						536.4				16.8				564.0				17.0				14.0				2.5
Inter-segment eliminations			(0.2	)			(0.2	)					(5.7	)			(0.2	)			(5.7	)			(0.2	)			0.2				NM
Consolidated net sales		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	3,321.9				100.0	%		$	46.5				1.4	%
Total domestic sales		$	45.1				50.7					$	1,638.2				51.4			$	1,754.3				52.8			$	71.0				4.2
Total international sales			43.9				49.3						1,548.2				48.6				1,567.6				47.2				(24.5	)			(1.5	)
Total worldwide sales		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	3,321.9				100.0	%		$	46.5				1.4	%
Operating income (loss) by segment:
Wireless		$	(34.2	)			(65.1	)%				$	(213.4	)			(12.0	)%		$	106.7				5.6	%		$	354.3				NM
Enterprise			(12.6	)			(54.5	)					85.6				9.7				119.6				14.1				46.6				63.8
Broadband			(6.9	)			(50.7	)					(6.9	)			(1.3	)			11.9				2.1				25.7				NM
Consolidated operating income (loss)		$	(53.7	)			(60.3	)%				$	(134.7	)			(4.2	)%		$	238.2				7.2	%		$	426.6				NM

 

NM — Not meaningful

Wireless segment

Net sales of Wireless segment products increased primarily as a result of $67.1 million of incremental net sales from the Argus acquisition, and higher capital spending by wireless operators, particularly in the U.S., during 2012. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negative impact on segment net sales of approximately 2% for 2012 as compared to 2011.

The increase in operating income for the Wireless segment for 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects the negative impact of $79.8 million of purchase accounting adjustments included in the 2011 operating loss. The operating loss for 2011 also included incremental acquisition-related costs of $75.1 million, a litigation charge of $7.0 million related to the settlement of a lawsuit, incremental charges related to impairments of long-lived assets of $85.2 million and a gain of $2.2 million related to the sale of a product line. Operating income for 2012 included a gain of $1.5 million on the sale of a subsidiary and a charge of $2.0 million related to prior years’ customs and duties obligations. Restructuring charges were $8.6 million higher in 2012 as compared to 2011 while amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased $2.8 million for 2012 as compared to the prior year period. Excluding these items, Wireless segment operating income increased for 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily as a result of higher sales, favorable change in the mix of products sold, the impact of lower materials costs and the benefit of cost reduction initiatives partially offset by higher incentive compensation costs.

Enterprise segment

Enterprise segment net sales decreased primarily due to a slowdown in corporate and government information technology spending in all major geographic regions. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negative impact on Enterprise segment net sales of approximately 1% for 2012 as compared to the prior year.

The increase in Enterprise segment operating income for 2012 as compared 2011 was primarily due to a $32.8 million decrease of acquisition-related costs compared to prior year as well as the negative effect of $16.8 million

 

65

---

Table of Contents

of purchase accounting adjustments recognized in 2011. Also included in 2012 operating income is an increase of $2.6 million in amortization of purchased intangible assets partially offset by a decrease of $0.9 million in restructuring costs. Excluding these items, Enterprise segment operating income was essentially unchanged for 2012 as compared to 2011. Lower net sales and an unfavorable change in the mix of products sold were offset by lower materials costs and benefits from cost reduction initiatives implemented during 2011 and 2012.

Broadband segment

Broadband segment net sales increased due to higher sales in the U.S. and APAC region that were partially offset by a decrease in the EMEA and CALA regions. The impact of the LiquidxStream Systems acquisition on 2011 net sales was insignificant. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negative impact on Broadband segment sales of approximately 1% for 2012 as compared to the prior year.

The increase in Broadband segment operating income for 2012 was primarily due to an $18.3 million decrease of acquisition-related costs as well as $8.7 million of purchase accounting adjustments for 2011 partially offset by $8.9 million of 2012 warranty charges for products sold in 2006 and 2007. Amortization of purchased intangible assets included in the Broadband segment was $1.6 million higher in 2012 than in the prior year primarily as a result of the LiquidxStream Systems acquisition. Restructuring costs for the 2012 were lower by $3.5 million than in 2011. Excluding these items and despite higher R&D expense to support LiquidxStream Systems, Broadband segment operating income for 2012 as compared to 2011 increased primarily due to lower materials costs and benefits from cost reduction efforts.

Comparison of results of operations for the combined periods January 15 — December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 — January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) with the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

 

		Predecessor																		Successor								Combined 2011 compared to 2010
		Year ended December 31, 2010								January 1 – January 14, 2011										January 15 – December 31, 2011
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of net sales				Amount				% of net sales						Amount				% of net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales		$	3,188.9				100.0	%		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	86.5				2.7	%
Gross profit			937.2				29.4				18.3				20.6						812.1				25.5				(106.8	)			(11.4	)
SG&A expense			449.9				14.1				63.6				71.5						517.9				16.3				131.6				29.3
R&D expense			119.7				3.8				5.3				6.0						112.9				3.5				(1.5	)			(1.3	)
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			83.1				2.6				3.1				3.5						171.2				5.4				91.2				109.7
Restructuring costs			59.6				1.9				—				—						18.7				0.6				(40.9	)			(68.6	)
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairments			—				—				—				—						126.1				4.0				126.1				NM
Net interest expense			97.9				3.1				76.0				85.4						184.0				5.8				162.1				165.6
Other expense, net			2.8				0.1				41.4				46.5						12.9				0.4				51.5				NM
Income tax (expense) benefit			(80.1	)			(2.5	)			31.1				34.9						79.3				2.5				190.5				NM
Net income (loss)		$	44.1				1.4	%		$	(140.1	)			(157.4	)%				$	(252.3	)			(7.9	)%		$	(436.5	)			NM

 

NM—Not meaningful

Net sales. The increase in net sales during 2011 compared to 2010 is attributable to higher net sales in our Enterprise and Broadband segments that were partially offset by lower net sales in the Wireless segment. Net sales were higher in most international regions than in the prior year and foreign exchange rates favorably affected net sales by approximately 1% for 2011 as compared to 2010. International net sales for 2011 also included incremental sales of $22.8 million related to acquired businesses. There was a slight decrease in U.S. net sales. For further details by segment, see the section titled “—Segment results” below.

Gross profit (net sales less cost of sales). Gross profit for 2011 was negatively affected by purchase accounting adjustments of $106.0 million primarily related to the increase in costs of sales resulting from the step-up of

 

66

---

Table of Contents

inventory to its estimated fair value less the estimated costs associated with its sale. Also included in cost of sales for 2011 was a litigation charge of $7.0 million related to a settlement of a lawsuit. The adverse impact of the purchase accounting adjustments and the litigation charge was partially offset by the benefit from the increase in net sales. Amortization of purchased intangible assets included in cost of sales was $14.0 million lower in 2011 as compared to the prior year due to a change in accounting policy. During 2010, an $8.6 million reduction of cost of sales was recorded as a result of receiving payment to settle a warranty claims dispute.

Our gross profit margin for 2011 was 25.4% compared to 29.4% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, amortization of purchased intangible assets and the litigation charge, gross profit for 2011 was 28.8%. Excluding amortization of purchased intangible assets and the gain on settlement of the warranty matter, our gross profit margin for 2010 was 29.6%. The adjusted gross profit margin for 2011 is lower than 2010 primarily due to higher raw materials costs that were not recovered through pricing actions and changes in the mix of products sold.

Selling, general and administrative expense. SG&A in 2011 included acquisition-related costs of $132.6 million and higher selling costs due to higher net sales. SG&A expense in 2010 included acquisition-related costs of $3.0 million as well as a $3.7 million gain on the sale of a distribution center in 2010. Excluding the acquisition-related costs from both years and the gain on the sale of the distribution center from 2010, SG&A as a percentage of net sales was 13.7% for 2011 and 14.1% for 2010. The decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales was primarily related to cost reduction efforts and the higher level of net sales.

Research and development. R&D expense was essentially unchanged for 2011 as compared to 2010. R&D expense as a percentage of net sales decreased to 3.6% for 2011 compared to 3.8% primarily due to the increase in net sales.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets. The amortization of purchased intangible assets was $91.2 million higher in 2011 as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of recording and amortizing the estimated fair value of intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition. There was additional amortization expense of $0.5 million included in cost of sales in 2011 and $14.5 million included in cost of sales in 2010.

Restructuring costs. We recognized net pretax restructuring costs of $18.7 million during 2011 compared with $59.6 million in 2010. The restructuring costs recognized in 2011 were primarily related to restructuring actions that were initiated in 2011 and have resulted in or are expected to result in workforce reductions, mainly at certain manufacturing facilities. Equipment relocation costs and adjustments to the estimated cost of workforce reductions that were related to restructuring initiatives that began in 2010 were also recognized as restructuring costs in 2011. The restructuring costs recognized in 2010 primarily relate to workforce reductions, lease termination costs and asset impairments resulting from planned facility closures.

Net interest expense. We incurred net interest expense of $260.0 million during 2011 compared to $97.9 million for 2010. Net interest expense for 2011 included a charge of $48.0 million for the interest make-whole payment related to the repayment of CommScope, Inc.’s 3.25% convertible notes and $26.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs in connection with the repayment of the pre-Acquisition debt. Net interest expense for 2010 included $13.7 million of losses on our interest rate swap that had been previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Excluding these charges, net interest expense increased in 2011 compared to 2010 as a result of increased levels of outstanding debt and higher interest rates on outstanding borrowings.

Our weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the amortization of deferred financing costs, was 7.47% as of December 31, 2011 and 4.55% as of December 31, 2010.

Other expense, net. Foreign exchange losses of $10.0 million and $2.1 million are included in net other expense for 2011 and 2010, respectively. For 2011, net other expense included $2.5 million of our share of losses in our equity investments. Net other expense for 2011 includes a pretax, non-deductible loss of $41.8 million on the extinguishment of CommScope, Inc.’s 3.25% convertible notes.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

Income taxes. The effective income tax rate for 2011 included the impact of $89.8 million of acquisition-related costs that are not deductible for tax purposes as well as $126.1 million of goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges for which we recognized $16.7 million in income tax benefits. The income tax benefit for 2011 was affected by increases in the valuation allowance and additional tax expense recognized related to income tax uncertainties.

Income tax expense for 2010 included a provision of $44.5 million related to the repatriation and planned repatriation of certain 2010 and prior years’ earnings. These repatriations were the direct result of the Acquisition and reflected the need to bring cash back to the U.S. to support cash needs related to the Acquisition. Also included in income tax expense for 2010 are $4.6 million of charges related to prior years as a result of filing tax returns and other new information and a charge of $2.3 million related to changes to the tax deductibility of prescription drug benefits for certain retirees made as part of the health care reform legislation enacted in March 2010.

Segment results. As a result of implementing a new product management structure as of the beginning of 2012, we reorganized our reportable segments. Prior year amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation. Percentages may not sum to 100% due to rounding.

 

		Predecessor																		Successor								Combined 2011 compared to 2010
		Year ended December 31, 2010								January 1 – January 14, 2011										January 15 – December 31, 2011
(dollars in millions)		Amount				% of  net sales				Amount				% of  net sales						Amount				% of  net sales				$ change				% change
Net sales by segment:
Wireless		$	1,862.0				58.4	%		$	52.5				59.0	%				$	1,774.1				55.7	%		$	(35.4	)			(1.9	)%
Enterprise			834.1				26.2				23.1				26.0						881.6				27.7				70.6				8.5
Broadband			499.1				15.6				13.6				15.2						536.4				16.8				50.9				10.2
Inter-segment eliminations			(6.3	)			(0.2	)			(0.2	)			(0.2	)					(5.7	)			(0.2	)			0.4				NM
Consolidated net sales		$	3,188.9				100.0	%		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	86.5				2.7	%
Total domestic sales		$	1,701.4				53.4			$	45.1				50.7					$	1,638.2				51.4			$	(18.1	)			(1.1	)
Total international sales			1,487.5				46.6				43.9				49.3						1,548.2				48.6				104.6				7.0
Total worldwide sales		$	3,188.9				100.0	%		$	89.0				100.0	%				$	3,186.4				100.0	%		$	86.5				2.7	%
Operating income (loss) by segment:
Wireless		$	41.8				2.2	%		$	(34.2	)			(65.1	)%				$	(213.4	)			(12.0	)%		$	(289.4	)			(692.3	)%
Enterprise			133.7				16.0				(12.6	)			(54.5	)					85.6				9.7				(60.7	)			(45.4	)
Broadband			49.4				9.9				(6.9	)			(50.7	)					(6.9	)			(1.3	)			(63.2	)			(127.9	)
Consolidated operating income (loss)		$	224.9				7.1	%		$	(53.7	)			(60.3	)%				$	(134.7	)			(4.2	)%		$	(413.3	)			(183.8	)%

 

NM – Not meaningful

Wireless segment

Wireless segment net sales decreased slightly in the CALA and EMEA regions in 2011 as compared to 2010 as a result of a higher volume of project work in 2010 than in 2011. Partially offsetting the lower net sales in these regions is incremental net sales of $22.8 million related to the Argus acquisition. Foreign exchange rates had a negligible impact on Wireless segment sales for 2011 compared to the prior year.

The Wireless segment operating loss for 2011 included intangible asset impairment charges of $126.1 million as well as the negative impact of $79.8 million of purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to the step-up in inventory to its estimated fair value less the estimated costs associated with its sale. Operating income (loss)

 

68

---

Table of Contents

for the Wireless segment included acquisition-related costs of $78.8 million and $1.9 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2011 operating loss for the Wireless segment also included a litigation charge of $7.0 million related to a litigation settlement and a gain of $2.1 million related to the sale of a product line. Operating income for 2010 included a gain of $8.6 million related to the settlement of a warranty claims dispute. Amortization of purchased intangibles in the Wireless segment increased by $4.9 million and restructuring costs decreased by $28.5 million in 2011 as compared to the prior year. Excluding these items, Wireless segment operating income decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of higher raw materials costs and the reduction in net sales.

Enterprise segment

Enterprise segment net sales increased in all major geographic regions for 2011 as compared to 2010. Price increases on certain products implemented in response to higher raw materials costs had a positive effect on net sales in 2011 as compared to the prior year. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on Enterprise segment sales for 2011 as compared to the prior year.

The decrease in Enterprise segment operating income for 2011 as compared to 2010 was attributable to a $57.8 million increase in the amortization of purchased intangible assets as well as the negative impact of $16.8 million of purchase accounting adjustments mainly related to the step-up of inventory to its estimated fair value less the estimated costs associated with its sale. Operating income (loss) for the Enterprise segment included acquisition-related costs of $34.4 million and $0.6 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Enterprise segment operating income for 2010 included a $3.7 million gain on the sale of a distribution center. Excluding these items and a decrease of $15.3 million in restructuring charges for 2011, Enterprise segment operating income increased in 2011 as compared to the prior year primarily as a result of higher net sales and the impact of cost reduction efforts.

Broadband segment

Broadband segment net sales increased in all major geographic regions for 2011 as compared to 2010 with particular strength in the CALA region and the U.S. The impact of the LiquidxStream Systems acquisition on 2011 net sales was insignificant. Foreign exchange rate changes had a negligible impact on Broadband segment sales for 2011 as compared to the prior year.

The decrease in Broadband segment operating income for 2011 reflected a $14.6 million increase in the amortization of purchased intangible assets as well as the negative impact of $8.7 million of purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to the step-up in inventory to its estimated fair value less the estimated costs associated with its sale. Acquisition-related costs recorded in the Broadband segment were $19.3 million and $0.4 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Restructuring charges recorded in the Broadband segment were $2.9 million higher in 2011 than in 2010. Excluding these items, Broadband segment operating income decreased for 2011 as compared to 2010 primarily due to the impact of higher raw materials costs that was only partially offset by higher net sales and the impact of cost reduction efforts.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to six months ended June 30, 2012

The following table sets forth, as of the dates indicated, certain key measures of our liquidity and capital resources:

 

		As of
(dollars in millions)		December 31, 2012				June 30, 2013				Dollar change				% change
Cash and cash equivalents		$	264.4			$	223.6			$	(40.8	)			(15.4	)%
Working capital(1), excluding cash and cash equivalents and current portion of long-term debt of $10.8 million and $10.6 million, respectively			484.0				617.4				133.4				27.6	%
Availability under revolving credit facility			330.8				302.1				(28.7	)			(8.7	)%
Long-term debt, including current portion			2,470.8				3,016.7				545.9				22.1	%
Total capitalization(2)			3,653.1				3,653.3				0.2				0.0	%
Long-term debt as a percentage of total capitalization			67.6	%			82.6	%

 

(1)	Working capital consists of current assets of $1,422.5 million less current liabilities of $592.2 million as of June 30, 2013. Working capital consists of current assets of $1,287.3 million less current liabilities of $549.6 million as of December 31, 2012.

(2)	Total capitalization includes long-term debt, including the current portion, and stockholders’ equity.

Our principal sources of liquidity on a short-term basis are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by operations and availability under credit facilities. On a long-term basis, our potential sources of liquidity also include raising capital through the issuance of debt and/or equity. The primary uses of liquidity include funding working capital requirements (primarily inventory and accounts receivable, net of accounts payable and other accrued liabilities), debt service requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions, payment of certain restructuring costs, and pension and other postretirement obligations.

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents during the first six months of 2013 was primarily driven by the $34.0 million paid to acquire iTRACS and the $12.8 million in debt issuance costs. The increase in working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents and current portion of long-term debt is primarily due to the increase in the level of accounts receivable resulting from higher net sales and the payment of the 2012 cash incentives. The increase in long-term debt was primarily the result of issuance of $550.0 million of the 2020 Notes. Total capitalization reflects the increase in long-term debt and $550.0 million of stockholder dividends and distributions to option holders.

Cash flow overview

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, net cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities:

 

		Six months ended June 30,								Dollar change
(in millions)		2012				2013
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	19.3			$	24.2			$	4.9
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		$	(25.6	)		$	(46.1	)		$	(20.5	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		$	(39.9	)		$	(14.2	)		$	25.7

Operating Activities

Cash flow from operations during the first six months of 2013 increased from the first six months of 2012 primarily due to increased operating earnings (excluding non-cash impairment charges), offset by an increase in working capital.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

During the first half of 2013, we paid $34.0 million in connection with the iTRACS acquisition.

Investment in property, plant and equipment during the first half of 2013 was $16.0 million. We currently expect total capital expenditures of approximately $35 million to $40 million in 2013 compared to $28.0 million in 2012. Capital expenditures for 2013 are anticipated to primarily relate to supporting improvements to manufacturing operations as well as investments in information technology.

During the first six months of 2012, we paid $12.2 million in connection with the Argus acquisition and invested $13.1 million in property, plant and equipment.

Financing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we issued $550.0 million of the 2020 Notes and amended our term loan facility, primarily to lower the interest rate. The amendment resulted in the repayment of $32.0 million to certain lenders who exited our term loan facility and the receipt of $32.0 million in proceeds from new lenders and existing lenders who increased their positions. Also during the first half of 2013, we used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2020 Notes to pay cash dividends of $538.7 million to common shareholders and distributions to certain option holders of $7.2 million in lieu of repricing their stock options due to the dividends. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Dividends.” We borrowed and repaid $135.0 million under our revolving credit facility and repaid $5.0 million of our term loan facility during the first half of 2013. As of June 30, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings and the remaining availability under our $400.0 million revolving credit facility was approximately $302.1 million, reflecting a borrowing base of $360.6 million reduced by $58.5 million of letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we amended our term loan and revolving credit facility, primarily to lower the interest rates and extend the term of the revolving credit facility. The amendment process resulted in the repayment of $104.6 million to certain lenders who exited the term loan and revolving credit facility syndicates and the receipt of $104.6 million in proceeds from new lenders and existing lenders who increased their positions. We also made net repayments of $20.0 million under the revolving credit facility and made scheduled repayments of $5.0 million of our term loan facility during the first half of 2012.

Year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) compared to year ended December 31, 2011 (Combined Predecessor and Successor)

The following table summarizes certain key measures of our liquidity and capital resources:

 

		As of December 31,								Dollar change				% change
(dollars in millions)		2011				2012
Cash and cash equivalents		$	317.1			$	264.4			$	(52.7	)			(16.6	)%
Working capital(1), excluding cash and cash equivalents and current portion of long-term debt of $12.3 million and $10.8 million, respectively			548.8				484.0				(64.8	)			(11.8	)
Availability under revolving credit facility			182.1				330.8				148.7				81.7
Long-term debt, including current portion			2,563.0				2,470.8				(92.2	)			(3.6	)
Total capitalization(2)			3,928.1				3,653.1				(275.0	)			(7.0	)
Long-term debt, including current portion, as a percentage of total capitalization			65.2	%			67.6	%

 

(1)	Working capital consists of current assets of $1,367.3 million less current liabilities of $513.7 million as of December 31, 2011. Working capital consists of current assets of $1,287.3 million less current liabilities of $549.6 million as of December 31, 2012.

(2)	Total capitalization includes long-term debt, including the current portion, and stockholders’ equity.

 

71

---

Table of Contents

Cash flow overview

 

		Predecessor						Successor								2012 compared to Combined 2011
		January 1 – January 14, 2011						January 15 – December 31, 2011				Year ended December 31, 2012
(dollars in millions)																Dollar change				% change
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	(4.8	)				$	135.7			$	286.1			$	155.2				118.6	%
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		$	1.3					$	(3,172.7	)		$	(35.5	)		$	3,135.9				NM
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		$	11.4					$	2,643.9			$	(299.5	)		$	(2,954.8	)			(111.3	)%

 

NM—Not meaningful

Operating activities

During 2012, operating activities generated $286.1 million of cash compared to $131.0 million during 2011. The improvement in cash flow from operations for 2012 was primarily due to $105.9 million of costs related to the Acquisition that reduced 2011 cash flow from operations as well as $15.1 million paid to settle our interest rate swap liability during 2011. Cash flow from operations during 2012 benefitted from a decrease in working capital and better operating results which were partially offset by increases of $57.3 million, $38.7 million and $13.3 million in interest paid, taxes paid and contributions to our pension and postretirement benefit plans, respectively.

During 2012, uses of cash included $172.1 million paid for interest, $81.1 million paid for taxes, $34.1 million paid to fund pension and postretirement benefit obligations and an increase in accounts receivable of $15.9 million. These uses of cash were offset by positive operating results and an increase of $45.8 million in accounts payable and other liabilities and a decrease in inventories of $18.2 million.

Investing activities

During 2012, we paid $12.2 million in connection with the Argus acquisition and received proceeds, net of cash sold, of $4.0 million from the sale of our filter manufacturing subsidiary in Shenzhen, China. These proceeds are included in other investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Investment in property, plant and equipment in 2012 was $28.0 million and primarily related to supporting improvements to manufacturing operations as well as investments in information technology (including internally developed software).

During 2011 we paid $3.0 billion to acquire the outstanding shares of CommScope, Inc. and $62.1 million to settle equity based compensation awards in connection with the Acquisition. We also paid $38.5 million (net of cash acquired) and $45.6 million (net of cash acquired) to acquire LiquidxStream Systems and Argus, respectively, and invested $39.5 million in property, plant and equipment.

Financing activities

During 2012, we paid a dividend of $200.0 million to our shareholders. Also during 2012, we amended our term loan facility and revolving credit facility primarily to lower the interest rates and extend the term on the revolving credit facility. The amendment process resulted in the repayment of $104.6 million to certain lenders who exited the term loan facility and revolving credit facility syndicates and the receipt of $104.6 million in proceeds from new lenders and existing lenders who increased their positions. We also made voluntary net repayments of $71.5 million ($205.0 million of additional borrowings and $276.5 million of repayments) under the revolving credit facility and made scheduled repayments of $10.0 million of our term loan facility during 2012. As of December 31, 2012, remaining availability under our $400 million revolving credit facility was approximately $330.8 million, reflecting a borrowing base of $364.2 million reduced by $33.4 million of letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

To finance the Acquisition during 2011, we borrowed $2.71 billion and received an equity contribution of $1.61 billion from Carlyle and certain members of management. We paid $87.0 million in financing costs associated with Acquisition-related debt. In connection with the Acquisition, we repaid $1.05 billion of our previous senior secured term loans and paid $377.3 million to redeem our 3.25% convertible notes (composed of $287.5 million of face value and $89.8 million of additional cash that holders were entitled to receive as a result of the Acquisition). During 2011, we borrowed an additional $15.0 million under our revolving credit facility and repaid $158.5 million.

Year ended December 31, 2011 (Combined Predecessor and Successor) compared to year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

The following table summarizes certain key measures of our liquidity and capital resources:

 

		Predecessor						Successor
		As of December 31,						As of December 31,				Dollar change				% change
(dollars in millions)		2010						2011
Cash and cash equivalents		$	706.1					$	317.1			$	(389.0	)			(55.1	)%
Working capital(1), excluding cash and cash equivalents and current portion of long-term debt of $60.3 million and $12.3 million, respectively			610.9						548.8				(62.1	)			(10.2	)
Availability under revolving credit facility			127.7						182.1				54.4				42.6
Long-term debt, including current portion			1,346.6						2,563.0				1,216.4				90.3
Total capitalization(2)			3,016.5						3,928.1				911.6				30.2
Long-term debt, including current portion, as a percentage of total capitalization			44.6	%					65.2	%

 

(1)	Working capital for 2010 consists of current assets of $1,841.2 million less current liabilities of $584.6 million. Working capital consists of current assets of $1,367.3 million less current liabilities of $513.7 million for 2011.

(2)	Total capitalization includes long-term debt, including the current portion, and stockholders’ equity.

Cash flow overview

 

(dollars in millions)		Predecessor										Successor				Combined 2011 compared to 2010
		Year ended December 31, 2010				January 1 – January 14, 2011						January 15 – December 31, 2011				Dollar change				% change
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	226.3			$	(4.8	)				$	135.7			$	(95.4	)			(42.2	)%
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		$	14.5			$	1.3					$	(3,172.7	)		$	(3,185.9	)			NM
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		$	(191.3	)		$	11.4					$	2,643.9			$	2,846.6				NM

 

NM—Not meaningful

Operating activities

During 2011, operating activities generated $131.0 million of cash as compared to $226.3 million during 2010. The reduction in cash generated by operating activities in 2011 reflected acquisition-related costs of $105.9 million that reduced cash flow from operations. The impact of the acquisition-related costs was partially offset by the decrease in working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents and the current portion of long-term debt), resulting mainly from decreases in accounts receivable and inventories that were somewhat offset by increases in accounts payable and other current liabilities. Accounts receivable decreased primarily as a result of lower net sales in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 while inventories decreased primarily as a result of tighter inventory management practices. Accounts payable and other current liabilities decreased during 2011, reflecting cash payments of $31.4 million related to restructuring costs and $15.1 million to settle our interest rate swap liability. Operating cash flow for 2010 was also reduced by the $47.8 million payment of a litigation judgment.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

Investing activities

During 2011, we paid $3.0 billion to acquire the outstanding shares of CommScope, Inc. and $62.1 million to settle equity-based compensation awards in connection with the Acquisition. Also during 2011, we paid $38.5 million (net of cash acquired) to acquire LiquidxStream Systems and $45.6 million (net of cash acquired) to acquire Argus.

Investment in property, plant and equipment during 2011 was $39.5 million and primarily related to investments in information technology (including internally developed software) as well as supporting the relocation of production capability to certain facilities and cost reduction efforts.

During 2010 we invested $35.4 million in property, plant and equipment and $4.0 million in Hydrogenics Corporation, or “Hydrogenics.” Also in 2010, we received $13.5 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment and $40.5 million from the sale of short term investments.

Financing activities

To finance the Acquisition during 2011, we borrowed $2.7 billion and received an equity contribution of $1.6 billion from Carlyle and certain members of management. See “—Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011—Financing activities.” As of December 31, 2011, our remaining availability under our $400 million revolving credit facility was approximately $182.1 million, reflecting a borrowing base of $292.2 million reduced by $71.5 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving facility and $38.6 million of letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility.

During 2010, we repaid $192.8 million of our senior secured term loans, including $127.6 million for the annual excess cash flow payment for 2009.

Future cash needs

We expect that our primary future cash needs will be debt service, funding working capital requirements, capital expenditures, paying certain restructuring costs and funding pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. We paid $14.6 million of restructuring costs during the first half of 2013 and expect to pay $12.0 million to $13.0 million during the remainder of 2013 with an additional $3.0 million by the end of 2015 related to restructuring actions that have been initiated. Any future restructuring actions would likely require additional cash expenditures that may be material. We made contributions of $10.5 million to pension and other postretirement benefit plans during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and expect to make additional contributions of $15.5 million during the balance of 2013. These contributions include those required to comply with an agreement with PBGC discussed under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have significant obligations under our defined benefit employee benefit plans and may be required to make plan contributions in excess of current estimates.” As of June 30, 2013, we have a significant unfunded obligation related to pension and other postretirement benefits. We expect that our noncurrent employee benefit liabilities will be funded from existing cash balances and cash flow from future operations. We expect to pay $13.3 million related to the Argus acquisition in the third quarter of 2013, the final payment due in connection with the acquisition. In addition to the $10.0 million we paid in July 2013 in conjunction with the acquisition of Redwood Systems, we may be required to pay up to an additional $49.0 million of additional consideration and retention payments in 2015 if certain net sales targets are met. See Note 12 to the Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We also made a payment in July 2013 of $4.1 million to certain option holders in conjunction with the dividend declared in June 2013. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes at a premium. See “Use of Proceeds.” We may also pay existing debt or repurchase the 2019 Notes or the 2020 Notes, if market conditions are favorable and the applicable indenture permits such repayment or repurchase. We may also pursue additional strategic acquisition opportunities, which may impact our future cash requirements.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations, combined with availability under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our presently anticipated future cash

 

74

---

Table of Contents

needs over the next twelve months. We may, from time to time, increase borrowings under our revolving credit facility or issue securities, if market conditions are favorable, to meet our future cash needs or to reduce our borrowing costs.

Description of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Revolving credit facilities

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, we entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities, consisting of a tranche A revolving credit facility available to our U.S. subsidiaries designated as co-borrowers therein, or the “U.S. Borrowers,” and a tranche B revolving credit facility available to the U.S. Borrowers and to certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, or the “European Co-Borrowers.” Our revolving credit facilities provide for revolving loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250 million for the tranche A revolving credit facility and up to $150 million for the tranche B revolving credit facility, in each case, subject to borrowing base capacity. Letters of credit are limited to $130 million for tranche A and tranche B in the aggregate. Subject to certain conditions, the revolving credit facilities may be expanded by up to $150 million in the aggregate in additional commitments. Loans under the tranche A revolving credit facility are denominated in U.S. dollars and loans under the tranche B revolving credit facility may be denominated, at our option, in either U.S. dollars, euros, pounds sterling or Swiss francs. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acts as administrative agent for the tranche A revolving credit facility and collateral agent for the revolving credit facilities, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited acts as administrative agent for the tranche B revolving credit facility. Each revolving credit facility matures in January 2017. We use borrowings under our revolving credit facilities to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments. We amended and restated our revolving credit facility in March 2012 to, among other things, reduce pricing and certain fees. As of June 30, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowing under our revolving credit facilities and $58.5 million of outstanding letters of credit.

Borrowings under our revolving credit facilities are limited by several jurisdictionally-specific borrowing base calculations based on the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable and, in certain instances, eligible inventory minus the amount of any applicable reserves. Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate, which (i) in the case of tranche A loans can be either adjusted Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin or, at our option, a base rate plus an applicable margin, and (ii) in the case of tranche B loans shall be adjusted Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. We may borrow only up to the lesser of the level of our then-current respective borrowing bases and our committed maximum borrowing capacity of $400 million in the aggregate. Our ability to draw under our revolving credit facilities or issue letters of credit thereunder is conditioned upon, among other things, our delivery of prior written notice of a borrowing or issuance, as applicable, our ability to reaffirm the representations and warranties contained in our credit agreements and the absence of any default or event of default under our revolving credit facilities.

Our obligations under the revolving credit facilities are guaranteed by us and all of our direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of excluded U.S. subsidiaries), and the obligations of the European Co-Borrowers under the tranche B revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries. The revolving credit facilities are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, and each of our direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries’ current and fixed assets (subject to certain exceptions), and the tranche B revolving credit facility is also secured by certain of the current assets of the non-U.S. borrowers and guarantors. The revolving credit facilities have a first priority lien on the above-referenced current assets, and a second priority lien on all other assets (second in priority to the liens securing the term loan facility referred to below), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.

The following fees are applicable under each revolving credit facility: (i) an unused line fee of either 0.375% or 0.25% per annum (depending on usage of the revolving credit facilities), of the unused portion of the respective revolving credit facility; (ii) a letter of credit participation fee on the aggregate stated amount of each letter of credit equal to the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate loans, as applicable; and (iii) certain other customary

 

75

---

Table of Contents

fees and expenses of the lenders and agents. We are required to make prepayments under our revolving credit facilities at any time when, and to the extent that, the aggregate amount of the outstanding loans and letters of credit under such revolving credit facility exceed the lesser of the aggregate amount of commitments in respect of such revolving credit facility and the applicable borrowing base.

Our revolving credit facilities contain customary covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and that of our subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets subject to their security interest, make acquisitions, loans, advances or investments, pay dividends, sell or otherwise transfer assets, optionally prepay or modify terms of any junior indebtedness, enter into transactions with affiliates or change our line of business. Our revolving credit facilities require the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 at the end of each fiscal quarter when excess availability for both tranche A and tranche B in total is less than the greater of $32.5 million and 10% of the aggregate borrowing base of both tranche A and tranche B in total. Such fixed charge coverage ratio is tested at the end of each quarter until such time as excess availability exceeds the level set forth above. This ratio and other ratios related to incurrence-based covenants (measured only upon the taking of certain actions, including the incurrence of additional indebtedness) under our revolving credit facility, our term loan facility, the 2019 Notes and the 2020 Notes are calculated in part based on financial measures similar to Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus, which also give pro forma effect to certain events, including acquisitions, synergies and cost savings initiatives. These incremental adjustments, as calculated pursuant to such agreements, provide us with a net EBITDA benefit for ratio calculation purposes of approximately $17 million during the LTM Period. We are currently in compliance with the covenants under our revolving credit facilities.

Our revolving credit facilities provide that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, our obligations thereunder may be accelerated and the lending commitments terminated. Such events of default include payment defaults to the lenders, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, material money judgments, material pension-plan events, certain change of control events and other customary events of default.

Term loan facility

In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, we also entered into a senior secured term loan facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other agents and lenders, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000 million, which was fully drawn on the closing date of the Acquisition Transactions. The term loan facility was used to fund the Acquisition, in part. We amended and restated our term loan facility in March 2012 and March 2013 to, among other things, reduce pricing. Our term loan facility matures in January 2018. As of June 30, 2013, we had $977.5 million of outstanding borrowings under our term loan facility.

Subject to certain conditions, our term loan facility, without the consent of the then existing lenders (but subject to the receipt of commitments), may be expanded (or a new term loan facility added) by up to the greater of $200 million in the aggregate or such amount as will not cause the net senior secured debt ratio to exceed 2.25 to 1.00.

Borrowings under our term loan facility amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1.00% per annum of the original principal amount thereof, with the remaining balance due at final maturity. Borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest, at our option, at either (1) the base rate (which is the highest of the then current Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate most recently announced by the administrative agent under the term loan, and the one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.0%) plus a margin of 1.75% per annum or (2) the greater of (a) one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR or, if consented to by all lenders, nine- or twelve-month LIBOR (selected at our option) plus a margin of 2.75% per annum and (b) 3.75%. Due to the March 2013 amendment and restatement, we are now subject to a 101% “soft call” prepayment premium, applicable to any repricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the date that is six months after the date of such amendment and restatement.

We may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under our term loan facility, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts, with prior notice but without premium or penalty (other than the “soft call” noted above).

 

76

---

Table of Contents

We must prepay our term loan facility with the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, the incurrence or issuance of specified refinancing indebtedness and 50% of excess cash flow (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specified senior secured leverage ratios), in each case, subject to certain reinvestment rights and other exceptions.

Our obligations under the term loan facility are guaranteed by us and all of our direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of excluded U.S. subsidiaries). The term loan facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and each of our direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries’ current and fixed assets (subject to certain exceptions), and the term loan facility has a first priority lien on the above-referenced fixed assets, and a second priority lien on all current assets (second in priority to the liens securing the revolving credit facilities referred to above), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.

Our term loan facility contains customary negative covenants consistent with those applicable to the 2019 Notes, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and that of our restricted subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell or otherwise transfer assets, or enter into transactions with affiliates. We are currently in compliance with the covenants under our term loan facility.

Our term loan facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, our obligations thereunder may be accelerated. Such events of default include payment defaults to the lenders, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, material money judgments, material pension-plan events, certain change of control events and other customary events of default.

Description of the 2019 Notes

On January 14, 2011, in connection with the Acquisition Transactions, CommScope, Inc. closed the issuance of the 2019 Notes. As of June 30, 2013, CommScope, Inc. had $1,500.0 million principal amount of 2019 Notes outstanding, which bear interest at a rate of 8.25% and mature on January 15, 2019. The interest on the 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15.

All of CommScope, Inc.’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the senior secured credit facilities jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee the 2019 Notes on a senior unsecured basis. The 2019 Notes may be redeemed at the option of the holders at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon certain change of control events. Prior to January 15, 2015, the 2019 Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus a make-whole premium (as defined in the 2019 Notes Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. On or prior to January 15, 2015, under certain circumstances, we may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price of 108.250% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date using the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this initial public offering of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.” Beginning on January 15, 2015, the 2019 Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices listed below, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

Redemption in twelve-month period beginning January 15,		Percentage
2015			104.125	%
2016			102.063	%
2017 and thereafter			100.000	%

The 2019 Notes Indenture limits the ability of CommScope, Inc. and most of its subsidiaries to:

 

•

incur additional debt or issue certain capital stock unless a fixed charge coverage ratio is satisfied or certain other exceptions apply;

 

77

---

Table of Contents

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or repurchase or retire subordinated indebtedness;

 

•

make certain investments;

 

•

sell assets;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

•

permit restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions.

There are no financial maintenance covenants in the 2019 Notes Indenture. Events of default under the 2019 Notes Indenture include, among others, nonpayment of principal or interest when due, covenant defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency events and cross defaults.

Description of the 2020 Notes

On May 28, 2013, CommScope Holdings issued the 2020 Notes, which mature on June 1, 2020. As of June 30, 2013, we had $550.0 million principal amount of 2020 Notes outstanding. Interest on the 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1. Interest for the initial interest period ending December 1, 2013 will be payable entirely in cash. For each interest period thereafter, we are required to pay interest on the 2020 Notes entirely in cash, unless the “Applicable Amount,” as defined in the 2020 Notes Indenture, is less than the applicable semi-annual requisite cash interest payment amount, in which case, we may elect to pay a portion of the interest due on the 2020 Notes for such interest period by increasing the principal amount of the 2020 Notes or by issuing new notes for up to the entire amount of the interest payment, in each case, “PIK Interest,” to the extent described in the 2020 Notes Indenture. For the purposes of the 2020 Notes Indenture, “Applicable Amount” generally refers to CommScope, Inc.’s then current restricted payment capacity under the instruments governing its indebtedness less $20 million plus CommScope Holdings’ cash and cash equivalents less $10 million. Cash interest on the 2020 Notes accrues at the rate of 6.625% per annum. PIK Interest on the 2020 Notes accrues at the rate of 7.375% per annum until the next payment of cash interest.

The 2020 Notes may be redeemed at the option of the holders at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon certain change of control events. Prior to June 1, 2016, the 2020 Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus a make-whole premium (as defined in the 2020 Notes Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. On or prior to June 1, 2016, under certain circumstances, we may also redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes at a redemption price of 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date using the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this initial public offering of our common stock. Beginning on June 1, 2016, the 2020 Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices listed below, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

Redemption in twelve-month period beginning June 1,		Percentage
2016			103.313	%
2017			101.656	%
2018 and thereafter			100.000	%

The 2020 Notes Indenture limits the ability of us and most of our subsidiaries to:

 

•

incur additional debt or issue certain capital stock unless a fixed charge coverage ratio is satisfied or certain other exceptions apply;

 

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or repurchase or retire subordinated indebtedness;

 

•

make certain investments;

 

78

---

Table of Contents

•

sell assets;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

•

permit restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions.

There are no financial maintenance covenants in the 2020 Notes Indenture. Events of default under the 2020 Notes Indenture include, among others, nonpayment of principal or interest when due, covenant defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency events and cross defaults.

Description of Certain Other Indebtedness

Certain of our subsidiaries are parties to capital leases, other loans and lines of credit. As of June 30, 2013, $1.2 million of capital leases and other loans were outstanding. Certain of our subsidiaries are parties to lines of credit and letters of credit facilities that remained open after closing of the Acquisition Transactions. As of June 30, 2013, there were no borrowings and approximately $11.5 million of borrowing capacity under these lines of credit. We had approximately $4.2 million in letters of credit outstanding and approximately $2.6 million of remaining capacity under these letters of credit facilities.

Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

A summary of contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

		Payments due by period
(in millions)		Total				2013				2014 – 2015				2016 – 2017				Thereafter
Long-term debt, including current maturities(a)		$	2,484.2			$	10.8			$	20.7			$	20.2			$	2,432.5
Interest on long-term debt(a)(b)			952.2				165.3				329.3				327.6				130.0
Operating leases			101.7				25.1				34.0				19.7				22.9
Purchase obligations(c)			35.4				35.4				—				—				—
Pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities(d)			85.2				26.5				36.8				7.2				14.7
Restructuring costs			20.5				19.7				0.8				—				—
Deferred purchase price			13.3				13.3				—				—				—
Unrecognized tax benefits(e)			—				—				—				—				—
Total contractual obligations		$	3,692.5			$	296.1			$	421.6			$	374.7			$	2,600.1

 

(a)

No prepayment or redemption of any of our long-term debt balances has been assumed. Refer to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 6 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding the terms of our long-term debt agreements.

(b)

Interest on long-term debt excludes the amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount. Interest on variable rate debt is estimated based upon rates in effect as of December 31, 2012. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

(c)	Purchase obligations include minimum amounts owed under take-or-pay or requirements contracts. Amounts covered by open purchase orders are excluded as there is no contractual obligation until goods or services are received.

(d)

Amounts reflect expected contributions related to payments under the postretirement benefit plans through 2022 and expected pension contributions of $23.3 million in 2013 and $28.8 million in 2014–2015. See Note 10 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(e)

Due to the uncertainty in predicting the timing of tax payments related to our unrecognized tax benefits, $71.2 million has been excluded from the presentation. We do not reasonably anticipate a material change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. See Note 11 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

79

---

Table of Contents

A summary of contractual cash obligations as of June 30, 2013 is as follows and does not give effect to this offering or the use of proceeds therefrom:

 

		Payments due by period
(in millions)		Total				Remainder of 2013				2014 – 2015				2016 – 2017				Thereafter
Long-term debt, including current maturities(a)		$	3,028.7			$	5.6			$	20.4			$	20.2			$	2,982.5
Interest on long-term debt(a)(b)			1,140.0				105.3				406.8				405.0				222.9
Operating leases			92.5				13.2				36.4				20.1				22.8
Purchase obligations(c)			29.7				29.7				—				—				—
Pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities(d)			74.2				15.5				36.8				7.2				14.7
Restructuring costs			15.7				12.2				3.5				—				—
Deferred purchase price(e)			13.3				13.3				—				—				—
Unrecognized tax benefits(f)			—				—				—				—				—
Total contractual obligations		$	4,394.1			$	194.8			$	503.9			$	452.5			$	3,242.9

 

(a)

No prepayment or redemption of any of our long-term debt balances has been assumed. Refer to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” Note 5 in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 6 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding the terms of our long-term debt agreements.

(b)

Interest on long-term debt excludes the amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount. Interest on variable rate debt is estimated based upon rates in effect as of June 30, 2013. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the 2019 Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

(c)	Purchase obligations include minimum amounts owed under take-or-pay or requirements contracts. Amounts covered by open purchase orders are excluded as there is no contractual obligation until goods or services are received.

(d)

Amounts reflect expected contributions related to payments under the postretirement benefit plans through 2022 and expected pension contributions of $13.5 million during the remainder of 2013 and $28.8 million in 2014-2015. See Note 10 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(e)	Does not include amounts that may be payable related to the July 2013 acquisition of Redwood Systems. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future cash needs.”

(f)

Due to the uncertainty in predicting the timing of tax payments related to our unrecognized tax benefits, $81.8 million has been excluded from the presentation. We do not reasonably anticipate a material change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. See Note 11 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that are currently anticipated to have a material impact on us.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

We continually attempt to minimize the effect of inflation on earnings by controlling our operating costs and adjusting our selling prices. The principal raw materials purchased by us (copper, aluminum, steel, plastics and other polymers, bimetals and optical fiber) are subject to changes in market price as they are influenced by commodity markets and other factors. Prices for copper, fluoropolymers and certain other polymers derived from oil and natural gas have become highly volatile over the last several years. As a result, we have increased our prices for certain products and may have to increase prices again in the future. To the extent that we are unable to

 

80

---

Table of Contents

pass on cost increases to customers without a significant decrease in sales volume or must implement price reductions in response to a rapid decline in raw material costs, these cost changes could have a material adverse impact on the results of our operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We may utilize derivative financial instruments, among other methods, to hedge some of these exposures. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Interest rate risk

The table below summarizes the expected interest and principal payments associated with our variable rate debt outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (mainly the variable rate term loan and borrowings under the revolving credit facility). The principal payments presented below are based on scheduled maturities and assume no changes in the borrowings under the revolving credit facility. The interest payments presented below assume the interest rate in effect as of June 30, 2013. (See Note 5 in the Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 6 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.) The impact of a 1% increase in interest rates on projected future interest payments of the variable rate debt would be immaterial due to current LIBOR rates being below the 1% floor on the term loan.

 

		For the year ending December 31,
(dollars in millions)		Balance of 2013				2014				2015				2016				2017				Thereafter				Total
Principal and interest payments on variable rate debt		$	26.4			$	51.6			$	51.1			$	50.7			$	50.0			$	934.0			$	1,163.8
Average cash interest rate			4.25	%			4.25	%			4.25	%			4.25	%			4.25	%			4.25	%

We also have $2.05 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes. The table below summarizes our expected interest and principal payments related to our fixed rate debt at June 30, 2013 (assuming we make all of our interest payments on the 2020 Notes at the 6.625% cash-pay interest rate).

 

		For the year ending December 31,
(dollars in millions)		Balance of 2013				2014				2015				2016				2017				Thereafter				Total
Principal and interest payments on fixed rate debt		$	84.4			$	162.3			$	162.3			$	162.3			$	162.3			$	2,271.3			$	3,004.9
Average cash interest rate			7.87	%			7.91	%			7.91	%			7.91	%			7.91	%			7.67	%

Foreign currency risk

Approximately 44% of our net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 47%, 49% and 47% of our 2012, 2011 and 2010 net sales, respectively, were to customers located outside the U.S. Significant changes in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our international sales levels and the related collection of amounts due. In addition, a significant decline in the value of currencies used in certain regions of the world as compared to the U.S. dollar could adversely affect product sales in those regions because our products may become more expensive for those customers to pay for in their local currency. Conversely, significant increases in the value of foreign currencies as compared to the U.S. dollar could adversely affect profitability as certain product costs increase relative to a U.S. dollar-denominated sales price. The foreign currencies to which we have the greatest exposure include the euro, Chinese yuan, Brazilian real and Indian rupee. We continue to evaluate alternatives to help us reasonably manage the market risk related to foreign currency exposures.

We use derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the risk of fluctuations in the value of certain foreign currencies. At June 30, 2013, we had foreign exchange contracts with a net fair value of $3.5 million, with maturities ranging from one to nine months with an aggregate notional value of $237.6 million (based on exchange rates as of June 30, 2013). See Note 6 in the Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated

 

81

---

Table of Contents

Financial Statements. These instruments are not leveraged and are not held for trading or speculation. These contracts are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and are marked to market each period through earnings and, as such, there were no unrecognized gains or losses as of December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010. We may increase our use of derivative instruments to manage our economic exposure to foreign currency risk.

Commodity price risk

Materials, in their finished form, account for a large portion of our cost of sales. These materials, such as copper, aluminum, steel, plastics and other polymers, bimetals and optical fiber, are subject to changes in market price as they are influenced by commodity markets and supply and demand levels, among other factors. Management attempts to mitigate these risks through effective requirements planning and by working closely with key suppliers to obtain the best possible pricing and delivery terms. As of June 30, 2013, as a result of evaluating our commodity pricing exposures, we had forward purchase commitments outstanding for certain metals to be used in the normal course of business. As of June 30, 2013, we were obligated to purchase approximately $29.7 million of metals under take-or-pay contracts through the fourth quarter of 2013 that we expect to take and consume in the normal course of operations. In the aggregate, these commitments are at prices approximately 15% above market prices as of June 30, 2013. We may begin to use derivative financial instruments and/or increase our use of forward purchase commitments to manage our economic exposure to commodity price risk.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading global provider of connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions for wireless, business enterprise and residential broadband networks. We help our customers solve communications challenges by providing critical RF solutions, intelligent connectivity and cabling platforms, data center and intelligent building infrastructure and broadband access solutions. Demand for our offerings is driven by rapid growth of data traffic from the continued adoption of smartphones, tablets, machine-to-machine communication and the proliferation of data centers, Big Data, cloud-based services and streaming media content. Our solutions are built upon innovative RF technology, service capabilities, technological expertise and intellectual property, including approximately 2,700 patents and patent applications worldwide. We have a team of approximately 12,500 people to serve our customers in over 100 countries through a network of more than 20 world-class manufacturing and distribution facilities strategically located around the globe. Our customers include substantially all of the leading global wireless operators as well as thousands of enterprise customers, including many Fortune 500 enterprises, and leading MSOs. We have long-standing, direct relationships with our customers and serve them through a sales force consisting of more than 600 employees and a global network of channel partners.

Our offerings for wireless and wired networks enable delivery of high-bandwidth data, video and voice applications. The fundamental driver of demand for our offerings is the rapidly growing need for bandwidth across communication networks. Bandwidth requirements continue to increase rapidly as data traffic grows, driven by adoption of smartphones, tablets, machine-to-machine communication and the proliferation of data centers, Big Data, cloud-based services and streaming media content. To address these trends and to drive incremental revenue and profit, wireless operators and enterprises around the world are utilizing our solutions to deploy or expand next-generation communications networks, such as the continued deployment of 4G, including LTE wireless networks.

The table below summarizes our offerings, global leadership positions and LTM Period performance:

 

 

(1)	Excludes inter-segment eliminations.

 

83

---

Table of Contents

We are the #1 provider of connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions across each of our end-markets globally. Our leadership position is built upon innovative technology; broad, high-quality and cost-effective solutions; industry-leading brands and global manufacturing and distribution scale. During the LTM Period, our net sales were 56% from North America, 20% from the EMEA region, 16% from the APAC region and 8% from the CALA region.

Our market leadership, as well as our diversified customer base, market exposure, and product and geographic mix, provide a strong and resilient business model with strong cash flow generation. In 2012, we generated net sales of $3,321.9 million, net income of $5.4 million, Adjusted Operating Income of $501.1 million and Adjusted Net Income of $185.3 million. During the LTM Period, we generated net sales of $3,487.8 million, net income of $33.8 million, Adjusted Operating Income of $606.0 million and Adjusted Net Income of $263.8 million. For our definition of Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation, as applicable, from operating income or net income, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Audited and Unaudited Consolidated Financial Information.”

CommScope’s History of Value Creation

Since our founding as an independent company in 1976, we have consistently played a significant role in many of the world’s leading communication networks. Our evolution has been supported by technology innovation and strategic acquisitions to expand product lines and complement existing solutions. We have continued to drive sales growth through development of new markets across the globe while expanding our offerings to a broad portfolio of wired and wireless connectivity solutions for next-generation communication networks. CommScope solutions are the “backbone” of communication networks and provide customers with connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions to support the explosive growth in demand for bandwidth.

We transformed our business through the successful acquisitions of Avaya’s Connectivity Solutions in 2004 and Andrew in 2007, establishing our global leadership position in enterprise and wireless communication infrastructure solutions, respectively. The integration and optimization of these acquisitions have helped make us the leading global provider of connectivity solutions for wireless, business enterprise and residential broadband networks. Our history includes a strong track record of operational excellence through optimizing our manufacturing processes and successfully integrating acquisitions to drive profitability. We have also demonstrated a strong track record of managing cash flow, reducing debt and delivering operating income growth through multiple economic cycles.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

 

The Acquisition and Post-Acquisition Accomplishments

Since the Acquisition by Carlyle, we have successfully implemented several value creation initiatives. These initiatives helped us grow our Adjusted Operating Income by 52% from $399.2 million in 2010 to $606.0 million for the LTM Period. Adjusted Operating Income margins increased from 13% of net sales in 2010 to 17% during the LTM Period. Among other factors, we believe the following value creation initiatives have contributed to our growth and profitability:

 

•

We have increased our relevance to our customers and improved overall margins of our products by accelerating our focus on selling solutions versus individual components to our customers. We believe that our integrated, solution-based approach differentiates our businesses by aligning us more closely with our customers. For example, our RF cell site solution offering enables wireless operators to reduce cost and enhance performance of new cellular base stations, increasing our relevance to the customer and improving the overall margins of our products.

 

•

We have enhanced our future growth prospects by executing the following strategic acquisitions:

 

•

June 2011: Acquired LiquidxStream Systems to broaden our existing offering of broadband solutions for the MSO market.

 

•

September 2011: Acquired Argus to pair our global reach with Argus’ robust antenna research and technology expertise.

 

•

March 2013: Acquired iTRACS to complement our existing data center intelligence software creating one of the industry’s broadest DCIM platforms.

 

•

July 2013: Acquired Redwood Systems to add innovative LED lighting control capabilities to our intelligent building infrastructure solutions.

 

•

Through disciplined product management, we have optimized our portfolio of products and solutions by exiting certain non-core products such as select merchant RF subsystems and parts of our geolocation business.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

•

We have further strengthened our sales channels and expanded our sales efforts in India and China to better position us for future growth. Within our Wireless segment, we have significantly strengthened our relationships with wireless operators by intensifying our focus on collaborating with the operators to create solutions that solve key communications challenges of our end-users.

 

•

We have grown our R&D investments since the Acquisition to strengthen our competitive position and drive growth. Additionally, we have focused on R&D efficiency through initiatives such as Breakthrough Enabling Technologies, or “BETs,” which is a formalized program to rapidly accelerate new growth products to commercialization.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $3.0 billion of outstanding indebtedness on a consolidated basis, including approximately $2.48 billion attributable to the Acquisition Transactions and approximately $550 million attributable to dividend payments made since the Acquisition Transactions. Despite the incurrence of additional indebtedness, our net leverage ratio at June 30, 2013 was lower than it was immediately following the Acquisition Transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Dividends.”

Industry Background

We participate in the large and growing global market for connectivity and essential communications infrastructure. This market is being driven by the growth in bandwidth demand associated with the continued adoption of smartphones, tablets, machine-to-machine communication and the proliferation of data centers, Big Data, cloud-based services and streaming media content.

Wireless operators are deploying 4G networks and next-generation network solutions to monetize the dramatic growth in bandwidth demand. As users consume more data on smartphones, tablets and computers, enterprises are faced with a growing need for higher bandwidth networks, in-building cellular coverage and more robust, efficient and intelligent data centers. MSOs are investing in their networks to deliver a competitive triple-play of services (voice, video and high-speed data) and to maintain service quality.

Carrier Investments in 4G Wireless Infrastructure

4G was developed to handle wireless data more efficiently and allows for faster, more reliable and more secure mobile service than existing 2G and 3G networks. The faster data transfer capabilities of 4G LTE networks enable a rich mobile computing experience for users. LTE networks are more efficient and cost effective for wireless operators, in part, because LTE networks improve spectral efficiency, allowing for greater throughput of data in a fixed amount of spectrum.

Wireless operators have started deploying LTE globally and are making the necessary wireless infrastructure investments to accommodate the growing demand for next-generation mobile communication services. A June 2013 Gartner, Inc. report estimates that next-generation LTE mobile infrastructure spending was $5.9 billion in 2012 and is forecasted to reach $28.4 billion by 2016, a CAGR of 48%. LTE investment is expected to be deployed in several phases globally and to last for many years. North American wireless operators have made the largest LTE investments in building their initial LTE coverage through the first half of 2013. We expect investments to continue through 2014 and to be followed by investments in coverage by smaller North American carriers and investments in capacity by all North American wireless operators. Many wireless operators in Europe, Asia and Latin America are expected to commence their substantial LTE investment cycle in 2014 and beyond.

As wireless operators deploy LTE or other 4G technologies, they must manage increasingly complex networks. As a result, we believe wireless operator 4G coverage and capacity investments will drive demand for our comprehensive offerings such as multi-frequency base station antennas, hybrid fiber and coaxial cables, connectors, filters, microwave antennas and remote radio heads.

Small Cell Distributed Antenna Systems Enhance and Expand Wireless Coverage and Capacity

The traditional macro cell network requires mobile users to connect directly to macro cell base stations. Macro cells are primarily designed to provide coverage over wide areas and typically transmit powerful signals;

 

86

---

Table of Contents

however, they have high site acquisition costs. Additionally, they are not optimal for dense urban areas where physical structures often create coverage gaps and capacity is frequently constrained. Adding new macro cells has been the traditional way to increase mobile capacity and will continue as the solution of choice in many areas, but in certain high-density locations macro cells are close to their interference limits and either need to be sectored or augmented by cells closer to the ground. Small cell DAS solutions address these challenges encountered in dense urban areas and complement existing macro cell sites by cost-effectively extending coverage and increasing capacity.

A 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. report estimated that close to 80% of mobile data usage worldwide is indoors and nomadic. As a result, wireless operators view in-building coverage as a critical component of their network deployment strategies. Key challenges for wireless operators in providing in-building cellular coverage are signal loss while penetrating building structures and interference created by mobile devices while connected to macro cell sites from inside a building. In-building DAS solutions bring the antenna significantly closer to the user, which results in better coverage and reduced interference. Additionally, in-building DAS provides field-proven, seamless signal handover for a user between indoor and outdoor zones that can support multi-operator, multi-frequency and multi-protocol (2G, 3G, 4G) applications, making it the most effective small cell solution. The benefits of small cell DAS have become increasingly important with the trend towards BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) in the enterprise market.

Small cell DAS solutions also address outdoor capacity issues in urban areas. Industry sources have estimated that at peak usage 50% of mobile data is carried by only 15% of the macro cell sites creating significant stress on mobile network capacity. This urban network capacity issue can be solved by deploying small cell DAS solutions to create small coverage areas that enable re-use of spectrum. Re-use of spectrum allows wireless operators to optimize capacity of existing licensed spectrum by significantly increasing repeated usage of the same frequencies within a defined coverage area. According to the February 15, 2012 Small Cell Forum report, over the last 45 years, spectrum re-use has increased network capacity by 1,600 times compared to an increase of only 25 times as a result of availability of new licensed spectrum.

Growth in Data Center Spending

Organizations are increasingly utilizing data centers to provide products and services to individuals and businesses. Data center investment is driven by the increase in demand for computing power and improved network performance, which is greatest for large enterprise data centers and cloud service providers. In 2013, Gartner, Inc. reported that spending on enterprise and large data centers is estimated to grow from $64 billion in 2012 to $85 billion in 2016, representing a CAGR of 7%.

An increase in average data center size and the number of assets in a data center significantly raises the total cost of ownership and the complexity of managing data center infrastructure. Data center operators strive to manage their resources efficiently and to reduce energy consumption by monitoring all elements within the data center. DCIM software helps operators improve operational efficiency, maximize capability and reduce costs by providing clear insight into cooling capacity, power usage, utilization, applications and overall performance. According to a 2012 IDC report, the global DCIM market is estimated to grow from $335 million in 2012 to $690 million in 2016, representing a CAGR of 20%.

Transition to Intelligent Buildings

Business enterprises are managing the proliferation of wireless devices, the impact of cloud computing and emergence of wireless and wired business applications. This increasing complexity creates the need for infrastructure to support growing bandwidth requirements, in-building cellular coverage and capacity and software that monitors the physical layer. These enterprises are also investing in common communications and building automation systems to enhance energy efficiency, improve productivity and increase comfort. These intelligent building infrastructure solutions often include integrated network software, small cell DAS and advanced LED lighting controls and sensor networks.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

Our Segments

We serve our customers through three operating segments: Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband. We believe that we are the only company in the world with a significant leadership position in connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions for the wireless, enterprise and residential broadband networks. Through our Andrew brand, we are the global leader in providing merchant RF wireless network connectivity solutions and small cell DAS solutions. Through our SYSTIMAX and Uniprise brands, we are the global leader in enterprise connectivity solutions, delivering a complete end-to-end physical layer solution, including connectivity and cables, enclosures, data center and network intelligence software, in-building wireless, advanced LED systems management and network design services for enterprise applications and data centers. We are also a premier manufacturer of coaxial and fiber optic cable for residential broadband networks globally. The graphs below reflect the percentage of our net sales and Adjusted Operating Income that is attributable to each of our operating segments during the LTM Period.

 

Wireless

We are the global leader in providing merchant RF wireless network connectivity solutions and small cell DAS solutions. Our solutions, marketed primarily under the Andrew brand, enable wireless operators to deploy both macro cell sites and small cell DAS solutions to meet 2G, 3G and 4G cellular coverage and capacity requirements. Our macro cell site solutions can be found at wireless tower sites and on rooftops and include base station antennas, microwave antennas, hybrid fiber-feeder and power cables, coaxial cables, connectors, amplifiers, filters and backup power solutions, including fuel cells. Our small cell DAS solutions are primarily comprised of distributed antenna systems that allow wireless operators to increase spectral efficiency and thereby extend and enhance cellular coverage and capacity in challenging network conditions such as commercial buildings, urban areas, stadiums and transportation systems.

Our macro cell site and small cell DAS solutions establish us as a global leader in RF infrastructure solutions for wireless operators and OEMs. We provide a one-stop source for managing the technology lifecycle of a wireless network, including complete infrastructure solutions for 2G, 3G and 4G. Our comprehensive solutions include products for every major wireless protocol and allow wireless operators to operate across multiple frequency bands, reduce cost, achieve faster data rates and accelerate migration to the latest wireless technologies. Our wireless solutions are built using a modular approach, which has allowed us to leverage our core technology across generations of networks and mitigate technology risk. We believe we are the only merchant supplier that provides a complete portfolio of RF infrastructure solutions from the output of the base station (or baseband processor) at the bottom of the tower to the antenna at the top of the tower, and we are recognized for our leading technologies, comprehensive product portfolio and global scale.

Enterprise

We are the global leader in enterprise connectivity solutions for data centers and commercial buildings. We provide voice, video, data and converged solutions that support mission-critical, high-bandwidth applications, including storage area networks, streaming media, data backhaul, cloud applications and grid computing. These comprehensive solutions, sold primarily under the SYSTIMAX and Uniprise brands, include optical fiber and

 

88

---

Table of Contents

twisted pair structured cable solutions, intelligent infrastructure software, network rack and cabinet enclosures, intelligent building sensors, advanced LED lighting control systems and network design services.

Our Enterprise connectivity solutions deliver data speeds up to 100 Gbps. We integrate our structured cabling, connectors, in-building cellular solutions and network intelligence capabilities to create physical layer solutions that enable voice, video and data communication and building automation. We use proprietary modeling and simulation techniques to optimize networks to provide performance that exceeds established standards. Our network design services and global network of partners offer customers custom, turnkey network solutions that are tailored to each customer’s unique requirements.

We have complemented our leading physical layer offerings with the addition of iTRACS, a leading provider of DCIM software, which provides unique network intelligence capabilities. We also recently acquired Redwood Systems, a provider of advanced LED lighting control and high-density sensor solutions, which complements our in-building cellular and intelligent building solutions.

We maintain a leading global market position in enterprise connectivity and network intelligence for data center and commercial buildings due to our differentiated technology, long-standing relationships with customers and channel partners, strong brand recognition, premium product features and performance and reliability of our solutions. We also believe our global Enterprise sales channel and industry-leading small cell DAS solutions uniquely position us to address the wireless operator and business owner’s desire for ubiquitous in-building cellular coverage.

Broadband

We are a global leader in providing cable and communications products that support the multichannel video, voice and high-speed data services provided by MSOs. We believe we are the leading global manufacturer of coaxial cable for HFC networks and a leading supplier of fiber optic cable for North American MSOs.

The Broadband segment is our most mature business, and we expect demand for Broadband products to continue to be influenced by the ongoing maintenance requirements of cable networks, competition between cable providers and wireless operators and the challenged residential construction market activity in North America. We are focused on improving the profitability and efficiency of this segment.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

Products

 

Solutions Offering		Description
Cell site solutions
		Our cell site solutions can be found at wireless tower sites and on rooftops and include base station antennas, microwave antennas, hybrid fiber-feeder and power cables, coaxial cables, connectors, power, filters and backup power solutions, including fuel cells.
Small cell DAS solutions
		Our small cell DAS solutions are primarily composed of distributed antenna systems that allow wireless operators to increase spectral efficiency, thereby extending and enhancing cellular coverage and capacity in challenging network conditions such as urban areas, commercial buildings, stadiums and transportation systems.
Intelligent enterprise infrastructure solutions
		Our Enterprise solutions, sold primarily under the SYSTIMAX and Uniprise brands, include optical fiber and twisted pair structured cable solutions, intelligent infrastructure software, network rack and cabinet enclosures, intelligent building sensors, advanced LED lighting control systems and network design services.
Data center solutions
		We have complemented our leading physical layer solution offerings with the addition of iTRACS, a leading provider of DCIM software, which provides unique network intelligence capabilities.
Broadband MSO solutions
		We provide a broad portfolio of cable solutions including fiber-to-the-home equipment and headend solutions for MSOs.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths have been instrumental to our success and position us well for future growth and strong financial performance.

Global Market Leadership Position

We are a global leader in connectivity and essential infrastructure solutions for communications networks, and we believe we hold leading market positions across our segments:

 

•

Wireless: #1 in merchant RF wireless network connectivity solutions and small cell DAS solutions;

 

•

Enterprise: #1 in enterprise connectivity solutions for data centers and commercial buildings; and

 

•

Broadband: #1 in cables for HFC networks.

Since our founding in 1976, CommScope has been a leading brand in connectivity solutions for communications networks. In the wireless industry, Andrew is one of the world’s most recognized brands and a global leader in RF solutions for wireless networks. In the enterprise market, SYSTIMAX and Uniprise are recognized as global market leaders in enterprise connectivity solutions for business enterprise applications.

Global Scale and Manufacturing Footprint

Our global manufacturing footprint and 600-person direct sales force give us significant scale within our addressable market. We believe our scale and stability make us an attractive strategic partner to our large global customers, and we have been repeatedly recognized by several of our key customers for these attributes. In addition, our ability to leverage our core competencies across our business coupled with our successful track record of operational efficiencies has allowed us to improve our margins and cash flows while continuing to invest in R&D and acquisitions targeting new products and new markets.

Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are strategically located to optimize service levels and product delivery times. We also utilize lower-cost geographies for high labor content products and largely automated plants in higher-cost regions. Currently, more than half of our manufacturing employees are located in lower-cost geographies such as China, Mexico, India and the Czech Republic. Our dynamic manufacturing and distribution organization allows us to:

 

•

flex our capacity to meet market demand and expand our market position;

 

•

provide high customer service levels due to proximity to the customer; and

 

•

effectively integrate acquisitions and capitalize on related synergies.

Differentiated Solutions Supported by Ongoing Innovation and Significant Proprietary IP

Our integrated solutions for wireless, enterprise and broadband networks are differentiated in the marketplace and are a significant global competitive advantage. We have invested more than $100 million in research and development in each of the last five years. We have also added IP and innovation through acquisitions, such as Argus, which enhanced our next-generation base station antenna technology. Our ongoing innovation, supported by proprietary IP and technology know-how, has allowed us to sustain this competitive advantage.

 

•

Integrated solutions. Our wireless network offerings include complete connectivity solutions supporting 2G, 3G and 4G wireless technologies for both macro cell sites and small cell DAS. We believe that we are the only supplier that provides a complete portfolio of integrated RF solutions from the output of the base station (or baseband processor) at the bottom of the tower to the antenna at the top of the tower. In the enterprise market, we deliver a comprehensive solution including connectivity and cables, enclosures, network intelligence software, advanced LED lighting systems and network design services. Our ability to provide integrated connectivity solutions for wireless, enterprise and broadband networks makes us a value-added solutions provider to our customers and gives us a significant competitive advantage.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

•

Strong design capabilities and technology know-how. We have a long tradition of developing highly engineered connectivity solutions, demonstrating superior performance across various generations of networks. Our ongoing focus on engineering innovation has enabled us to create high quality products that are reliable, have a desirable form factor and enable our customers to optimize the performance, flexibility, installation time, energy consumption and space requirements of their network deployments.

 

•

Significant proprietary IP. Our proven record of innovation and decades of experience creating market-leading technology products are evidenced by our approximately 2,700 patents and patent applications, as well as our over 1,300 registered trademarks and trademark applications, worldwide. Our significant proprietary IP, when combined with our deep engineering expertise, allows us to create industry-defining solutions for customers around the world.

Established Sales Channels and Customer Relationships

We serve customers in over 100 countries and have become a trusted advisor to many of them through our industry expertise, quality, technology and long-term relationships. These factors enable us to provide mission-critical connectivity solutions that our customers need to build high-performing communication networks.

Our customers include substantially all of the leading global wireless operators as well as thousands of enterprise customers, including many Fortune 500 enterprises, and leading cable television providers or MSOs. We are a key merchant supplier within the wireless infrastructure market and enjoy established sales channels across all geographies and technologies. Our long-standing relationships with wireless operators enable us to work closely with them in providing highly customized solutions that are aligned with their technology roadmaps. We have a global Enterprise segment sales force with sales representatives based in North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia and other regions, and an extensive global network of channel partners including independent distributors, system integrators and value-added resellers. Our Enterprise segment sales force has direct relationships with our Enterprise customers and generates demand for our products, with sales fulfilled primarily through channel partners. Our direct sales force and channel partner relationships give us extensive reach and distribution capabilities to customers globally. Our Broadband segment products are also primarily sold directly to MSOs.

Proven Management Team with Record of Operational Excellence and Successful M&A Integration

We have a strong track record of organically growing market share, establishing leadership positions in new markets, managing cash flows, delivering profitable growth across multiple economic cycles and integrating large and small acquisitions. Our senior management team has an average of more than 25 years of experience in connectivity solutions for the communications infrastructure industry.

We have a history of strong operating cash flow and have generated approximately $1.5 billion in operating cash flow over the last five fiscal years. Our strong cash flow profile has allowed us to continue to invest in innovative research and development, pursue strategic acquisitions, repay debt and return cash to shareholders. We continuously pursue opportunities to optimize our resources and reduce manufacturing costs by executing strategic initiatives aimed at improving our operating performance and lowering our cost structure.

Throughout our history, we have successfully complemented our strong organic growth with strategic acquisitions. Our management team has effectively integrated large acquisitions, such as Andrew in 2007 and Avaya Connectivity Solutions in 2004, as well as executed tuck-in acquisitions, such as Argus, iTRACS, Redwood Systems and LiquidxStream Systems, to help expand our market opportunities and continue to solve our customers’ business challenges in multiple growth areas. We have also made strategic minority investments in order to gain access to key technologies or capabilities. For example, in 2010, we invested in Hydrogenics, a supplier of fuel cells, to help expand our back-up power offerings.

Our Vision and Strategy

Our vision is that customers engage us first, trusting us to solve their communication challenges, optimize their business and help them achieve success. We enable communication through a constant focus on innovation, agility and integrity. We drive innovation in networks and technologies with high-performance, high-quality

 

92

---

Table of Contents

solutions. We help our customers solve business challenges and adapt to change quickly. We operate with integrity to deliver strategic growth opportunities for our customers, value to our shareholders and a thriving, collaborative culture for our diverse employee base.

We believe we are at the core of key secular growth trends in the markets we serve. It is our strategy to capitalize on these opportunities and to:

Continue Product Innovation

We plan to build on our legacy of innovation and on our worldwide portfolio of patents and patent applications by continuing to invest in research and development. Technology innovation such as our base station antenna technology, small cell DAS and intelligent enterprise infrastructure solutions build upon our leadership position by providing new, high-performance communications infrastructure solutions for our customers.

Enhance Sales Growth

We expect to capitalize on our scale, market position and broad offerings to generate growth opportunities by:

 

•

Offering existing products and solutions into new geographies. For example, we have recently built up sales channels in India and China, thereby positioning us favorably for Enterprise growth in these markets.

 

•

Cross-selling our offerings into new markets. We intend to build upon our RF technology expertise from small cell DAS solutions to develop in-building cellular solutions for enterprises, and we will continue to look for complementary opportunities to cross-sell our offerings going forward.

 

•

Continuing to drive solutions offerings. We intend to focus on selling solution offerings to our customers consistent with their evolving needs and enhancing our position as a strategic partner to our customers.

 

•

Making strategic acquisitions. We have a disciplined approach to evaluating and executing complementary and strategic acquisitions.

Continue to Enhance Operational Efficiency and Cash Flow Generation

We continuously pursue opportunities to optimize our resources and reduce manufacturing costs by executing strategic initiatives aimed at improving our operating performance and lowering our cost structure. We believe that we have a strong track record of improving operational efficiency and successfully executing on formalized annual profit improvement plans, strategic cost-savings initiatives and modest working capital improvements to drive future profitability and cash flows. We intend to utilize the cash that we generate to invest in our business, make strategic acquisitions and reduce our indebtedness.

Manufacturing and Distribution

We develop, design, fabricate, manufacture and assemble many of our products and solutions in-house at our facilities located around the world. We have strategically located our manufacturing and distribution facilities to provide superior service levels to customers. We have utilized lower cost geographies for high labor content products while investing in largely automated plants in higher cost regions close to customers. Currently, more than half of our manufacturing employees are located in lower-cost geographies such as Brazil, China, the Czech Republic, India and Mexico. We continually evaluate and adjust operations to improve service, lower cost and improve the return on our capital investments. In addition, we utilize contract manufacturers for many of the product groups, including certain cabinets, power amplifiers and filter products. We believe that we have enough production capacity in place today to support current business levels and expected growth with modest capital investments.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development is important to preserve our position as a market leader and to provide the most technologically advanced solutions in the marketplace. We have invested more than $100 million in research and development in each of the last five years. Our major research and development activities relate to ensuring our wireless products can meet our customers’ changing needs and to developing new enterprise structured-cabling solutions as well as improved functionality and more cost-effective designs for cables and apparatus. Many of our professionals maintain a presence in standards-setting organizations which helps ensure that our products can be formulated to achieve broad market acceptance.

Customers

Our customers include substantially all of the leading global wireless operators as well as thousands of enterprise customers, including many Fortune 500 enterprises, and leading cable television providers or MSOs, which we serve both directly and indirectly. Major customers and distributors include companies such as Anixter, AT&T Inc., Ooredoo, Verizon Communications Inc., Ericsson Inc., Alcatel-Lucent SA, Graybar Electric Company Inc., Comcast Corporation, T-Mobile US, Inc. and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. We support our global sales organization with regional service centers in locations around the world.

Products from our Wireless segment are primarily sold directly to wireless operators or to OEMs that sell equipment to wireless operators. Our customer service and engineering groups maintain close working relationships with these customers due to the significant amount of design and customization associated with some of these products. Sales to wireless operators and OEMs primarily originate in our Wireless segment. Sales to our top three Wireless segment customers represented 18% of our consolidated net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 14% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012. No direct Wireless segment customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 or the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Enterprise segment has a dedicated sales team that generates customer demand for our solutions, which are sold to thousands of end customers primarily through independent distributors, system integrators and value-added resellers. Sales of Enterprise products to our top three Enterprise segment customers, all of whom are distributors, represented 17% of our consolidated net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 17% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net sales to Anixter, our largest distributor, accounted for 12% and 13% of our consolidated net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Broadband segment products are primarily sold directly to cable television system operators. Although we sell to a wide variety of customers dispersed across many different geographic areas, sales to our three largest domestic broadband customers represented 5% of our consolidated net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 6% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In addition, we generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of our distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators or OEM customers, and our contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or services that compete with ours. While we maintain long-term relationships with these parties and have not historically lost key customers, we have experienced variability in the level of purchases by our key customers, and any significant reduction in sales to these customers, including as a result of the inability or unwillingness of these customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase of and payment for our products, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We depend on channel partners to sell our products in certain markets and regions and are subject to risks associated with these arrangements” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A substantial portion of our business is derived from a limited number of key customers or distributors.”

 

94

---

Table of Contents

We employ a global manufacturing and distribution strategy to control production costs and improve service to customers. We support our international sales efforts with sales representatives based in Europe, Latin America, Asia and other regions throughout the world. Our net sales from international operations were $767.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and $1.6 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Patents and Trademarks

We pursue an active policy of seeking intellectual property protection, namely patents and registered trademarks, for new products and designs. On a worldwide basis, we held approximately 2,700 patents and patent applications and over 1,300 registered trademarks and trademark applications as of December 31, 2012. We consider our patents and trademarks to be valuable assets, and while no single patent is material to our operations as a whole, we believe the CommScope, Andrew, Uniprise and SYSTIMAX trade names and related trademarks are critical assets to our business. We intend to rely on our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary knowledge, trade secrets and continuing technological innovation, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We will continue to protect certain key intellectual property rights.

Backlog and Seasonality

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had an order backlog of $530 million and $469 million, respectively. Orders typically fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on customer demand and general business conditions. Our backlog includes only orders that are believed to be firm. In some cases, unfilled orders may be canceled prior to shipment of goods, but cancellations historically have not been material. However, our current order backlog may not be indicative of future demand.

Due to the variability of shipments under large contracts, customers’ seasonal installation considerations and variations in product mix and in profitability of individual orders, we can experience significant quarterly fluctuations in sales and income. Our operating performance is typically weaker during the first and fourth quarters and stronger during the second and third quarters. These variations are expected to continue in the future. Consequently, it may be more meaningful to focus on annual rather than interim results.

Competition

The market for our products is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. We encounter significant domestic and international competition across all segments of our business. Our competitors include large, diversified companies — some of whom have substantially more assets and greater financial resources than we do — as well as small to medium-sized companies. We also face competition from less diversified companies that have concentrated their efforts in one or more areas of the markets we serve. Our primary competitors include Amphenol Corporation, Belden Inc., Comba Telecom Systems Holding Ltd., Corning Incorporated, Emerson Electric Co., Ericsson Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., KATHREIN-Werke KG, Panduit Corp., RFS (a division of Alcatel-Lucent SA) and TE Connectivity Ltd. We compete primarily on the basis of delivery solutions, product specifications, quality, price, customer service and delivery time. We believe that we differentiate ourselves in many of our markets based on our market leadership, global sales, manufacturing, our strong reputation with our customer base, the scope of our product offering, the quality and performance of our solutions and our first-class service and technical support.

Raw Materials

Our products are manufactured or assembled from both standard components and parts that are unique to our specifications. Our internal manufacturing operations are largely process oriented and we use significant quantities of various raw materials, including copper, aluminum, steel, brass, plastics and other polymers, fluoropolymers, bimetals and optical fiber, among others. We use significant volumes of copper, aluminum, steel and polymers in the manufacture of coaxial and twisted pair cables, antennas and cabinets. Other parts are

 

95

---

Table of Contents

produced using processes such as stamping, machining, molding and pressing from metals or plastics. Portions of the requirements for these materials are purchased under supply arrangements where some portion of the unit pricing may be indexed to commodity market prices for these metals. We may, from time to time, enter into forward purchase commitments for a specific commodity to mitigate our exposure to price changes for a portion of our anticipated purchases. Certain of the raw materials utilized in our products may only be available from a limited number of suppliers. We may, therefore, encounter availability issues and/or significant price increases.

Our profitability may be materially affected by changes in the market price of our raw materials, most of which are linked to the commodity markets. Prices for copper, aluminum, fluoropolymers and certain other polymers derived from oil and natural gas have fluctuated substantially during the past several years and exhibited significantly greater than normal levels of volatility. As a result, we have adjusted our prices for certain Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband segment products and may have to adjust prices again in the future. Delays in implementing price increases, failure to achieve market acceptance of price increases or price reductions in response to a rapid decline in raw material costs have in the past and could in the future have a material adverse impact on the results of our operations.

In addition, some of our products are assembled from specialized components and subassemblies manufactured by suppliers. We are dependent upon sole suppliers for certain key components for some of our products. If these sources were not able to provide these components in sufficient quantity and quality on a timely and cost-efficient basis, it could materially impact our results of operations until another qualified supplier is found. We believe that our supply contracts and our supplier contingency plans mitigate some of this risk.

Environment

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, discharges to air and water, management of regulated materials, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, the content of our products, and the investigation and remediation of contaminated sites. Because of the nature of our business, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, costs relating to compliance with or liability under these environmental laws and regulations. We believe we are in material compliance with applicable environmental requirements, including RoHS and WEEE. Compliance with current laws and regulations has not had and is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, new laws and regulations, including efforts to regulate the types of substances allowable in certain of our products, or GHG emissions, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new remediation or discharge requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Pursuant to the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and similar state statutes, current or former owners or operators of a contaminated property, as well as companies that generated, disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances at a contaminated property, are subject to strict, and under certain circumstances joint and several liability (that could result in an entity paying more than its fair share), for the costs of investigation and remediation of the contaminated property. Certain of our owned facilities are the subject of ongoing investigation and/or remediation of contamination in the soil and/or groundwater and from time to time allegations are made that we arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances at sites that later require investigation and remediation. We are being indemnified by prior owners and operators of certain of these facilities from costs relating to most of these investigations or remediation activities. Based on currently available information and, in certain matters, the availability of indemnification, we do not believe the costs associated with these contaminated sites will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. However, there can be no assurance that we will not ultimately be liable for some or all of such costs. Moreover, our present and former facilities have or had been in operation for many years and, over such time, operations at these facilities have used substances or generated and disposed of wastes that are or may be considered hazardous. In addition, we have disposed of waste products either directly or through third parties at numerous disposal sites and we may be held responsible for clean-up costs at these sites. Therefore, it is possible that environmental liabilities may arise in the future that we cannot now predict.

 

96

---

Table of Contents

Employees

As of June 30, 2013, we had a team of approximately 12,500 people to serve our customers worldwide. The majority of our employees are located in a number of countries outside of the United States.

As a matter of policy, we seek to maintain good relations with our employees at all locations. From a company-wide perspective, we believe that our relations with our employees and unions are satisfactory. Historically, periods of labor unrest or work stoppage have not had a material impact on our operations or results. We are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements in the United States.

Properties

Our facilities are used primarily for manufacturing, distribution and administration. Facilities primarily used for manufacturing may also be used for distribution, engineering, research and development, storage, administration, sales and customer service. Facilities primarily used for administration may also be used for research and development, sales and customer service. As of June 30, 2013, our principal facilities, grouped according to the facility’s primary use, were as follows:

 

Location		Approximate square feet				Principal segments		Owned or leased
Administrative facilities:
Hickory, NC(1)			84,000			Corporate Headquarters		Owned
Richardson, TX(1)			100,000			Wireless		Owned
Richardson, TX			75,000			Enterprise		Leased
Westchester, IL			45,000			Corporate		Leased
Manufacturing and distribution facilities:
Catawba, NC(1)			1,000,000			Broadband		Owned
Joliet, IL			690,000			Wireless		Leased
Claremont, NC(1)			583,000			Enterprise		Owned
Suzhou, China(2)			414,000			Wireless		Owned
Suzhou, China(2)			363,000			Broadband		Owned
Statesville, NC(1)			310,000			Broadband		Owned
Reynosa, Mexico			279,000			Wireless		Owned
Goa, India(2)			236,000			Wireless		Owned
Sorocaba, Brazil(3)			152,000			Wireless		Owned
Brno, Czech Republic			150,000			Wireless		Leased
Campbellfield, Australia			133,000			Wireless		Leased
Lochgelly, United Kingdom			132,000			Wireless and Broadband		Owned
Bray, Ireland			130,000			Enterprise		Owned
McCarran, NV			120,000			Broadband		Leased
Buchdorf, Germany			109,000			Wireless		Owned
Mission, TX			121,000			Wireless		Leased
Vacant facilities:
Orland Park, IL(1)(4)			—			Wireless		Owned
Newton, NC(1)(5)			455,000			Wireless		Owned

 

(1)	Our interest in each of these properties is encumbered by a mortgage or deed of trust lien securing our senior secured credit facilities. See Note 6 in the Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)	The buildings in these facilities are owned while the land is held under long-term lease agreements.

(3)	The Sorocaba, Brazil facility is expected to be vacated by the end of 2013 and is being marketed for sale.

(4)	The Orland Park facility is in the process of being demolished. The property is expected to be marketed for sale at a later date.

(5)	The Newton facility is being marketed for sale.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

We believe that our facilities and equipment generally are well maintained, in good condition and suitable for our purposes and adequate for our present operations. While we currently have excess manufacturing capacity in certain of our facilities, utilization is subject to change based on customer demand. We can give no assurances that we will not have excess manufacturing capacity or encounter capacity constraints over the long term.

Legal Proceedings

On May 12, 2010, a putative stockholder class action lawsuit, asserting claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina against us and certain of our current and former officers. The lawsuit alleges violations of the Exchange Act SEC Rule 10b-5, related to allegedly false and misleading statements and/or omissions by us about our financial condition and future sales prospects during the period between April 29, 2008 and October 30, 2008. We filed, and on August 6, 2013, the court granted, our motion to dismiss the complaint and enter judgment in favor of us. The plaintiff has through September 5, 2013 to file a notice of appeal; however, we currently expect to prevail on any such appeal, and as a result, we do not believe that it is reasonably possible that we will experience any losses on this matter.

We are either a plaintiff or a defendant in other pending legal matters in the normal course of business. Management believes none of these other legal matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition upon their final disposition.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Management

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and Board of Directors:

 

Name		Age				Position
Marvin (Eddie) S. Edwards, Jr.			64			President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Mark A. Olson			55			Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Frank M. Drendel			68			Director and Chairman of the Board
Randall W. Crenshaw			56			Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Frank (Burk) B. Wyatt, II			51			Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Peter U. Karlsson			49			Senior Vice President, Global Sales
Robert W. Granow			55			Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
Philip M. Armstrong, Jr.			51			Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance
Joanne L. Townsend			59			Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Claudius (Bud) E. Watts IV			51			Director
Campbell (Cam) R. Dyer			39			Director
Marco De Benedetti			50			Director
Peter J. Clare			48			Director
Stephen (Steve) C. Gray			55			Director
L. William (Bill) Krause			71			Director

Marvin (Eddie) S. Edwards, Jr.

Mr. Edwards became our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. From January 1, 2010 to the Acquisition, Mr. Edwards was our President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Edwards served as our Executive Vice President of Business Development and General Manager, Wireless Network Solutions since the closing of the Andrew acquisition. Prior to the Andrew acquisition, he served as our Executive Vice President of Business Development and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Connectivity Solutions Manufacturing LLC, since April 2005. Mr. Edwards also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of OFS Fitel, LLC and OFS BrightWave, LLC, a joint venture between our company and The Furukawa Electric Co. Mr. Edwards has also served in various capacities with Alcatel, including President of Alcatel North America Cable Systems and President of Radio Frequency Systems. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Edwards should serve as a director because he brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies and the financial services industry, as well as an understanding of the telecommunications industry.

Mark A. Olson

Mr. Olson became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on February 1, 2012. From November 2009 to January 2012, Mr. Olson served as our Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller. Prior to that, Mr. Olson served as Vice President and Controller for Andrew LLC since the closing of the Andrew acquisition. Prior to that acquisition, he was Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Andrew. Mr. Olson joined Andrew in 1993 as Group Controller, was named Corporate Controller in 1998, Vice President and Corporate Controller in 2000 and Chief Accounting Officer in 2003. Prior to joining Andrew, he was employed by Nortel and Johnson & Johnson.

 

99

---

Table of Contents

Frank M. Drendel

Mr. Drendel has been our Chairman of the Board since the Acquisition. He served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer from July 28, 1997 (when we were spun off from General Instrument Corporation and became an independent company, called the “Spin-off”) until the Acquisition. Effective with the Acquisition, Mr. Drendel stepped down as Chief Executive Officer but remained the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Drendel served as a director of GI Delaware, a subsidiary of General Instrument Corporation and its predecessors from 1987 to 1992 and was a director of General Instrument Corporation from 1992 until the Spin-off and NextLevel Systems, Inc. (which was renamed General Instrument Corporation) from the Spin-off until January 5, 2000. Mr. Drendel served as President and Chairman of CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina, or “CommScope NC,” our wholly-owned subsidiary from 1986 to 1997, and has served as Chief Executive Officer of CommScope NC since 1976. From 1971 to 1976, Mr. Drendel held various positions within CommScope NC.

Mr. Drendel is a director of the National Cable & Telecommunications Association, the principal trade association of the cable industry in the United States, and was inducted into the Cable Television Hall of Fame in 2002. Mr. Drendel joined the board of directors of Tyco International, Ltd. on September 14, 2012 and served as a director of Sprint Nextel Corporation from August 2005 to May 2008 and as a director of Nextel Communications, Inc. from August 1997 to August 2005. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Drendel should serve as a director because he brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies and the financial services industry, as well as an understanding of the telecommunications industry.

Randall W. Crenshaw

Mr. Crenshaw became our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer following the Acquisition. From January 1, 2010 to the Acquisition, Mr. Crenshaw was our Executive Vice President and Chief Supply Officer. Prior to this role, Mr. Crenshaw was Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise since February 2004. From 2000 to 2004, he served as Executive Vice President, Procurement, and General Manager, Network Products Group of our company. Prior to that time, he held various positions with our company since 1985.

Frank (Burk) B. Wyatt, II

Mr. Wyatt has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our company since 2000. Prior to joining our company as General Counsel and Secretary in 1996, Mr. Wyatt was an attorney in private practice with Bell, Seltzer, Park & Gibson, P.A. (now Alston & Bird LLP). Mr. Wyatt is also our Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer.

Peter U. Karlsson

Mr. Karlsson has been our Senior Vice President, Global Sales since July 2011. Mr. Karlsson previously served as Senior Vice President, Enterprise Sales since our acquisition of Avaya’s Connectivity Solutions division in 2004. From 2002 to that acquisition, he was Global Vice President, Sales for Avaya’s SYSTIMAX division. Mr. Karlsson joined AT&T in 1989 holding several management positions in the Nordic and Sub-Sahara Africa regions, was named General Manager of Lucent Technologies Global Commercial Markets Southwest Territory in 1997 and Managing Director, Caribbean and Latin America for Lucent Global Business Partners Group in 1999 before transitioning to Vice President, Distribution for Avaya’s Connectivity Solutions division.

Robert W. Granow

Mr. Granow became our Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer on February I, 2012. Mr. Granow joined our company in 2004 and has held various positions within the Corporate Controller organization. Prior to joining our company, he was employed by LifeSpan Incorporated, Aetna, Inc. and Arthur Andersen & Co.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

Philip M. Armstrong, Jr.

Mr. Armstrong has been our Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance since November 2009. Mr. Armstrong previously served as Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Communications since 2000. Prior to joining our company in 1997, he held various Treasury and Finance positions at Carolina Power and Light Co. (formerly Progress Energy).

Joanne L. Townsend

Ms. Townsend became our Senior Vice President, Human Resources, in November 2012. Prior to joining our company, she was the Chief Human Resource Officer at Zebra Technologies Corporation from March 2008 to November 2012. Ms. Townsend has more than 30 years of experience in human resources, or “HR,” including a long-term career with Motorola where she spent time in the Asia Pacific region as an expatriate in Hong Kong and had global responsibility for sales and marketing organizations; functional experience in employee relations, compensation and staffing; and experience in strategic HR support for a variety of business functions. Additionally, Ms. Townsend worked for our company from 2007 to 2008 as a vice president of HR, supporting the Wireless segment.

Claudius (Bud) E. Watts IV

Mr. Watts became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. He currently serves as a Managing Director and Head of the Technology Buyout Group of The Carlyle Group. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2000, Mr. Watts was a Managing Director in the M&A group of First Union Securities, Inc. He joined First Union Securities when First Union acquired Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., where Mr. Watts was a principal. He also serves on the board of directors of Freescale Semiconductor and formerly SS&C Technologies, Inc. and has previously served on the boards of directors of numerous other Carlyle portfolio companies over the past 13 years. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Watts should serve as a director because he brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies, and the financial services industry.

Campbell (Cam) R. Dyer

Mr. Dyer became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. He currently serves as a Managing Director in the Technology Buyout Group of The Carlyle Group, which he joined in 2002. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Dyer was an associate with the private equity firm William Blair Capital Partners (now Chicago Growth Partners), a consultant with Bain & Company and an investment banking analyst in the M&A Group of Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co. He also serves on the board of directors of SS&C Technologies, Inc. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Dyer should serve as a director because he brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies and the financial services industry.

Marco De Benedetti

Mr. De Benedetti became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. He is a Managing Director and Co-head of Carlyle’s European Buyout Group, particularly focusing on the telecommunications and branded consumer goods sectors. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2005, Mr. De Benedetti was the Chief Executive Officer of Telecom Italia. Mr. De Benedetti was the Chief Executive Officer of Telecom Italia Mobile from 1999 until its merger with Telecom Italia. Mr. De Benedetti currently also serves on the boards of directors of NBTY Inc., Moncler SpA, Twin-Set Simona Barbieri and Confide SpA. He served on the board of directors of Parmalat S.p.A. between 2005 and 2011. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. De Benedetti should serve as a director because he has significant directorship experience and has significant core business skills, including financial and strategic planning.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

Peter J. Clare

Mr. Clare became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. Mr. Clare currently serves as a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group as well as Co-head of U.S. Buyout Group. Prior to joining Carlyle in 1992, Mr. Clare was with First City Capital Corporation, a private equity firm that invested in leveraged buyouts, public equities, distressed bonds and restructuring. Prior to joining First City Capital, he was with the Interfunding/Merchant Banking Group and Leveraged Buyout Department of Prudential-Bache Capital Funding. Mr. Clare currently serves on the boards of directors of ARINC Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, Sequa Corporation and Pharmaceutical Product Group. He served on the board of directors of Wesco Aircraft Holdings, Inc. between 2006 and 2012. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Clare should serve as a director because he brings significant experience in finance, financial reporting, compliance and controls and global businesses, has public company directorship and committee experience and has significant core business skills, including financial and strategic planning.

Stephen (Steve) C. Gray

Mr. Gray became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. He currently serves as an Operating Executive to The Carlyle Group. Mr. Gray is the Founder and Chairman of Gray Venture Partners, LLC and previously served as President of McLeodUSA Incorporated from 1992 to 2004. Prior to joining McLeodUSA, he served from 1990 to 1992 as Vice President of Business Services at MCI Inc. and before that, from 1988 to 1990, he served as Senior Vice President of National Accounts and Carrier Services for TelecomUSA. From 1986 to 1988, Mr. Gray held a variety of sales management positions with WilTel Network Services and the Clayton W. Williams Companies, including ClayDesta Communications Inc. Mr. Gray serves as the Chairman of ImOn Communications, LLC, SecurityCoverage, Inc., Involta, LLC and HH Ventures, LLC and he also serves on the board of directors for Syniverse Holdings, Inc. and Insight Communications, Inc. The Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Gray should serve as a director because he has significant core business skills, including financial and strategic planning, and has extensive experience as a director.

L. William (Bill) Krause

Mr. Krause became a member of our Board of Directors following the Acquisition. He currently serves as an Operating Executive to The Carlyle Group. Mr. Krause has been President of LWK Ventures, a private investment firm, since 1991. In addition, Mr. Krause served as Chairman of the Board of Caspian Networks, Inc. from April 2002 to September 2006 and as Chief Executive Officer from April 2002 until June 2004. From September 2001 to February 2002, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Exodus Communications, Inc. Mr. Krause also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of 3Com Corporation from 1981 to 1990, and as its Chairman from 1987 to 1993 when he retired. Mr. Krause serves on the boards of directors of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., Coherent, Inc. and Core-Mark Holdings, Inc. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Krause should serve as a director because he has extensive core business skills, including financial and strategic planning, and he has significant management expertise.

Controlled Company

For purposes of the rules of the stock exchange on which our common stock will be listed, we expect to be a “controlled company.” Controlled companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. We expect that Carlyle will continue to control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our Board of Directors for nomination for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we expect to be eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from corporate governance requirements provided in the rules of such stock exchange. Specifically, as a controlled company, we would not be required to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee composed entirely of independent directors, (iii) a Compensation Committee composed entirely of independent directors or (iv) an annual performance evaluation of the Nominating/Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees. Therefore, following this offering if we are able to rely on the

 

102

---

Table of Contents

“controlled company” exemption, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our Nominating and Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations; accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the applicable stock exchange rules. The controlled company exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the stock exchange rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our common stock on the stock exchange, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and each of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight members. Frank M. Drendel is our Chairman of the Board of Directors. Additionally, we expect that we will appoint an additional director concurrent with the consummation of this offering.

The exact number of members on our Board of Directors may be modified from time to time exclusively by resolution of our Board of Directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated stockholders agreement. Our Board is divided into three classes whose members serve three-year terms expiring in successive years. Directors hold office until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their respective death, resignation or removal.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting of stockholders following such election. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

In connection with the Acquisition, on January 14, 2011, we entered into a stockholders agreement with Carlyle, members of management who hold common stock and certain other stockholders. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the stockholders agreement will be amended and restated. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement.” Pursuant to the amended and restated stockholders agreement, Carlyle will have the right to designate          of our          directors. The final director is our senior ranking executive officer, who, for so long as he serves as our chief executive officer, will be Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board of Directors to satisfy their oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate diversity of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors directs the management of our business and affairs as provided by Delaware law and conducts its business through meetings of the Board of Directors and two standing committees: the Audit and the Compensation Committee. Effective upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board of Directors will also have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In addition, from time to time, other committees may be established under the direction of the Board of Directors when necessary or advisable to address specific issues.

Each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board of Directors. A copy of each of these charters will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee, which following this offering will consist of Messrs.                  and our new director, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, assisting the Board of Directors in overseeing: our accounting and financial reporting processes and other internal control processes, the audits and integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee also has the authority to review and approve our decision to enter into derivatives and swaps and to establish policies and procedures with respect thereto, including utilizing the commercial end user exemption to enter into non-cleared swaps which are not executed through a board of trade or swap execution facility.

We expect that following the consummation of this offering our new director will serve as Chairman of the Audit Committee and will qualify as independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors has determined that                  is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under the applicable regulations of the SEC and has the requisite accounting or related financial management expertise and financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the stock exchange. The Board of Directors has also determined that                  is independent under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the stock exchange standard, for purposes of the audit committee. Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act requires us to have a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days and all independent audit committee members (within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the stock exchange standard) within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part. We intend to comply with these independence requirements within the appropriate time periods. All members of the Audit Committee are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, are familiar with finance and accounting practices and principles and are financially literate.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee, which following this offering will consist of Messrs.                 , is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, reviewing and approving the compensation philosophy for our chief executive officer, reviewing and approving all forms of compensation and benefits to be provided to our other executive officers and reviewing and overseeing the administration of our equity incentive plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which following this offering will consist of Messrs.                 , is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, identifying and recommending candidates to the Board of Directors for election to our Board of Directors, reviewing the composition of the Board of Directors and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and overseeing Board of Directors and Board of Directors committee evaluations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the year ended December 31, 2012, our compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Watts (Chairman), Dyer and Krause. None of the members of our compensation committee is currently one of our officers or employees. During the year ended December 31, 2012, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all of our employees, including our executive officers. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be available on our website and will also be provided to any person without charge. Request should be made in writing to General Counsel at CommScope Holding Company, Inc., 1100 CommScope Place, SE, Hickory, NC 28602, or by telephone at (828) 324-2200.

 

105

---

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Overview

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview and analysis of (1) the elements comprising our compensation program for our named executive officers, or “NEOs,” identified below during 2012, (2) the material compensation decisions made by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (referred to as our “Compensation Committee”) under that program and reflected in the executive compensation tables that follow this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and (3) the material factors our Compensation Committee considered in making those decisions. The principal objectives of our compensation program with respect to executives are to:

 

•

provide compensation opportunities that enable us to attract superior talent in a highly competitive industry;

 

•

retain key employees and reward outstanding achievement;

 

•

foster management’s performance in order to produce financial results that our Compensation Committee believes will enhance the long-term interests of the stockholders; and

 

•

align management’s interests with those of the stockholders and encourage executives to have equity stakes in our company.

The primary elements of our executive compensation program are summarized in the following table:

 

Compensation Element		Primary Objectives
Base Salary		Recognize performance of job responsibilities and attract and retain individuals with superior talent.
Annual Incentive Plan and Discretionary Performance Compensation Policy Awards		Provide major short-term incentives linked directly to increases in recognized financial measures.
Equity Incentive Awards		Emphasize our company’s long-term performance objectives, promote the maximization of stockholder value and retain key executives by providing an opportunity to participate in the ownership of our company.
Severance and Change in Control Benefits		Encourage key executives’ continued attention and dedication and focus their attention on company objectives and stockholder value when considering strategic alternatives.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan		Provide an opportunity for savings and long-term financial security.
Employee Benefits and Perquisites		Attract and retain talented executives in a cost-efficient manner.

We intend for our NEOs’ total compensation to reflect a “pay for performance” compensation philosophy. Total compensation for our NEOs has been allocated between the compensation elements, taking into consideration the balance between providing short-term incentives and long-term investment in our financial performance, in order to align the interests of management with the interests of stockholders and to provide competitive pay and benefits to our NEOs. The variable annual non-equity incentive award and the equity awards are designed to ensure that total compensation reflects the overall success or failure of our company and to motivate the NEOs to meet appropriate performance measures, thereby maximizing total return to stockholders.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our NEOs were as follows:

 

•

Marvin S. Edwards, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer);

 

•

Mark A. Olson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer);

 

106

---

Table of Contents

•

Jearld L. Leonhardt, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until February 2012 (former principal financial officer);

 

•

Frank M. Drendel, Chairman of the Board;

 

•

Randall W. Crenshaw, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

•

Frank B. Wyatt, II, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

Determination of Compensation Awards

Our Compensation Committee is provided with the primary authority to determine and approve the compensation awards available to our NEOs and is charged with reviewing our executive compensation policies and practices to ensure adherence to our compensation philosophies and that the total compensation paid to our NEOs is fair, reasonable and competitive, taking into account our position within our industry and the level of expertise and experience of our NEOs in their positions. To aid our Compensation Committee in making its determinations, our Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations annually to our Compensation Committee regarding the compensation of all officers who report directly to him.

For 2012, our Compensation Committee determined the total amount of compensation for our NEOs and the allocation of total compensation among each of the components of compensation, based generally on compensation levels from prior years and in reliance upon the judgment and general industry knowledge of its members obtained through years of service with comparably sized companies in our industry and other similar industries to ensure the attraction, development and retention of superior talent.

We believe that direct ownership in our company provides our NEOs with a strong incentive to increase the value of our company and we therefore historically have encouraged equity ownership by NEOs and other employees through a variety of means, including direct stock holdings and the award of stock options and other equity-based interests. While we encourage our directors and officers to be significant stockholders, we do not currently have any formal stock ownership guidelines. However, we believe that awards under our equity incentive programs to our NEOs substantially align their interests with those of stockholders.

2012 Elements of Compensation

Base Salary

We set base salaries for our NEOs generally at a level we deem necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent. In addition to considering industry and market practices, our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors annually review our NEOs’ performance. Adjustments in base salary are generally based on each NEO’s individual performance and level and scope of responsibility and experience, as well as considerations of market pay practices.

For 2012, our Compensation Committee approved an approximately 3% increase in base salary for each of our NEOs other than Mr. Olson and Mr. Leonhardt, which were effective in April 2012, reflecting merit increases consistent with past practices. In February 2012, Mr. Olson received a base salary increase in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer, following Mr. Leonhardt’s transition from the Chief Financial Officer position.

In connection with 2013 compensation recommendations, our Chief Executive Officer, with assistance from our Human Resources department including our Senior Vice President of Human Resources, reviewed publicly available compensation survey data, which did not identify individual compensation data for specific companies, to aid in making his annual compensation recommendations to our Compensation Committee. This review was not done for purposes of benchmarking compensation with any particular group of companies, but rather to ensure that compensation recommendations were generally consistent with market levels. Following our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations, and consistent with past practices, in early 2013 our Compensation Committee again increased base salaries for each of our NEOs. While most of the NEOs received base salary increases of approximately 3%, consistent with past practice, Mr. Olson received a more substantial base salary increase in order to better align his salary with market levels.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

The base salaries for our NEOs in 2012 and 2013, reflecting salary increases taking effect for these years, are set forth in the following table:

 

Name(1)		2012 Base Salary(2)				Current 2013 Base Salary(3)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.		$	875,000			$	905,000
Mark A. Olson		$	440,000			$	465,000
Frank M. Drendel		$	515,000			$	530,000
Randall W. Crenshaw		$	620,000			$	640,000
Frank B. Wyatt, II		$	435,000			$	450,000

 

(1)	Mr. Leonhardt’s base salary in 2012 during his period of service as Chief Financial Officer was $535,600 and was reduced to $267,500 upon his transition from that role and remained at that level until his retirement on July 31, 2013.

(2)	Reflects a base salary increase that occurred in April 2012, except for Mr. Olson whose base salary increase occurred in February 2012 in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer.

(3)	Reflects a base salary increase that occurred in April 2013.

Cash Incentive Plans

Our Compensation Committee believes that the payment of annual, performance-based, cash compensation provides incentives necessary to retain executive officers and reward them for short-term company performance. Therefore, our Compensation Committee structures our compensation programs to reward executive officers based on our performance and on the individual executive’s ability to contribute to that performance during each fiscal year.

Annual Incentive Plan

Historically, our company’s financial performance and, when appropriate, operating segment financial performance has been taken into account when determining plan payouts for our NEOs under the Annual Incentive Plan, or “AIP.” Our company’s performance measures are approved by our Compensation Committee during the first quarter of the relevant performance year. Concurrently with the establishment of performance measures, target awards expressed as a percentage of base salary for the year are established for each of our NEOs.

Our Compensation Committee retains the subjective ability to, at any time prior to the final determination of awards, change the target award percentage of participants other than NEOs to reflect any change in the participant’s responsibility level or position during the course of the performance period. In the future, our Compensation Committee may choose to make subjective changes to target award percentages or performance measures, as appropriate, to account for extraordinary business circumstances that are out of a business unit’s control. In addition, our Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion decrease the amount of an award that would be otherwise payable to a participant in the plan who is a NEO. If a change in control of our company occurs, we will pay each participant a cash award equal to the participant’s target incentive for the AIP plan cycle then underway (with the payout prorated to the date of the change in control). We believe this is appropriate since the impact of a change in control on operating income or other financial targets is unpredictable and could potentially adversely affect participant awards under the AIP. This offering will not constitute a change of control under the AIP. In addition, we anticipate that we will adopt a new AIP in connection with this offering to provide our Compensation Committee with greater flexibility regarding annual bonus determinations going forward.

For fiscal year 2012, our Compensation Committee approved the performance metrics for the 2012 performance year to be 15% based upon free cash flow (defined as cash flow from operations, less capital expenditures) and 85% based upon our Adjusted EBITDA. For information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA see Note 6 to the table under the heading “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Audited and Unaudited Consolidated Financial Information.” The following chart sets forth the weighting of each performance metric, the threshold,

 

108

---

Table of Contents

target and maximum performance goals, and the actual performance achieved under our AIP for the year ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):

 

Performance Metric		Weighting				Threshold				Target				Maximum				Achieved
Free cash flow			15	%		$	149.0			$	175.0			$	210.0			$	262.0
Adjusted EBITDA			85	%		$	444.0			$	522.0			$	626.0			$	571.0

Based on the actual levels of achievement set forth above, Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt were entitled to bonus payments in amounts equal to approximately 175% of their target bonus amounts and our Compensation Committee did not exercise its discretion to reduce the payouts under the AIP.

The following table sets forth the threshold, target and maximum annual incentive award potential for, and the actual amount awarded to, each of our NEOs for 2012.

 

Name		Threshold Award (% of 2012 Base Salary)				Target Award (% of  2012 Base Salary)				Maximum Award (% of 2012 Base Salary)				Actual 2012  Award ($)(1)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.			62.5	%			125	%			263	%		$	1,909,046
Mark A. Olson			40	%			80	%			168	%		$	591,708
Jearld L. Leonhardt			20	%			80	%			168	%		$	408,125
Frank M. Drendel			25	%			50	%			105	%		$	449,382
Randall W. Crenshaw			42.5	%			85	%			179	%		$	918,984
Frank B. Wyatt, II			35	%			70	%			147	%		$	530,692

 

(1)	Actual award is based on base salary earnings for the year.

Discretionary Performance Compensation Policy

In addition to the AIP, we also provide the Discretionary Performance Compensation Policy, or “DPCP,” a broad-based annual incentive program for all U.S.-based employees, including our NEOs. Under the DPCP, participants are eligible to receive a percentage of their annualized pay rate as of the end of the performance year as a cash incentive. The target percentage, which is the maximum payable under the DPCP, is established each calendar year by our Board of Directors or a committee thereof, generally during the first quarter of the performance year. The percentage payable is the same for each eligible employee and is set by a formulaic process based on achievement of established performance objectives. The DPCP is designed to encourage improved performance and reward employees for performance in the relevant performance year.

For the 2012 fiscal year, our Board of Directors set the target percentage at 2% of the year-end annualized pay rate for each eligible employee if our company’s Adjusted EBITDA equaled or exceeded the Adjusted EBITDA target set forth in the AIP. The percentage to be provided to employees decreased as company performance as a percent of the target Adjusted EBITDA declined, down to 0% if less than 50% of the target Adjusted EBITDA was reached. For the 2012 performance year the Adjusted EBITDA performance target was exceeded and the payment to each employee, including our NEOs, was 2% of his or her year-end annualized pay rate.

Equity Incentive Awards

Our Compensation Committee believes that key employees, who are in a position to make a substantial contribution to the long-term success of our company and to build stockholder value, should have a significant and on-going stake in our company’s success. Prior to becoming a private company in 2011, the annual grant of equity awards to the NEOs was a principal focus of our compensation program. In connection with our becoming a private company in 2011, we adopted a new equity incentive compensation plan, which we amended on February 19, 2013 to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance thereunder, as so amended and restated, the “2011 Plan.” Shortly after becoming a private company in 2011, we made large, one-time equity incentive grants to our NEOs under that plan. In addition, Mr. Olson received an additional stock option grant in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer in 2012. We did not grant any equity-based awards to our other NEOs during fiscal year 2012.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

Certain of the outstanding options held by the NEOs are “rollover” options that were assumed by us in connection with the Acquisition. All rollover options became fully vested in connection with the Acquisition. All other outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2012 consist of “founders award” options granted under the 2011 Plan and were granted following the Acquisition in 2011, except that Mr. Olson received an additional founders award in 2012 in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer, as described above. Half of the founders awards granted to each NEO are time-vested options that vest and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of the NEO, in five equal annual installments (or four equal annual installments, with respect to Mr. Olson’s 2012 option award) beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The remaining half of the founders awards granted to each NEO consists of performance-vested options that vest and become exercisable based on achievement of Adjusted EBITDA performance goals over a five-year period (or a four-year period, with respect to Mr. Olson’s 2012 option award). The performance-vested options that would otherwise fail to become vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA targets are eligible for catch-up vesting and/or carry-forward vesting if Adjusted EBITDA targets are exceeded in other performance years. Further, in the event of a “liquidity event” all time-vested options will vest in full and, if the liquidity event results in a return to Carlyle of at least a threshold multiple of its invested capital, all or a portion of the performance-vested options will vest in full (depending on the return Carlyle receives on its invested capital). Because the definition of “liquidity event” in the stock option agreements requires the sale of at least 50% of the shares of Company stock held by Carlyle as of January 14, 2011, this offering will not constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the stock options. For more information regarding the liquidity event provisions in the option agreements, see the discussion below under the heading “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Equity Incentive Awards.”

For 2012, the Adjusted EBITDA threshold and maximum performance targets for the performance-based portion of the founders award options that were set at the time the options were granted in early 2011 were $550.0 million and $594.0 million, respectively. Actual Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 ($571.0 million) exceeded the threshold Adjusted EBITDA level but was less than the maximum, and therefore the applicable performance-vested options vested at a level of 64.5%. For information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA see note (6) to the table under the heading “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Audited and Unaudited Consolidated Financial Information.”

On November 30, 2012, we declared and paid a special dividend of $200.0 million, or $3.878 per share, on our common stock, which we refer to herein as the “2012 Dividend.” In addition, on May 20, 2013 and June 28, 2013 we declared special dividends of $342.8 million, or $6.640 per share (paid on May 28, 2013), and $195.9 million, or $3.794 per share (paid on June 28, 2013), respectively, on our common stock, which we refer to herein together as the “2013 Dividends.” The 2012 Dividend and the 2013 Dividends are referred to herein together as the “Special Dividends.”

In connection with each Special Dividend and in accordance with the terms of the option agreements, the holders of outstanding options received equitable adjustments to reflect the reduction in the value of the common stock as a result of the dividend. This adjustment took the form of one of the following (or a combination thereof): (i) a cash payment or (ii) a reduction in the exercise price per share under the option. All outstanding options granted under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan entitled the holders thereof to receive the adjustment through a reduction in exercise price of the underlying option. In connection with the 2012 Dividend, (i) some of the rollover options entitled the holders thereof to receive the adjustment through a reduction in exercise price of the underlying option and (ii) some of the rollover options entitled the holders thereof to receive the adjustment through a combination of a cash payment and a reduction in exercise price of the underlying option (in these cases, the aggregate amount of these adjustments equaled the amount of the dividend). However, in connection with the 2013 Dividends, all of the rollover options entitled the holders thereof to receive the adjustment in the form of cash payments.

The aggregate amount of the cash payments made with respect to the options in connection with the Special Dividends was equal to $12.0 million, of this amount $0.7 million was paid in connection with the 2012 Dividend and the remaining $11.3 million was paid in connection with the 2013 Dividends.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

In anticipation of our initial public offering, we intend to adopt a new equity incentive plan. Following the effectiveness of the new equity plan, no further awards will be made under prior equity plans. The new equity plan is discussed in more detail under “—Executive Compensation Plans—2013 Incentive Plan and Annual Incentive Plan” below.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

We maintain a nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or “SERP,” that is intended to provide retirement and related benefits to certain of our executive officers. All of the NEOs, other than Mr. Olson, participate in the SERP. Our Compensation Committee considers the SERP to be an important long-term retention program because, with certain exceptions, SERP participants must stay employed with us until retirement in order to receive any payment under the SERP. For additional information regarding the SERP, see below under “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our NEOs are eligible under the same plans as all other U.S. employees for medical, dental, vision and short-term and long-term disability insurance and a Health Savings Plan. We also maintain the CommScope, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, or the “401(k) plan,” in which substantially all of our U.S. employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate. We currently contribute 2% of the participant’s salary and bonus and provide matching contributions of up to 4% of the participant’s salary and bonus, up to a maximum of 6% of the participant’s salary and bonus, subject to certain statutory limitations. In addition, we provide our NEOs with a supplemental term life insurance policy. We provide these benefits due to their relatively low cost and the high value they provide in attracting and retaining talented executives.

Deferred Compensation Plan

In October 2012, we adopted a voluntary non-qualified deferred compensation plan or “DCP,” that permits a select group of our management, including the NEOs, and other key employees to defer up to 90% of their compensation (including base salary and AIP and DPCP awards), beginning with a pro rata portion of compensation earned under the AIP with respect to fiscal year 2012. For additional information regarding the DCP, see below under “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Edwards, Drendel and Crenshaw and severance protection agreements with Messrs. Olson and Wyatt. The employment agreements entitle the executives to certain compensation and benefits and both the employment agreements and severance protection agreements entitle the executives to receive certain severance payments upon a qualifying termination of employment, as described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

 

111

---

Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table for 2012

The following table provides information regarding the compensation that we paid our NEOs for services rendered during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name and Principal Position		Year				Salary ($)				Bonus ($)(1)				Option Awards ($)(2)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)				Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(4)				All Other Compensation ($)(5)				Total ($)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.			2012				868,750				—				—				1,926,546				12,281				457,141				3,264,718
President and Chief Executive Officer
Mark A. Olson			2012				429,117				—				517,927				600,508				—				27,790				1,575,342
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jearld L. Leonhardt			2012				289,842				2,150				—				413,475				29,766				164,880				900,113
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(6)
Frank M. Drendel			2012				511,250				—				—				459,682				76,399				529,443				1,576,774
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Randall W. Crenshaw			2012				615,000				—				—				931,384				17,958				269,805				1,834,147
Chief Operating Officer
Frank B. Wyatt, II			2012				431,250				—				—				539,392				12,858				178,994				1,162,494
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

(1)	Amount represents a service award bonus for Mr. Leonhardt in recognition of his 43 years of service with us, pursuant to a service award program available to all of our U.S.-based employees.

(2)

Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Refer to Note 12 in the Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for information regarding the assumptions used to value these awards.

(3)

Amounts represent payments in 2013 with respect to the 2012 performance year pursuant to (i) the AIP of $1,909,046, $591,708, $408,125, $449,382, $918,984 and $530,692 to Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt respectively and (ii) the DPCP of $17,500, $8,800, $5,350, $10,300, $12,400 and $8,700 to Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt, respectively.

(4)	Amounts represent the portion of the aggregate earnings under the SERP that are “above market.”

(5)

Amounts represent (i) the employer base and matching contribution under the 401(k) plan in the amount of $15,000 on behalf of each of Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt, (ii) our company’s contribution under the SERP in the amount of $394,294, $0, $80,498, $120,640, $206,958 and $120,596 for Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt, respectively, (iii) payment by our company of premiums of $432, $371, $250, $432, $432 and $373 for term life insurance on behalf of Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt, respectively, (iv) our company’s contribution of $250 to the Healthcare Savings Accounts of each of Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Crenshaw and Wyatt, who elected to be covered by such plan, and (v) cash payments of $47,165, $12,169, $68,882, $393,371, $47,165 and $42,775 to Messrs. Edwards, Olson, Leonhardt, Drendel, Crenshaw and Wyatt, respectively, for the equitable adjustment under the terms of their respective rollover options in respect of the 2012 Dividend. For additional information, see the discussion under the heading “2012 Elements of Compensation—Equity Incentive Awards.”

(6)	Mr. Leonhardt served as our Chief Financial Officer until February 2012. He remained an employee and continued to provide services as an advisor to management until his retirement on July 31, 2013.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012

 

						Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards												Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(3)												All  Other Option Awards: Number  of Securities Underlying Options (#)(4)				Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/sh) (5)				Grant Date Fair Value of Option Awards ($)(6)
Name		Grant Date				Threshold ($)				Target ($)				Maximum ($)				Threshold (#)				Target (#)				Maximum (#)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.
2012 AIP(1)			—				542,969				1,085,938				2,280,469				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				17,500				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Mark A. Olson
2012 AIP(1)			—				176,000				352,000				739,200				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				8,800				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 Stock options			02/21/12				—				—				—				8,800				26,506				26,506				26,506				16.70				517,927
Jearld L. Leonhardt
2012 AIP(1)			—				107,000				214,000				449,400				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				5,350				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Frank M. Drendel
2012 AIP(1)			—				127,813				255,625				536,813				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				10,300				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Randall W. Crenshaw
2012 AIP(1)			—				261,375				522,750				1,097,775				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				12,400				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Frank (Burk) B. Wyatt, II
2012 AIP(1)			—				150,938				301,875			$	633,938				—				—				—				—				—				—
2012 DPCP(2)			—				—				8,700				—				—				—				—				—				—				—

 

(1)	Reflects the range of awards that could potentially have been earned during 2012 under our AIP. The amounts actually earned are included under the column entitled “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in our Summary Compensation Table for 2012.

(2)	Reflects the maximum awards that could potentially have been earned during 2012 under our DPCP. The amounts actually earned are included under the column entitled “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in our Summary Compensation Table for 2012.

(3)

Represents options granted to Mr. Olson under the 2011 Plan. These options vest and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of Mr. Olson, on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, based on achievement of Adjusted EBITDA performance goals. The performance-vested options that would otherwise fail to become vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA targets will be eligible for catch-up vesting and/or carry-forward vesting if Adjusted EBITDA targets are exceeded in other performance years. Reflects the estimated future payouts under the 2011 Plan, if threshold, target or maximum performance goals are met, respectively.

(4)	Represents options granted to Mr. Olson under the 2011 Plan. These options vest and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment, in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(5)

Reflects the exercise price of Mr. Olson’s stock option grant, as adjusted to reflect the Special Dividends. Refer to Note 12 in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for information regarding the assumptions used to value these awards. This option was initially granted with an exercise price of $31.00 and has been equitably adjusted by our Board in connection with the Special Dividends. For more information about the Special Dividends, see the discussion under the heading “2012 Elements of Compensation—Equity Incentive Awards.”

(6)	Computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

Narrative Supplement to Summary Compensation Table for 2012 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012 Table

The terms of our cash incentive plans and equity incentive awards are described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2012 Elements of Compensation” above, our employment and severance agreements are described under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control – Employment and Severance Protection Agreements” below, and our nonqualified deferred compensation plans are described under “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for 2012.”

 

113

---

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012

The following table provides information regarding outstanding stock options held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2012. Our NEOs did not hold any unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2012.

 

		Option Awards
Name and Principal Position		Grant Date				Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable				Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable(2)				Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)(3)				Option Exercise Price(4)				Option Expiration Date(5)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.			12/14/2005				5,605	(1)			—				—			$	16.04				12/14/2015
			12/12/2006				3,800	(1)			—				—			$	26.55				12/12/2016
			3/24/2009				15,988	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				87,061	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011				66,255	(2)			265,020				331,275			$	17.20				1/26/2021
Mark A. Olson			3/24/2009				4,125	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				6,736	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011				5,521	(2)			22,084				27,605			$	17.20				1/26/2021
			2/21/2012				—				26,506				26,506			$	16.70				2/21/2021
Jearld L. Leonhardt			12/12/2006				12,000	(1)			—				—			$	26.55				12/12/2016
			3/24/2009				23,350	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				55,828	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011	(6)			15,460	(2)			61,840				77,300			$	17.20				1/26/2021
Frank M. Drendel			12/16/2004				155,600	(1)			—				—			$	15.05				12/16/2014
			12/14/2005				74,800	(1)			—				—			$	16.04				12/14/2015
			12/12/2006				51,100	(1)			—				—			$	26.55				12/12/2016
			3/24/2009				133,346	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				186,937	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011				22,085	(2)			88,340				110,425			$	17.20				1/26/2021
Randall W. Crenshaw			12/14/2005				4,720	(1)			—				—			$	16.04				12/14/2015
			12/12/2006				4,500	(1)			—				—			$	26.55				12/12/2016
			3/24/2009				15,988	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				45,930	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011				22,085	(2)			88,340				110,425			$	17.20				1/26/2021
Frank (Burk) B. Wyatt, II			12/14/2005				1,967	(1)			—				—			$	16.04				12/14/2015
			12/12/2006				3,800	(1)			—				—			$	26.55				12/12/2016
			3/24/2009				14,500	(1)			—				—			$	8.88				3/24/2019
			1/20/2010				29,175	(1)			—				—			$	25.64				1/20/2020
			1/26/2011				8,835	(2)			35,340				44,175			$	17.20				1/26/2021

 

(1)	Represents rollover options which became fully vested and exercisable in conjunction with the Acquisition.

(2)

Represents options granted following the Acquisition. These options vest and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of the NEO, in five equal annual installments (or four equal annual installments, with respect to Mr. Olson’s 2012 option grant) beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(3)

Represents options granted following the Acquisition. These options vest and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of the NEO, on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant (or the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, with respect to Mr. Olson’s 2012 option grant), based on achievement of Adjusted EBITDA performance goals. The number of unexercisable options includes

 

114

---

Table of Contents

options that vested in early 2013 due to the 64.5% level of achievement of the 2012 Adjusted EBITDA performance goal, but which remained unvested as of December 31, 2012 and were subject to the NEOs continued employment until the date our Compensation Committee certified the applicable performance level in accordance with the terms of the founders options. The performance-vested options that would otherwise fail to become vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA targets will be eligible for catch-up vesting and/or carry-forward vesting if certain Adjusted EBITDA targets are met in successive performance years.

(4)	Option exercise prices reflect equitable adjustments by our Board in connection with the Special Dividends. For more information about the 2012 Dividend and the 2013 Dividends, see the discussion under the heading “2012 Elements of Compensation—Equity Incentive Awards.”

(5)	The options expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, except for Mr. Olson’s 2012 option grant, which expires on the ninth anniversary of the date of grant.

(6)	Per the terms of Mr. Leonhardt’s 2011 option agreement, if we had terminated Mr. Leonhardt prior to July 31, 2013 for any reason other than cause, his unvested options would have continued to vest through July 31, 2013 as if he continued to be employed with us through such date.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2012

The following table summarizes amounts received by our NEOs in 2012 upon the exercise of stock options. None of our NEOs became vested in shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name		Option Awards
		Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise				Value Realized on Exercise
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.			—				—
Mark A. Olson			—				—
Jearld L. Leonhardt			16,200			$	341,658
Frank M. Drendel			130,200			$	3,309,684
Randall W. Crenshaw			—				—
Frank B. Wyatt, II			—				—

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for 2012

The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table reflects information about the SERP and the DCP for 2012.

SERP

The SERP is an unfunded defined contribution type retirement plan maintained for the benefit of a select group of our management and/or highly compensated employees. The SERP provides for an annual contribution by us to each participant’s account in an amount generally equal to 5% of such participant’s base salary and AIP bonus paid for the respective year up to a cap (which in 2012 was $250,000), plus 15% of the amount in excess of the cap. Equity-based compensation is not taken into account for purposes of the SERP. In addition to annual contributions, participants’ accounts generally accrue interest each year. In January 2011, we determined that the interest rate for 2011 would be 5%, and it has remained at 5% since 2011. We review the interest rate annually.

Participants become vested in their SERP account on the date that is one year and 31 days following the date they receive notification of their participation in the SERP, or the “Vesting Date”; however, there are generally no payments to participants until retirement at age 55 or older with at least 10 years of service, or at age 65 without regard to any service requirement, or “Retirement.” Pursuant to the terms of the SERP, a participant generally will receive the full value of his account balance upon the participant’s termination or resignation for any reason once he is eligible for Retirement. However, participants (or participant’s beneficiaries, in the case of a participant’s death) may also receive benefits prior to Retirement in the following situations: (1) if the participant dies before Retirement; (2) if the participant experiences a disability (as defined in the SERP) before beginning to receive any SERP benefits; (3) if the participant’s employment is involuntarily terminated, for reasons other than for cause, on or after his Vesting Date; or (4) if the participant terminates employment for any reason other

 

115

---

Table of Contents

than for cause within two years after the later of his Vesting Date or a change in control of our company. In addition, the SERP was amended in 2011 to provide that participants employed with us as of our Acquisition in 2011 would be eligible to receive their SERP benefits upon termination of employment prior to Retirement, except if the participant is terminated for cause. Payment to the SERP participants generally occurs on the next following January 31 or July 31, except that payments resulting from termination following a change in control or terminations due to disability are paid as soon as practicable following such termination.

Messrs. Edwards, Drendel and Crenshaw are vested in their SERP accounts and eligible for Retirement, so they would receive their account balance if their employment terminated for any reason. Mr. Wyatt is currently vested in his SERP account and, though he is not eligible for Retirement, pursuant to the 2011 amendment, he is eligible to receive the full value of his SERP accounts upon any termination of employment, other than for cause. Mr. Leonhardt retired in July 31, 2013 and his SERP balance will be paid to him.

DCP

The DCP permits a select group of our management, including the NEOs, and other key employees to defer up to 90% of their compensation (including base salary and AIP and DPCP awards), beginning with a pro rata portion of compensation earned under the AIP with respect to fiscal year 2012. Our obligations under the DCP are funded with contributions to a rabbi trust and participants may invest the amounts credited to their accounts in one or more notional investments that are similar to the investment offerings provided under our 401(k) plan. Participants’ accounts are 100% vested at all times and we do not provide matching or other company contributions to the DCP. In general, upon a participant’s termination of employment, he or she may elect to receive a distribution in a lump sum or annual installments over a period of two to ten years, which distribution will commence, per the participant’s election, as soon as practical following (i) termination of employment, or (ii) the earlier of (A) a specific date, or (ii) the date of termination (provided that if termination is due to retirement, payments will commence as of the elected specified date). Upon a participant’s death or disability, or upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company, the participant’s entire balance will be paid to him or her (or the participant’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable) in a single lump sum.

The following table depicts the value of benefits accumulated by our NEOs under the SERP and DCP as of December 31, 2012.

 

Name		Plan				Executive contributions in last fiscal year				Registrant contributions in last fiscal year(2)				Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year(3)				Aggregate balance at  last fiscal year end(4)
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.			SERP				—			$	394,294			$	29,103			$	1,007,730
			DCP			$	241,651	(1)			—				—			$	241,651
Mark A. Olson			SERP				—				—				—				—
			DCP				—				—				—				—
Jearld L. Leonhardt			SERP				—			$	80,498			$	70,536			$	1,562,830
			DCP								—				—				—
Frank M. Drendel			SERP				—			$	120,640			$	181,040			$	3,922,866
			DCP				—				—				—				—
Randall W. Crenshaw			SERP				—			$	206,958			$	42,554			$	1,101,568
			DCP			$	209,582	(1)			—				—			$	209,582
Frank B. Wyatt, II			SERP				—			$	120,596			$	30,468			$	760,966
			DCP				—				—				—				—

 

(1)	Reflects executive contributions made in 2013, which are based on 2012 earnings under the AIP. The contributions are included in the Summary Compensation table in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

(2)	Contributions to the SERP are included in the Summary Compensation table in the “All Other Compensation” column. The Company does not provide matching or other company contributions to the DCP.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

(3)	With respect to the SERP, the portion of the aggregate earnings that are “above market” is included in the Summary Compensation table in the “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column.

(4)	Includes amounts that were reported in the Summary Compensation table for 2012.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Employment and Severance Protection Agreements

Each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Leonhardt, who retired on July 31, 2013, is party to an employment agreement or severance protection agreement that entitles him to the right to receive certain severance payments upon a qualifying termination of employment.

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Edwards and Crenshaw

We are party to employment agreements with Messrs. Edwards and Crenshaw, each of which expires on December 31, 2013, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless at least 90 days prior written notice of non-renewal is given by us. Pursuant to the agreements, in the event the executive’s employment is terminated by us by notice of non-renewal of the term of the agreement, by us for any reason other than for cause or disability or by the executive for good reason, he will be entitled to receive his accrued compensation and each of the following:

 

•

severance pay in an amount equal to two times the sum of (A) his then current base salary, and (B) his base salary multiplied by 1.25, in the case of Mr. Edwards, or 0.85, in the case of Mr. Crenshaw, payable in equal monthly installments over two years (the “Termination Benefits Period”) or, upon termination within twenty-four months following a change in control, in a single lump sum;

 

•

a prorated bonus under the AIP for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs, based on actual performance and payable at the same time our company pays bonuses to its other executive officers;

 

•

a cash payment equal to the cost we would have incurred had the executive continued group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefit coverage for himself and his eligible dependents during the Termination Benefits Period, payable in periodic installments in accordance with our payroll practice (the “Medical Coverage Payments”); and

 

•

if at the end of the Termination Benefits Period, the executive is not employed by another entity (including self-employment), then for six months (or his earlier re-employment) he will receive (i) an additional monthly payment equal to one-twelfth of the sum of (A) his base salary and (B) his base salary multiplied by 1.25, in the case of Mr. Edwards, or 0.85, in the case of Mr. Crenshaw, and (ii) continuation of the Medical Coverage Payments (provided that such Medical Coverage Payments will not cease upon re-employment unless the executive obtains such coverage or benefits pursuant to the subsequent employer’s benefit plans).

For purposes of Messrs. Edwards’ and Crenshaw’s agreements, “good reason” includes material breach of the agreement, a material diminution in duties, failure to continue the executive in his role as sole President and CEO without his prior written consent, in the case of Mr. Edwards, or Chief Operating Officer, in the case of Mr. Crenshaw, any reduction in salary or target bonus opportunity, relocation of the executive’s place of employment by more than twenty-five miles without his prior written consent and, in the case of Mr. Edwards, our failure to nominate him to our Board.

If the executive’s employment is terminated by us for cause or disability, by reason of his death or by the executive other than for good reason, we will pay to the executive his accrued compensation. In addition, in the event of the executive’s death, his estate will be entitled to receive a prorated bonus under the AIP for the fiscal year in which his death occurs, payable at the same time our company pays bonuses to its other executive officers and based on actual performance.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

Employment Agreement with Mr. Drendel

Mr. Drendel’s employment agreement expires on December 31, 2013, subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year periods unless at least 90 days prior written notice of non-renewal is given. Pursuant to the agreement, in the event his employment is terminated by us by notice of non-renewal of the term of the agreement, by us for any reason other than for cause or by Mr. Drendel for any reason, he will be entitled to receive his accrued compensation and each of the following: (i) an amount (the “Severance Payment”) equal to the greater of (A) $5,200,000 less the compensation paid to him during his term as Chairman and (B) two times the sum of (X) his base salary and (Y) his base salary multiplied by 0.50, payable in a single lump sum payment within thirty days following termination; and (ii) a cash payment equal to the cost our company would have incurred had he continued group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefit coverage for himself and his eligible dependents for 24 months following his termination of employment, payable in periodic installments in accordance with our payroll practice.

If Mr. Drendel’s employment is terminated by us for cause or by reason of his death, we will pay to him his accrued compensation. In addition, in the event of Mr. Drendel’s death, his estate will be entitled to receive the Severance Payment payable in a single lump sum payment within thirty days following his death.

Severance Protection Agreements with Messrs. Olson and Wyatt

We are party to severance protection agreements with Messrs. Olson and Wyatt, which are on 1-year terms automatically renewing on January 1 of each year unless ninety (90) days prior notification is given to either us or the executive, except that the term may not expire prior to 24 months following a change in control (as defined in the agreements). Pursuant to the agreements, in the event the executive’s employment is terminated within 24 months after a change in control (i) by us for any reason other than for cause or disability or (ii) by the executive for good reason (which definition includes, among other things, an adverse change in status or duties, a reduction in salary or benefits, and a relocation of the executive’s place of employment by more than twenty-five miles), the executive will be entitled to receive accrued compensation and each of the following:

 

•

severance pay in an amount equal to one and one-half (1 1/2) times the executive’s then current base salary plus one and one-half (1 1/2) times the target annual incentive payable to the executive under the AIP for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination;

 

•

a prorated bonus under the AIP for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs, based on the actual bonus paid or payable to the executive under the AIP in respect of the year immediately preceding the year of termination;

 

•

continuation of the executive’s and his dependents’ and beneficiaries’ life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits for 18 months (the “Termination Benefits Period”);

 

•

if, at the end of the Termination Benefits Period, the executive is not employed by another employer (including self-employment), then for six months (or his earlier re-employment with another entity) he will receive (i) an additional monthly payment equal to one-twelfth of the executive’s then current base salary plus one-twelfth of the target annual incentive payable to the executive for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, and (ii) continuation of the benefits discussed in the bullet above (provided that such benefits will not cease upon re-employment unless the executive obtains such coverage or benefits pursuant to the subsequent employer’s benefit plans); and

 

•

reimbursement for (i) outplacement assistance services (up to 25% of the sum of then-current year salary and prior year target bonus), (ii) tax and financial planning assistance (up to $2,000) and (iii) relocation expenses under certain circumstances.

If the executive’s employment is terminated by us within 24 months after a change in control for cause or disability, by reason of the executive’s death or by the executive other than for good reason, we will pay to the executive his accrued compensation and any earned but unpaid bonus or incentive compensation. In addition, in the case of a termination by us for disability or due to the executive’s death, the executive will receive a pro rata bonus for the year of termination based on the actual bonus paid or payable to the executive under the AIP in respect of the year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

118

---

Table of Contents

Further, if the executive’s employment is terminated by us other than for cause at any time prior to the date of a change in control and such termination (i) occurred after we entered into a definitive agreement, the consummation of which would constitute a change in control or (ii) the executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control, such termination will be deemed to have occurred after a change in control.

The employment agreements with Messrs. Edwards, Crenshaw and Drendel and the severance protection agreement with Mr. Wyatt provide for a gross-up payment by our company in the event that the total payments the executive receives under the agreement, or otherwise (for example, due to accelerated vesting of equity), are subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In such an event, we will pay an additional amount so that the executive is made whole on an after-tax basis from the effect of the excise tax. Mr. Olson’s severance protection agreement provides for a modified cut-back, meaning that his severance benefits would be reduced to avoid the excise tax, but only if he would benefit from such reduction, net of taxes.

Restrictive Covenants

Messrs. Edwards’, Crenshaw’s and Drendel’s employment agreements each contain cooperation and confidentiality covenants that apply during and following the executives’ respective employment with us. The agreements also contain certain non-compete and non-solicitation obligations that continue for a certain period following termination of employment, as follows: 24 months, in the case of Messrs. Edwards and Crenshaw (and up to an additional 6 months if the executive continues to receive the benefits discussed above following the conclusion of the Termination Benefits Period) and 60 months, in the case of Mr. Drendel. Messrs. Olson’s and Wyatt’s severance protection agreements do not contain any restrictive covenants. Mr. Leonhardt is currently subject to non-compete and non-solicit restrictions which continue for a period of 24 months following his retirement on July 31, 2013. Severance payments are conditioned on compliance with these covenants.

 

119

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the estimated amount of the severance benefits each of our NEOs, other than Mr. Leonhardt, would receive under the termination scenarios identified therein, in each case assuming a termination of employment on December 31, 2012. Mr. Leonhardt retired from our company on July 31, 2013 and did not receive any severance payments or other benefits in connection with his termination of employment, other than to adjust the post-termination exercise period for his vested founders options to provide for them to remain exercisable until July 31, 2018, consistent with the terms of his rollover options. The benefits described and quantified below are in addition to the compensation and benefits that would already be vested upon a NEO’s termination, including accrued but unpaid salary, accrued and unused vacation pay, amounts previously earned and deferred under the DCP and payments and benefits accrued under the 401(k) plan and SERP.

 

Name		Payment		Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason(6)				Death or Disability				Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Prior to a Change in Control				Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason After a Change in Control
Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.		Cash severance(1)			0				0				4,921,875				4,921,875
		Benefit continuation(3)			0				0				24,810				24,810
		Gross-Up(5)			0				0				0				2,349,894
		Total			0				0				4,946,685				7,296,579
Mark A. Olson		Cash severance(1)			0				0				0				1,219,706
		Pro rata bonus(2)			0				0				0				131,651
		Benefit continuation(3)			0				0				0				16,272
		Other benefits(4)			0				0				0				154,463
		Total			0				0				0				1,522,092
Frank M. Drendel		Cash severance			3,564,246				3,564,246				3,564,246				3,564,246
		Benefit continuation			7,944				0				7,944				7,944
		Gross-Up(5)			0				0				0				0
		Total			3,572,190				3,564,246				3,572,190				3,572,190
Randall W. Crenshaw		Cash severance(1)			0				0				2,867,500				2,867,500
		Benefit continuation(3)			0				0				24,810				24,810
		Gross-Up(5)			0				0				0				1,084,319
		Total			0				0				2,892,310				3,976,629
Frank B. Wyatt, II		Cash severance(1)			0				0				0				1,457,124
		Pro rata bonus(2)			0				0				0				228,494
		Benefit continuation(3)			0				0				0				24,432
		Other benefits(4)							0				0				184,141
		Gross-Up(5)			0				0				0				0
		Total			0				0				0				1,894,191

 

(1)	Assumes that the executive is not self-employed or employed by another entity at the end of the Termination Benefits Period and, accordingly, receives an additional 6 months of severance.

(2)

Pursuant to the executive’s severance protection agreement, upon his termination of employment by the Company without cause, by the executive for good reason, or by reason of his death or disability, in each case within 24 months following a change in control, he would be entitled to a payment equal to the actual bonus paid to the executive with respect to the year prior to that in which the executive’s termination date occurs (in this case, 2011), pro-rated for the number of days the executive was employed during the year of such termination.

(3)	Assumes that the executive is not self-employed or employed by another entity at the end of the Termination Benefits Period and, therefore, receives an additional 6 months of benefits continuation.

 

120

---

Table of Contents

(4)

Reflects reimbursement of outplacement expenses and for tax and financial planning services. Note that, in certain circumstances, Messrs. Olson and Wyatt would also be entitled to reimbursement for costs of relocation following a termination; however, estimates of these costs are not included in the amounts above.

(5)	Estimate based on a 280G excise tax rate of 20% and a blended tax rate of 42.45% for federal, state and Medicare withholding taxes.

(6)	Mr. Drendel would not receive any severance or benefit continuation upon his termination for cause.

AIP

Pursuant to the terms of the AIP, in the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the AIP), within 60 days thereafter, we will pay to each participant immediately prior to such change in control (regardless of whether such participant remains in the employ of our company following the change in control) an award equal to his or her target incentive for the AIP plan cycle then underway (prorated to the date of the change in control). Outside the context of a change in control, participants are eligible to receive a pro rata portion of their award if their employment is terminated due to death, disability or retirement (at age 65, or earlier with prior approval of our company) as long as they had active service for at least three months during the performance period. Accordingly, assuming a change in control, death or disability on December 31, 2012, or, in the case of Mr. Drendel, retirement on December 31, 2012, the payments in respect of AIP awards to the NEOs would be as follows: $1,085,938 for Mr. Edwards, $352,000 for Mr. Olson, $255,625 for Mr. Drendel, $522,750 for Mr. Crenshaw and $301,875 for Mr. Wyatt.

SERP

Pursuant to the terms of the SERP, a participant generally will receive the full value of his or her account balance upon the participant’s termination or resignation for any reason once he or she is eligible for Retirement. Messrs. Edwards, Drendel and Crenshaw are vested in their SERP accounts and eligible for Retirement, so they would receive the amounts shown in the column of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table entitled “Aggregate balance at last fiscal year end” were their employment terminated for any reason on December 31, 2012. Mr. Leonhardt retired in July 31, 2013 and his SERP balance will be paid to him.

Mr. Wyatt is currently vested in his SERP account and, though he is not eligible for Retirement, pursuant to the 2011 amendment to the SERP he is eligible to receive the full value of his SERP accounts upon any termination of employment, other than for cause. The value of his SERP account is based on an assumed effective date of December 31, 2012 shown in the column of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table entitled “Aggregate balance at last fiscal year end.”

Payment to the SERP participants generally occurs on the next following January 31 or July 31, except that payments resulting from termination following a change in control or terminations due to disability are paid as soon as practicable following such termination.

Equity Incentive Awards

Per the terms of the option agreements, all of the time-vested options will vest immediately upon the occurrence of a liquidity event and all or a portion of the performance-vested options will vest immediately if Carlyle realizes a minimum return on its investment in connection with the liquidity event and depending on the level of the return on investment.

For purposes of these options, a “liquidity event” means either (a) the consummation of the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions (by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) of more than 50% of the total number of our equity securities held, directly or indirectly, by Carlyle as of January 14, 2011 for cash; or (b) the consummation of the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of our company, or our company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” for cash, other than to Carlyle or an affiliate of Carlyle. The occurrence of a change in control of us could in some

 

121

---

Table of Contents

circumstances also constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the stock options; however, a change in control of us could occur without triggering a liquidity event and a liquidity event could occur without the occurrence of a change in control. This offering will not constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the stock options.

Assuming the occurrence of a liquidity event on December 31, 2012, all of our NEOs’ unvested time-vested options would have vested and, based upon the estimated fair market value of our shares of common stock as of such date, none of our NEOs’ performance-vested options would have vested. The estimated fair market value of the shares subject to the time-vested options that would have vested as a result of the liquidity event, net of the option exercise price, would have been as follows: $2,517,690 for Mr. Edwards, $474,858 for Mr. Olson, $839,230 for Mr. Drendel, $839,230 for Mr. Crenshaw and $335,730 for Mr. Wyatt.

Executive Compensation Plans

2013 Incentive Plan and Annual Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we will adopt the CommScope Holdings, Inc. 2013 Plan and the AIP. We are in the process of determining and implementing the terms of these plans.

Prior Equity Plans

In addition to the 2013 Plan, we will also maintain the Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Plan, or the “2011 Plan,” the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Andrew Corporation 2000 Management Incentive Program, which we refer to collectively herein as the “Prior Plans.” Following the adoption of the 2013 Plan, we will not grant any future awards under the Prior Plans. Our Compensation Committee administers each of the Prior Plans.

2011 Incentive Plan

As described above, on January 14, 2011, our Board of Directors and stockholders adopted the 2011 Plan, which was further amended on February 19, 2013. The 2011 Plan authorized our Compensation Committee to grant to employees, officers, directors and consultants of our company and its affiliates options to purchase shares of the common stock, other stock-based awards and any other right or interest relating to stock or cash awards. As of July 1, 2013, 3,627,878 options and share unit awards (which are denominated in cash but may be settled in shares of common stock at our election following this offering) were outstanding under the 2011 Plan, and no other equity awards are outstanding under the 2011 Plan.

2006 Long Term Incentive Plan

On May 5, 2006, our Board of Directors and stockholders adopted the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, which was further amended on May 1, 2009, as so amended, the “2006 Plan.” The 2006 Plan authorized our Compensation Committee to grant to employees, officers, directors and consultants of our company and its affiliates awards in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, options, dividend equivalents, performance awards and other stock awards. As of July 1, 2013, 822,422 fully-vested options were outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and no other equity awards are outstanding under the 2006 Plan.

Amended and Restated 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Amended and Restated 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan was first approved by our Board of Directors and stockholders in 1997, and was amended on each of May 1, 1998, May 5, 2000, May 3, 2002, and May 7, 2004, as so amended, the “1997 Plan.” The 1997 Plan authorized our Compensation Committee to grant to employees and directors awards of stock options, restricted stock, performance units, performance shares, phantom stock and unrestricted stock awards. As of July 1, 2013, 243,659 fully-vested options were outstanding under the 1997 Plan, and no other equity awards are outstanding under the 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan expired on July 23, 2007.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

Andrew Corporation 2000 Management Incentive Program

In connection with the acquisition of Andrew in 2007, we assumed the Andrew Corporation 2000 Management Incentive Program, or the “Andrew Plan.” All awards outstanding under the Andrew Plan became fully-vested at the closing of the Andrew acquisition. Thereafter, we continued to grant awards under the Andrew Plan and such awards became fully-vested at the closing of the Acquisition. As of July 1, 2013, 16,426 fully-vested options were outstanding under the Andrew Plan.

Compensation of Directors

Directors who are employees of our company or Carlyle receive no additional compensation for their service on our Board of Directors or its committees. Pursuant to our director compensation program as in effect prior to the consummation of this offering, we pay each independent director $60,000 per year for his service on our Board of Directors, payable quarterly, plus an additional $7,500 per year for each committee of our Board of Directors he serves on. We also reimburse independent directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in the performance of their duties as directors. Our independent directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plans to the same extent as other service providers, except with regard to incentive stock options, and our independent directors received equity-based awards, in the form of stock options at the time of their election to our Board of Directors. The options were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of one share of the common stock on the date of grant and were eligible to vest in five equal annual installments.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt a new director compensation program under which the independent members of our board will receive a compensation package consisting of one or more of the following elements: an annual cash retainer, an additional cash retainer for service on or as the chair of a standing committee, meeting attendance fees, and grants of equity or equity-based awards under our 2013 Plan. We are in the process of determining and implementing our new director compensation program.

In 2012, we provided the following compensation to our independent directors:

 

Name		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash($)				Total ($)(1)
L. William Krause			67,500				67,500
Stephen C. Gray			67,500				67,500

 

(1)	We did not grant equity-based awards to our independent directors during the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, each independent director held options to purchase 9,525 shares of our common stock.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Our Board expects to adopt a written statement of policy, effective upon completion of this offering, for the evaluation of and the approval, disapproval and monitoring of transactions involving us and “related persons.” For the purposes of the policy, “related persons” will include our executive officers, directors and director nominees or their immediate family members, or stockholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding common stock and their immediate family members.

The policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Pursuant to this policy, our management will present to our audit committee each proposed related party transaction, including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto. Our audit committee will then:

 

•

review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related party transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction; and

 

•

take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics.

All related party transactions may only be consummated if our audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain types of transactions have been pre-approved by our audit committee under the policy. These pre-approved transactions include:

 

•

certain employment and compensation arrangements;

 

•

transactions in the ordinary course of business where the related party’s interest arises only from:

(i) his or her position as a director of another entity that is party to the transaction;

(ii) an equity interest of less than 10% in another entity that is party to the transaction; or

(iii) a limited partnership interest of less than 10%, subject to certain limitations;

 

•

transactions in the ordinary course of business where the interest of the related party arises solely from the ownership of a class of equity securities in our company where all holders of such class of equity securities will receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis; and

 

•

transactions determined by competitive bids.

No director may participate in the approval of a related party transaction for which he or she is a related party.

Dividends

On November 30, 2012, we declared and paid a special dividend of $200.0 million, or $3.878 per share, on our common stock and made a cash payment of $0.7 million to certain option holders in lieu of adjusting the strike price of their options. In addition, on May 20, 2013 and June 28, 2013, we declared special dividends of $342.8 million, or $6.640 per share (paid on May 28, 2013), and $195.9 million, or $3.794 per share (paid on June 28, 2013), respectively, on our common stock using the proceeds from the 2020 Notes and cash on hand. We also made distributions to option holders of $7.2 million (paid on June 15, 2013) and $4.1 million (paid on July 15, 2013) in lieu of adjusting the strike price of their options. Of these amounts, approximately $727.0 million was paid to Carlyle according to its ownership of common stock. Of these amounts, approximately $20.5 million was paid to our directors and executive officers according to each of their ownership of common stock and common stock options.

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Management Agreement

On January 14, 2011, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with Carlyle, pursuant to which we pay Carlyle a fee for consulting and oversight services provided to us and our subsidiaries. Pursuant to this agreement, subject to certain conditions, we paid an annual management fee to Carlyle of $3 million plus expenses. Further, under this agreement Carlyle was entitled to additional reasonable fees and compensation agreed upon by the parties for advisory and other services provided by Carlyle to us from time to time, including additional advisory and other services associated with acquisitions and divestitures or sales of equity or debt instruments. Carlyle also received a one-time transaction fee of $30 million upon consummation of the Acquisition for transactional advisory and other services. Except for this one-time transaction fee, Carlyle did not provide any additional services beyond consulting and oversight services for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. We will pay Carlyle a fee of $            to terminate the management agreement in connection with the consummation of this offering.

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, on January 14, 2011, we entered into a stockholders agreement with Carlyle, members of management who held our common stock and certain other of our stockholders. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the stockholders agreement will be amended and restated. Pursuant to the amended and restated stockholders agreement, our Board of Directors will consist of                  members, with Carlyle having the right to designate                  of the board members and, in addition, our senior ranking executive officer shall have the right to serve as a board member, who, for so long as he serves as our chief executive officer, will be Mr. Edwards. All parties to the amended and restated stockholders agreement will agree to vote their shares in favor of such designees.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. These indemnification agreements provide the directors and officers with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement which are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. We believe that these indemnification agreements are, in form and substance, substantially similar to those commonly entered into in transactions of like size and complexity sponsored by private equity firms.

Employment agreements

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements” for information regarding the employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers.

Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have granted Carlyle the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common stock held by them and other stockholders party to that agreement or to piggyback on such registration statements in certain circumstances. These shares will represent approximately     % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. The registration rights agreement also requires us to indemnify certain of our stockholders and their affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

We had 51,628,200 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 prior to the     -for-     stock split described elsewhere in this prospectus, which were owned by 35 stockholders. As of June 30, 2013, certain investment funds affiliated with Carlyle owned approximately 98.4% of our common stock, while the remainder is owned by members of our Board of Directors, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and certain of our current and former employees.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2013, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of our common stock offered hereby, by:

 

•

each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of the capital stock, which consists of our selling stockholder;

 

•

each of our directors;

 

•

each of our named executive officers; and

 

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial” owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

The following table does not give effect to the     -for-     stock split described elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of capital stock and the business address of each such beneficial owner is c/o CommScope Holding Company, Inc., 1100 CommScope Place, SE, Hickory, NC 28602.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner		Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering								Shares to be Sold in the Offering				Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
		Number				Percent				Excluding Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares		Including Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares		Excluding Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares						Including Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares
														Number		Percent				Number		Percent
Principal Stockholder
Carlyle-CommScope Holdings, L.P.(1)			50,793,651				98.4	%										%						%
Executive Officers and Directors
Marvin (Eddie) S. Edwards, Jr.(2)			303,913				*
Mark A. Olson(3)			39,666				*
Frank M. Drendel(4)			1,408,371				2.7
Randall W. Crenshaw(5)			135,903				*
Frank B. Wyatt, II(6)			81,871				*
Jearld L. Leonhardt(7)			161,399				*
Claudius (Bud) E. Watts IV			—				—
Campbell (Cam) R. Dyer			—				—
Marco De Benedetti			—				—
Peter J. Clare			—				—
Stephen (Steve) C. Gray(8)			3,810				*
L. William (Bill) Krause(9)			3,810				*
All executive officers and directors as a group			2,217,761				4.2	%										%						%

 

*	Denotes less than 1.0% of beneficial ownership.

(1)

Carlyle-CommScope Holdings, L.P. is the record holder of 50,793,651 shares of Common Stock. Carlyle Group Management L.L.C. is the general partner of The Carlyle Group L.P., which is a publicly traded entity listed on NASDAQ. The Carlyle Group L.P. is the sole shareholder of Carlyle Holdings I GP Inc., which is the managing member of Carlyle Holdings I GP Sub L.L.C., which is the general partner of Carlyle Holdings I L.P., which is the managing member of TC Group, L.L.C., which is the managing member of TC Group CommScope Holdings,

 

126

---

Table of Contents

L.L.C., which is the general partner of Carlyle-CommScope Holdings, L.P. The address of Carlyle-CommScope Holdings, L.P. is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W., Suite 220 South, Washington, DC 20004.

(2)	Includes 16,215 shares of Common Stock and 287,698 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(3)	Includes 3,302 shares of Common Stock and 36,364 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(4)

Includes 540,188 shares of Common Stock and 660,198 stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus held directly by the reporting person. Also includes 81,000 shares held in three separate guarantor retained annuity trusts established by Mr. Drendel and 126,985 shares held by the trusts of the deceased spouse of Mr. Drendel.

(5)	Includes 6,350 shares of Common Stock and 129,553 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(6)	Includes 9,060 shares of Common Stock and 72,811 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(7)	Includes 29,329 shares of Common Stock held in two grantor retained annuity trusts established by Mr. Leonhardt and 132,070 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(8)	Includes 3,810 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

(9)	Includes 3,810 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as each is anticipated to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties. The following is only a summary and is qualified by applicable law and by the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and other agreements, copies of which are available as set forth under the caption entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

After this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The rights and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

After giving effect to the          -for-          stock split, which occurred with the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to this offering,                  shares of our common stock are issued and                  shares of our common stock are outstanding.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock will be able to elect all of the directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us. Further, the senior secured credit facilities, the 2019 Notes Indenture and the 2020 Notes Indenture impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends on our common stock. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

Preferred Stock

The preferred stock, if issued, would have priority over the common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions, including the distribution of our assets upon liquidation. Unless required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed, our Board of Directors will have the authority without further stockholder authorization to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, limitations, relative rights and preferences and variations of each series. Although we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement

Pursuant to the amended and restated stockholders agreement, Carlyle will have certain rights to appoint directors to our Board of Directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement.”

 

128

---

Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunities

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interests or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, and Carlyle will have no obligation to offer us an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities presented to Carlyle or its affiliates, including its respective officers, representatives, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued, and that neither Carlyle nor its respective officers, representatives, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any person who is a director or officer of our company, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Limitations on Directors’ Liability

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers which provide them with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement which are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

 

•

any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

•

acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•

the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of Delaware law; or

 

•

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This provision does not affect a director’s liability under the federal securities laws.

Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

•

authorize              shares of common stock, which, to the extent unissued, will be available for future issuance without additional stockholder approval and, under some circumstances, we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our Board of Directors in opposing a hostile takeover bid;

 

•

authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that our Board of Directors could, without further stockholder authorization, issue to increase the number of outstanding shares, issue with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences and otherwise issue to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

•

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors only “for cause” if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock and require any such removal to be approved by holders of at least three-quarters of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

•

prohibit our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock;

 

•

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders, if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock;

 

•

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

•

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

•

require a stockholder’s notice proposing to nominate a person for election as director to include specific information about the nominating stockholder and the proposed nominee;

 

•

require a stockholder’s notice relating to the conduct of business (other than the nomination of directors) to contain specific information about the business and the proposing stockholder;

 

•

establish a classified Board of Directors, with three classes of directors;

 

•

grant to the Board of Directors the sole power to set the number of directors and to fill any vacancy on the Board; and

 

•

require the approval of holders of at least three-quarters of the outstanding shares of common stock to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation if Carlyle and its affiliates collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first consult with our Board of Directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business combination or offer. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

Delaware Takeover Statute

Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we intend to elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, as permitted under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203. Section 203 of the DGCL defines “business combination” to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated by laws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. It is possible that a court could rule that this provision is not applicable or is unenforceable. We may consent in writing to alternative forums. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Listing

We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the              under the symbol “COMM”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We will appoint              as the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, the actual sale of, or the perceived potential for the sale of, our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock—Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.” Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options and assuming the sale of              shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholder in this offering and that the underwriters have not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares,              shares of common stock will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding common stock are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Common stock purchased by our affiliates will be “restricted securities” under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors and Carlyle have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of             . See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person (or persons whose common stock is required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume in our shares on the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

S-8 Registration Statement

In conjunction with this offering, we expect to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, which will register up to                  shares of common stock underlying stock options or restricted stock awards or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and                  shares of common stock covered by such registration statement are eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us and the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have granted Carlyle the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common stock held by them and other stockholders party to that agreement or to piggyback on such registration statements in certain circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” These shares will represent approximately     % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. The registration rights agreement also requires us to indemnify certain of our stockholders and their affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

 

•

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

•

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

•

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

•

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

•

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

•

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

•

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

•

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

•

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

•

tax-qualified retirement plans.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes that hold our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

 

134

---

Table of Contents

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any of the following:

 

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

Although we do not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future (as described under “Dividend Policy”), if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or other property on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in the section relating to the sale or disposition of our common stock.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

 

135

---

Table of Contents

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

•

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

•

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

•

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or “USRPI,” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or “USRPHC,” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain realized upon the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States).

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for such stock.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock we make to the non-U.S. holder, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a United States person and the holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Code provisions commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and recently-issued IRS guidance, withholding under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter		Number of Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith                           Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Jefferies LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Total

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price and underwriting discount that we and the selling stockholder are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

Paid by the Selling Stockholder

Total

No Exercise

Full Exercise

No Exercise

Full Exercise

No Exercise

Full Exercise

Per share

$

$

$

$

$

$

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

 

138

---

Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering, including expenses incurred by the selling stockholder but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses relating to clearing this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an amount up to $20,000.

We and the selling stockholder have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to              additional shares and              additional shares, respectively, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

We, our executive officers and directors and our existing security holders, including the selling stockholder, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of                     . Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

•

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

•

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

•

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

•

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

•

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

•

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

•

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, we have agreed to extend the restrictions described above until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

We will apply to list our common stock on             under the symbol “COMM”.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

•

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

•

our financial information;

 

•

the history of, and the prospects for, us and the industry in which we compete;

 

•

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future net sales;

 

•

the present state of our development; and

 

•

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the exchange on which our common stock is listed, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

None of us, the selling stockholder or any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, none of us, the selling stockholder or any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the representatives may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. The representatives may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on Internet web sites maintained by the representatives. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the web sites of the representatives is not part of this prospectus.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other services for us for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders and/or agents under our senior secured credit facilities. Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business.

 

140

---

Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

141

---

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The DFSA has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for it. The shares to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

This prospectus has not been approved by or registered with the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong or the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong. The shares will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289), or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more

 

142

---

Table of Contents

individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Chile

The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

 

143

---

Table of Contents

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This document contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this document is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

144

---

Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares being sold in this offering will be passed upon for us and the selling stockholder by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, District of Columbia. The validity of the shares being sold in this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor), and for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period from January 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2011 through January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 pursuant to the Securities Act, covering the common stock being offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed.

You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can receive copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this web site.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 13 thereof. Our filings with the SEC (other than those exhibits specifically incorporated by reference into the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part) are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

		Page(s)
Unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements:
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012			F-2
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012			F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012			F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2013 and 2012			F-5
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements			F-6
Audited consolidated financial statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-23
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Year Ended December  31, 2012 (Successor), the Period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), the Period from January 15, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (Successor), and the Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)			F-24
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011			F-25
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December  31, 2012 (Successor), the Period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), the Period from January 15, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (Successor), and the Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)			F-26
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December  31, 2012 (Successor), the Period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), the Period from January 15, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (Successor), and the Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)			F-27
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-28
Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant			F-65

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited - In thousands except per share amounts)

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Net sales		$	940,859			$	835,915			$	1,745,548			$	1,579,655
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales			607,035				573,017				1,146,650				1,099,181
Selling, general and administrative			123,411				117,089				232,393				222,845
Research and development			33,846				29,336				63,796				57,848
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			43,685				44,126				86,965				88,262
Restructuring costs			9,730				7,315				11,533				15,381
Asset impairments			28,848				—				34,482				—
Total operating costs and expenses			846,555				770,883				1,575,819				1,483,517
Operating income			94,304				65,032				169,729				96,138
Other expense, net			(1,831	)			(3,189	)			(5,272	)			(6,514	)
Interest expense			(48,052	)			(46,129	)			(93,837	)			(97,560	)
Interest income			906				1,144				1,610				2,242
Income (loss) before income taxes			45,327				16,858				72,230				(5,694	)
Income tax (expense) benefit			(44,206	)			(10,263	)			(55,209	)			(5,687	)
Net income (loss)		$	1,121			$	6,595			$	17,021			$	(11,381	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		$	0.02			$	0.13			$	0.33			$	(0.22	)
Diluted		$	0.02			$	0.13			$	0.32			$	(0.22	)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic			51,628				51,567				51,628				51,566
Diluted			52,772				51,792				52,493				51,566
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)		$	1,121			$	6,595			$	17,021			$	(11,381	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency gain (loss)			(10,682	)			(21,138	)			(16,613	)			(11,852	)
Pension and other postretirement benefit activity			(1,355	)			(955	)			(2,712	)			1,286
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			(12,037	)			(22,093	)			(19,325	)			(10,566	)
Total comprehensive income (loss)		$	(10,916	)		$	(15,498	)		$	(2,304	)		$	(21,947	)

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited - In thousands, except share amounts)

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	223,610			$	264,375
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $13,356 and $14,555, respectively			718,646				596,050
Inventories, net			367,162				311,970
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			56,549				53,790
Deferred income taxes			56,562				61,072
Total current assets			1,422,529				1,287,257
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $163,634 and $146,044, respectively			333,992				355,212
Goodwill			1,461,532				1,473,932
Other intangible assets, net			1,504,358				1,578,683
Other noncurrent assets			102,695				98,180
Total assets		$	4,825,106			$	4,793,264
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Accounts payable		$	272,211			$	194,301
Other accrued liabilities			309,335				344,542
Current portion of long-term debt			10,611				10,776
Total current liabilities			592,157				549,619
Long-term debt			3,006,082				2,459,994
Deferred income taxes			429,452				429,312
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities			62,368				72,317
Other noncurrent liabilities			98,464				99,740
Total liabilities			4,188,523				3,610,982
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value: Authorized shares: 100,000,000; Issued and outstanding shares: 51,628,200 and 51,626,433 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively			519				519
Additional paid-in capital			1,663,336				1,656,418
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)			(980,666	)			(447,687	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(35,971	)			(16,646	)
Treasury stock, at cost: 320,522 shares and 312,100 shares at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively			(10,635	)			(10,322	)
Total stockholders’ equity			636,583				1,182,282
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	4,825,106			$	4,793,264

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited - In thousands)

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012
Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)		$	17,021			$	(11,381	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash generated by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			121,937				133,299
Equity-based compensation			9,087				3,332
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation			(9	)			(19	)
Deferred income taxes			5,776				(31,131	)
Asset impairments			34,482				—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable			(130,207	)			(52,049	)
Inventories			(61,142	)			(53,592	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets			(8,835	)			3,144
Accounts payable and other liabilities			25,182				24,549
Other			10,859				3,151
Net cash generated by operating activities			24,151				19,303
Investing Activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment			(16,027	)			(13,147	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment			1,056				1,652
Cash paid for acquisitions			(34,000	)			(12,214	)
Other			2,902				(1,937	)
Net cash used in investing activities			(46,069	)			(25,646	)
Financing Activities:
Long-term debt repaid			(172,449	)			(190,725	)
Long-term debt proceeds			716,963				154,150
Long-term debt issuance costs			(12,803	)			(2,701	)
Dividends paid			(538,705	)			—
Cash paid to stock option holders			(7,188	)			—
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation			9				19
Other			(32	)			(89	)
Net cash used in financing activities			(14,205	)			(39,346	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(4,642	)			(5,941	)
Change in cash and cash equivalents			(40,765	)			(51,630	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period			264,375				317,102
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$	223,610			$	265,472

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(Unaudited - In thousands, except share amounts)

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012
Number of common shares outstanding:
Balance at beginning of period			51,626,433				51,562,785
Issuance of shares under equity-based compensation plans			10,189				30,271
Shares repurchased under equity-based compensation plans			(8,422	)			(25,287	)
Balance at end of period			51,628,200				51,567,769
Common stock:
Balance at beginning and end of period		$	519			$	518
Additional paid-in capital:
Balance at beginning of period		$	1,656,418			$	1,649,200
Issuance of shares under equity-based compensation plans			279				694
Equity-based compensation			6,630				1,775
Tax benefit (deficiency) from shares issued under equity-based compensation plans			9				(70	)
Balance at end of period		$	1,663,336			$	1,651,599
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit):
Balance at beginning of period		$	(447,687	)		$	(252,308	)
Net income (loss)			17,021				(11,381	)
Dividends paid			(538,705	)			—
Cash paid/payable to stock option holders			(11,295	)			—
Balance at end of period		$	(980,666	)		$	(263,689	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Balance at beginning of period		$	(16,646	)		$	(26,364	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			(19,325	)			(10,566	)
Balance at end of period		$	(35,971	)		$	(36,930	)
Treasury stock, at cost:
Balance at beginning of period		$	(10,322	)		$	(5,957	)
Net shares repurchased under equity-based compensation plans			(313	)			(784	)
Balance at end of period		$	(10,635	)		$	(6,741	)
Total stockholders’ equity		$	636,583			$	1,344,757

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1. BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Background

CommScope Holding Company, Inc., along with its direct and indirect subsidiaries (CommScope or the Company), is a leading global provider of essential infrastructure solutions for wireless, business enterprise and residential broadband networks. The Company’s solutions and services for wired and wireless networks enable high-bandwidth data, video and voice applications. CommScope’s global leadership position is built upon innovative technology, broad solution offerings, high-quality and cost-effective customer solutions and global manufacturing and distribution scale.

Basis of Presentation

The Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2013, the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are unaudited and reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim period financial statements. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and are presented in accordance with the applicable requirements of Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, these financial statements do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The significant accounting policies followed by the Company are set forth in Note 2 within the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. There were no changes in the Company’s significant accounting policies during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. In addition, the Company reaffirms the use of estimates in the preparation of the financial statements as set forth in the audited consolidated financial statements. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

Concentrations of Risk and Related Party Transactions

Net sales to Anixter International Inc. and its affiliates (Anixter) accounted for approximately 12% of the Company’s total net sales during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. Net sales to Anixter accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s total net sales during both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Sales to Anixter primarily originate within the Enterprise segment. Other than Anixter, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total net sales for the three or six months ended June 30, 2013 or 2012.

Accounts receivable from Anixter represented approximately 14% of accounts receivable as of June 30, 2013. Other than Anixter, no other customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable as of June 30, 2013.

The Company paid $0.8 million of the annual management and oversight fee to Carlyle in both the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and $1.5 million of the annual management and oversight fee to Carlyle in both the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Product Warranties

The Company recognizes a liability for the estimated claims that may be paid under its customer warranty agreements to remedy potential deficiencies of quality or performance of the Company’s products. These product warranties extend over periods ranging from one to twenty-five years from the date of sale, depending upon the product subject to the warranty. The Company records a provision for estimated future warranty claims as cost of sales based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales and specifically-identified warranty issues. The Company bases its estimates on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and revises its estimates, as appropriate, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that revisions may be necessary. Such revisions may be material.

The following table summarizes the activity in the product warranty accrual, included in other accrued liabilities:

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Product warranty accrual, beginning of period		$	25,325			$	17,386			$	26,005			$	18,653
Provision for (recovery of) warranty claims			187				4,474				1,147				4,443
Warranty claims paid			(1,385	)			(1,937	)			(3,025	)			(3,173	)
Product warranty accrual, end of period		$	24,127			$	19,923			$	24,127			$	19,923

Commitments and Contingencies

On May 12, 2010, a putative stockholder class action lawsuit, asserting claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act), was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina against the Company and certain of its current and former officers. The lawsuit alleges violations of the 1934 Act and SEC Rule 10b-5, related to allegedly false and misleading statements and/or omissions by the Company about its financial condition and future sales prospects during the period between April 29, 2008 and October 30, 2008. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. See Note 12 for further discussion of the shareholder class action lawsuit.

The Company is either a plaintiff or a defendant in other pending legal matters in the normal course of business. Management believes none of these other legal matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition upon final disposition.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company had commitments of $29.7 million to purchase metals that are expected to be consumed in normal production by the fourth quarter of 2013. In the aggregate, these commitments were at prices approximately 15% above market prices as of June 30, 2013.

Asset Impairment

During the first six months of 2013, the Broadband segment experienced lower than expected levels of sales and operating income. Management considered these changes and the longer term effect of market conditions on the continued operations of the business and determined that an indicator of possible impairment existed. A step one goodwill impairment test was performed using a discounted cash flow (DCF) valuation model. The significant assumptions in the DCF model are the annual revenue growth rate, the annual operating income margin, and the discount rate used to determine the present value of the cash flow projections. The discount rate was based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital as of the test date of market participants in the industry in which the Broadband segment operates. Based on the estimated fair values generated by the DCF model, the Broadband reporting unit did not pass step one of the goodwill impairment test; a step two analysis was performed and a preliminary goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million was recorded during the three months ended June 30,

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

2013. The preliminary step two valuation is expected to be completed in the third quarter and any revision to the impairment charge will be recorded at that time. The goodwill impairment charge resulted primarily from lower projected operating results than those from the 2012 annual impairment test.

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable, based on the undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from the use and ultimate disposition of the assets. Assets identified as impaired are carried at their estimated fair value. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company obtained new market data regarding a facility which is being marketed for sale. Based on this data, the Company recorded a pretax impairment charge of $3.6 million which was recognized within the Wireless segment. Also during the first half of 2013, the Company concluded that certain production equipment would no longer be utilized and consequently recorded pretax impairment charges of $2.0 million within the Wireless segment.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was impacted by the following significant items:

 

•

Establishment of a valuation allowance of $29.5 million related to foreign tax credit carryforwards that the Company has determined are not likely to be realized as a result of the expected increase in future interest expense from the additional borrowing during the quarter;

 

•

There was no tax benefit recognized on the $28.8 million goodwill impairment charge that was recorded during the quarter; and

 

•

Reversal of a previously established valuation allowance of $8.3 million related to net operating loss carryforwards in a foreign jurisdiction as a result of improved profitability.

In addition to the items listed above, the effective tax rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was also impacted by losses in certain foreign jurisdictions where the Company did not recognize tax benefits due to the likelihood of them not being realizable, tax costs associated with repatriation of foreign earnings and adjustments related to prior years’ tax returns in various jurisdictions.

The pretax income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 included losses in jurisdictions for which the Company did not recognize a tax benefit. Excluding discrete items and losses in foreign jurisdictions where no tax benefits were recognized, the Company’s effective income tax rate was generally higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to the provision for state income taxes and certain tax costs associated with repatriation of foreign earnings The Company expects to continue to provide U.S. taxes on substantially all of our foreign earnings in anticipation that such earnings will be repatriated to the U.S.

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is based on net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options. Below is a reconciliation of earnings and weighted average common shares and potential common shares outstanding for calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Numerator:
Net income (loss) for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	1,121			$	6,595			$	17,021			$	(11,381	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per share			51,628				51,567				51,628				51,566
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options (a)			1,144				225				865				—
Weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding for diluted earnings (loss) per share			52,772				51,792				52,493				51,566

 

(a)

No options to purchase common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2.5 million common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the three months ended June 30, 2012, because they would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 0.1 million and 3.7 million common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, because they would have been anti-dilutive.

Subsequent Events

Except for the shareholder class action lawsuit, the Company has considered subsequent events through August 2, 2013 in preparing the financial statements and disclosures, which were first available to be issued on August 2, 2013. With respect to the shareholder class action lawsuit, the Company has considered subsequent events through September 4, 2012. See Note 12 for further discussion of the shareholder class action lawsuit.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. ACQUISITION

In March 2013, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of iTRACS Corporation for approximately $34.0 million in cash. iTRACS develops and markets enterprise-class data center infrastructure management (DCIM) solutions and is reported within the Enterprise segment. For 2012, iTRACS reported net sales of $7.9 million and an operating loss of $2.3 million. The acquisition resulted in net sales of less than $1.0 million for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price, based on estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is as follows:

 

		Estimated Fair Value
		(in millions)
Current assets		$	2.3
Noncurrent assets, excluding intangible assets			0.7
Other intangible assets			13.3
Goodwill			19.7
Less: Liabilities assumed			(2.0	)
Net acquisition cost		$	34.0

The goodwill arising from the preliminary purchase price allocation of the iTRACS acquisition is believed to result from the Company’s reputation in the marketplace and assembled workforce and is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

As additional information is obtained, adjustments may be made to the preliminary purchase price allocation.

3. GOODWILL

The following table presents the allocation of goodwill by reportable segment:

 

		Wireless				Enterprise				Broadband				Total
		(in millions)
Goodwill, gross, as of January 1, 2013		$	824.8			$	636.5			$	92.8			$	1,554.1
Preliminary purchase price allocation and foreign exchange			(3.3	)			19.7				—				16.4
Goodwill, gross, as of June 30, 2013			821.5				656.2				92.8				1,570.5
Accumulated impairment charges as of January 1, 2013			(80.2	)			—				—				(80.2	)
Impairment charges during the six months ended June 30, 2013			—				—				(28.8	)			(28.8	)
Goodwill, net, as of June 30, 2013		$	741.3			$	656.2			$	64.0			$	1,461.5

4. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

Inventories

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
Raw materials		$	85,349			$	69,520
Work in process			114,036				96,389
Finished goods			167,777				146,061
		$	367,162			$	311,970

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Equity Method Investments

The Company utilizes the equity method of accounting for investments in entities where it does not have control but has the ability to exercise significant influence. The only significant equity method investment held by the Company is a 24.9% ownership and 28.4% ownership investment at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, in Hydrogenics Corporation (Hydrogenics), a publicly traded company.

Hydrogenics is a supplier of hydrogen generators and hydrogen-based power modules and fuel cells for various uses. Hydrogenics supplies the Company with fuel cells for use in the back-up power solutions within the Wireless segment.

Equity method investments are recorded in other noncurrent assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
Carrying value of equity method investments		$	4,359			$	4,492

The Company’s proportionate share of earnings and losses of its equity method investments are recorded in other expense, net on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company’s share of earnings (losses) in our equity method investments were $0.8 million and $(0.1) million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $(0.7) million and $(1.1) million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Also included in the six months ended June 30, 2013 was the $0.8 million impairment of one such investment.

The fair value of the Company’s investment in Hydrogenics was $30.5 million and $14.8 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, based on quoted market prices, a Level 1 valuation input.

Other Accrued Liabilities

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
Compensation and employee benefit liabilities		$	84,162			$	114,679
Deferred revenue			26,787				37,663
Product warranty accrual			24,127				26,005
Accrued interest			66,992				63,783
Restructuring reserve			15,653				20,481
Other			91,614				81,931
		$	309,335			$	344,542

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, are as follows:

 

		Foreign Currency Gain (Loss)				Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Activity				Total
Balance at March 31, 2013		$	(30,155	)		$	6,221			$	(23,934	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications			(10,682	)			—				(10,682	)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			—				(1,355	)			(1,355	)
Net current period other comprehensive loss			(10,682	)			(1,355	)			(12,037	)
Balance at June 30, 2013		$	(40,837	)		$	4,866			$	(35,971	)
Balance at December 31, 2012		$	(24,224	)		$	7,578			$	(16,646	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications			(16,613	)			—				(16,613	)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			—				(2,712	)			(2,712	)
Net current period other comprehensive loss			(16,613	)			(2,712	)			(19,325	)
Balance at June 30, 2013		$	(40,837	)		$	4,866			$	(35,971	)

Pension and other postretirement benefit amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss are included in the computation of net periodic benefit income and are primarily recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Cash Flow Information

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012
Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes, net of refunds		$	47,170			$	31,401
Interest		$	82,755			$	93,986
Noncash financing activities:
Acquisition of treasury stock resulting from stock option exercises		$	281			$	695

5. FINANCING

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
8.25% senior notes due January 2019		$	1,500,000			$	1,500,000
Senior secured term loan due January 2018			977,500				982,500
Senior PIK toggle notes due June 2020			550,000				—
Senior secured revolving credit facility expires January 2017			—				—
Other			1,176				1,696
		$	3,028,676			$	2,484,196
Less: Original issue discount, net of amortization			(11,983	)			(13,426	)
Less: Current portion			(10,611	)			(10,776	)
		$	3,006,082			$	2,459,994

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Senior PIK Toggle Notes

On May 28, 2013, CommScope Holding Company, Inc. (Holdco) issued $550.0 million of 6.625%/7.375% Senior Payment-in-Kind Toggle Notes due 2020 (the senior PIK toggle notes) in a private offering, for proceeds of $539.1 million, net of financing issuance costs. The senior PIK toggle notes are senior unsecured obligations that are not guaranteed by any of Holdco’s subsidiaries.

Holdco may redeem the notes in whole or part during periods after June 1, 2016 at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, as follows: (i) June 1, 2016 through May 31, 2017 at 103.313%; (ii) June 1, 2017 through May 31, 2018 at 101.656%; and (iii) June 1, 2018 to maturity at 100.000%.

The senior PIK toggle notes will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2013. The first interest payment on the senior PIK toggle notes is payable in cash. For each interest period thereafter, Holdco is required to pay interest on the senior PIK toggle notes entirely in cash, unless the Applicable Amount, as defined in the indenture governing the senior PIK toggle notes (the PIK Notes Indenture), is less than the applicable semi-annual requisite interest payment amount, in which case, Holdco may elect to pay a portion of the interest due on the senior PIK toggle notes for such interest period by increasing the principal amount of the senior PIK toggle notes or by issuing new notes for up to the entire amount of the interest payment (in each case, PIK interest) to the extent described in the PIK Notes Indenture. Cash interest on the senior PIK toggle notes will accrue at the rate of 6.625% per annum. PIK interest on the senior PIK toggle notes will accrue at the rate of 7.375% per annum until the next payment of cash interest.

For the purposes of the PIK Notes Indenture, “Applicable Amount” generally refers to the Company’s then current restricted payment capacity under the instruments governing the Company’s indebtedness, less $20 million, and plus Holdco’s cash and cash equivalents less $10 million. As of June 30, 2013, Holdco would be required to make its next interest payment on the senior PIK toggle notes entirely in cash.

The senior PIK toggle notes are structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of Holdco. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the holders of the senior PIK toggle notes. Holdco is a holding company with no material operations of its own and is, therefore, dependent upon the revenues and cash flows of its subsidiaries to service its debt obligations.

The net proceeds from the issuance of the senior PIK toggle notes and available cash were used to fund a $350.0 million special cash dividend and distribution to Holdco’s equity holders in May 2013 and a $195.9 million special cash dividend to Holdco’s shareholders in June 2013 and a $4.1 million distribution to option holders that will be paid in July 2013.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company amended its senior secured term loan primarily to lower the interest rate. The amendment resulted in the repayment of $32.0 million to certain lenders who exited the senior secured term loan syndicate and the receipt of $32.0 million in proceeds from new lenders and existing lenders who increased their positions. The senior secured term loan was amended such that the interest rate is now equal to, at the Company’s option, either (1) the base rate (which is the highest of the then current Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate most recently announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the administrative agent under the term loan and revolving credit facility, and the one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.0%) plus a margin of 1.75% or (2) the greater of (a) one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR (selected at the Company’s option) plus a margin of 2.75% or (b) 3.75%. The unused line fee calculated on the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility was 0.375% as of June 30, 2013 based on usage of the facility.

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

As a result of the lenders who exited the senior secured term loan syndicate in conjunction with the amendment, $0.2 million of original issue discount and $0.3 million of deferred financing fees associated with the senior secured term loan were written off and included in interest expense. In connection with amending the senior secured term loan, the Company incurred pretax costs of $1.9 million, which are included in other expense, net on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and in long-term debt financing costs on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company repaid $2.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of its senior secured term loan. None of the senior secured term loan was reflected as a current portion of long-term debt as of June 30, 2013 related to the excess cash flow payment that may be required because the amount that may be payable in 2014, if any, cannot currently be reliably estimated. There was no excess cash flow payment required in 2013 related to 2012.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company borrowed and repaid $135 million under the revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had remaining availability of approximately $302.1 million under the asset-based revolving credit facility, after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit and the borrowing base limitations for additional secured borrowings.

Other Matters

The Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries under the 8.25% senior notes due January 2019 held approximately $1,047 million, or 22%, of total assets and approximately $283 million, or 7%, of total liabilities as of June 30, 2013 and accounted for approximately $364 million, or 39%, and $654 million, or 38%, of net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately $952 million, or 20%, of total assets and approximately $270 million, or 7%, of total liabilities. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $344 million, or 41%, and $663 million, or 41%, respectively, of net sales. All amounts presented exclude intercompany balances.

The weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, was 7.09% and 7.33% at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

See Note 6 in the audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on the terms and conditions of the 8.25% senior notes and the senior secured credit facilities.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

6. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company uses forward contracts to hedge a portion of its exposure to balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of various subsidiaries in order to mitigate the impact of changes in exchange rates. At June 30, 2013, the Company had foreign exchange contracts with maturities ranging from one to nine months with an aggregate notional value of $237.6 million (based on exchange rates as of June 30, 2013). Unrealized gains and losses resulting from these contracts are recognized in other expense, net and partially offset corresponding foreign exchange gains and losses on these balances. These instruments are not held for speculative or trading purposes. These contracts are not designated as hedges for hedge accounting and are marked to market each period through earnings. The following table presents the balance sheet location and fair value of the Company’s derivatives:

 

				Fair Value of Asset (Liability)
		Balance Sheet Location		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
Foreign currency contracts		Prepaid expenses and other current assets		$	3,867			$	1,314
Foreign currency contracts		Other accrued liabilities			(380	)			(474	)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments				$	3,487			$	840

The fair value of the Company’s forward exchange contracts were based on indicative quotes, a Level 2 valuation input.

The pretax impact of the foreign currency forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as follows:

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts		Location of Gain (Loss)		Gain (Loss) Recognized
Three Months Ended June 30, 2013		Other expense, net		$	6,100
Three Months Ended June 30, 2012		Other expense, net		$	(1,065	)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2013		Other expense, net		$	3,671
Six Months Ended June 30, 2012		Other expense, net		$	(975	)

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value measurements using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, measurements using significant other observable inputs fall within Level 2, and measurements using significant unobservable inputs fall within Level 3.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and debt instruments. For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were considered representative of their fair values due to their short terms to maturity. The fair values of the Company’s 8.25% senior notes, senior secured term loan, and senior PIK toggle notes were based on indicative quotes.

The carrying amounts, estimated fair values and valuation input levels of the Company’s senior notes, senior PIK toggle notes, and senior secured term loans as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

		June 30, 2013								December 31, 2012
		Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Valuation Inputs
Liabilities:
8.25% senior notes		$	1,500,000			$	1,612,500			$	1,500,000			$	1,642,500				Level 2
Senior secured term loan, at par		$	977,500			$	973,424			$	982,500			$	987,413				Level 2
Senior PIK toggle notes		$	550,000			$	525,250			$	—			$	—				Level 2

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a pretax goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million related to the Broadband segment as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows, primarily from lower projected operating results. The valuations supporting the goodwill impairment charge are based on Level 3 valuation inputs. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company obtained new market data regarding a facility which is being marketed for sale. Based on this data, the Company recorded a pretax impairment charge of $3.6 million which was recognized within the Wireless segment. Also during the first half of 2013, the Company concluded that certain production equipment would no longer be utilized and consequently recorded pretax impairment charges of $2.0 million within the Wireless segment. The valuations supporting the facility and equipment impairment charges are based on Level 3 valuation inputs.

These fair value estimates are based on pertinent information available to management as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect these fair value estimates, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

8. INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company’s three reportable segments, which align with the manner in which the business is managed, are Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband.

The Wireless segment’s infrastructure solutions enable wireless carriers to deploy macro cell sites and small cell solutions to meet coverage and capacity requirements driven by increasing demand for mobile bandwidth. The macro cell site solutions can be found at wireless tower sites and include base station and microwave antennas, hybrid fiber-feeder and power cables, coaxial cables, connectors, power amplifiers and environmentally-secure cabinets for equipment, including fuel cell backup power. The small cell solutions are primarily composed of distributed antenna systems that extend and enhance cellular coverage and capacity in challenging network conditions such as stadiums, transportation systems and commercial buildings.

The Enterprise segment provides connectivity and network intelligence for data centers and commercial buildings. These comprehensive solutions include optical fiber and twisted pair structured cabling applications, intelligent infrastructure software, network rack and cabinet enclosures, and network design services.

The Broadband segment consists of cable and communications equipment that support the multi-channel video, voice and high-speed data services provided by cable operators. The segment’s products include coaxial and fiber-optic cables, fiber-to-the-home equipment, amplifiers, splitters and taps, conduit, headend solutions for the network core and bimetal cable components.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table provides summary financial information by reportable segment:

 

		June 30, 2013				December 31, 2012
		(in millions)
Identifiable segment-related assets:
Wireless		$	2,512.9			$	2,460.2
Enterprise			1,532.9				1,490.8
Broadband			433.3				455.8
Total identifiable segment-related assets			4,479.1				4,406.8
Reconciliation to total assets:
Cash and cash equivalents			223.6				264.4
Deferred income tax assets			56.6				61.1
Deferred financing fees			65.8				61.0
Total assets		$	4,825.1			$	4,793.3

The following table provides net sales, operating income (loss), depreciation and amortization by reportable segment:

 

		Three Months Ended June  30,								Six Months Ended June  30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
		(in millions)
Net sales:
Wireless		$	591.5			$	463.3			$	1,088.0			$	865.6
Enterprise			218.7				225.0				410.5				425.8
Broadband			132.8				149.0				250.8				291.2
Inter-segment eliminations			(2.1	)			(1.4	)			(3.8	)			(2.9	)
Consolidated net sales		$	940.9			$	835.9			$	1,745.5			$	1,579.7
Operating income (loss):
Wireless (1)		$	93.2			$	26.9			$	155.6			$	28.7
Enterprise			26.6				34.5				42.0				58.9
Broadband (2)			(25.5	)			3.6				(27.9	)			8.5
Consolidated operating income		$	94.3			$	65.0			$	169.7			$	96.1
Depreciation:
Wireless		$	8.2			$	11.1			$	16.4			$	22.7
Enterprise			3.0				3.3				5.9				6.3
Broadband			2.6				3.1				5.1				6.0
Consolidated depreciation		$	13.8			$	17.5			$	27.4			$	35.0
Amortization (3):
Wireless		$	22.0			$	22.9			$	44.1			$	45.8
Enterprise			17.1				16.6				33.7				33.3
Broadband			4.6				4.6				9.2				9.2
Consolidated amortization		$	43.7			$	44.1			$	87.0			$	88.3

 

(1)	Operating income includes restructuring charges of $7.5 million and $7.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Restructuring charges for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

2012 were $8.6 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Operating income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 includes asset impairment charges of $5.6 million.

(2)	Operating income includes a goodwill impairment charge of $28.8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. The three and six months ended June 30, 2012 included a $3.1 million warranty charge related to products sold in 2006 and 2007.

(3)	Excludes amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount.

Sales to customers located outside of the United States comprised 44.2% and 44.0% of total net sales for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 47.6% and 47.0%, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Sales by geographic region, based on the destination of product shipments, were as follows:

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
		(in millions)
United States		$	524.6			$	438.0			$	978.1			$	837.3
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)			190.8				171.7				330.0				326.8
Asia Pacific (APAC)			140.2				141.4				264.6				265.4
Central and Latin America			65.2				62.3				135.2				107.1
Canada			20.1				22.5				37.6				43.1
Consolidated net sales		$	940.9			$	835.9			$	1,745.5			$	1,579.7

9. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

Beginning in the third quarter of 2011 and continuing into 2013, the Company has initiated restructuring actions to realign and lower its cost structure primarily through workforce reductions at various U.S. and international facilities. The Company’s net pretax restructuring charges, by segment, were as follows:

 

		Three Months  Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Wireless		$	7,462			$	7,351			$	8,582			$	15,040
Enterprise			2				(7	)			455				26
Broadband			2,266				(29	)			2,496				315
Total		$	9,730			$	7,315			$	11,533			$	15,381

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The activity within the liability established for these restructuring actions, which is included in other accrued liabilities, was as follows:

 

		Employee- Related Costs				Lease Termination Costs				Equipment Relocation Costs				Asset Impairment Costs				Total
Balance as of March 31, 2013		$	15,016			$	712			$	—			$	—			$	15,728
Additional charge recorded			5,999				1,719				501				1,511				9,730
Cash paid			(7,621	)			(189	)			(501	)			—				(8,311	)
Foreign exchange and other non-cash items			15				2				—				(1,511	)			(1,494	)
Balance as of June 30, 2013		$	13,409			$	2,244			$	—			$	—			$	15,653
Balance as of December 31, 2012		$	19,228			$	1,253			$	—			$	—			$	20,481
Additional charge recorded			7,719				1,802				501				1,511				11,533
Cash paid			(13,300	)			(767	)			(501	)			—				(14,568	)
Foreign exchange and other non-cash items			(238	)			(44	)			—				(1,511	)			(1,793	)
Balance as of June 30, 2013		$	13,409			$	2,244			$	—			$	—			$	15,653

Employee-related costs include the expected severance costs and related benefits as well as any one-time severance benefits that are accrued over the remaining period employees are required to work in order to receive such benefits.

Lease termination costs relate to the cost of vacating leased facilities, net of anticipated sub-rental income.

As a result of restructuring and consolidation actions, the Company owns unutilized real estate at various facilities in the U.S. and internationally. These assets, which are included in property, plant and equipment on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, were adjusted to their estimated fair value as of January 14, 2011 in connection with acquisition accounting. The Company is attempting to sell or lease this unutilized space. Additional impairment charges may be incurred related to these or other excess assets.

Since the inception of the initiatives begun in 2011, the Company has recognized restructuring charges of $53 million. The additional pretax costs related to completing restructuring actions initiated to date are not expected to be significant. Cash payments of approximately $12 million to $13 million are expected during the remainder of 2013 with an additional $3 million expected to be paid by the end of 2015. Additional restructuring actions may be taken and the resulting charges and cash requirements could be material.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Postretirement Benefits
		Three Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Service cost		$	110			$	102			$	62			$	75
Interest cost			2,873				3,179				228				550
Recognized actuarial loss (gain)			125				142				70				(16	)
Amortization of prior service credits			—				—				(2,404	)			(1,693	)
Expected return on plan assets			(3,573	)			(3,172	)			(16	)			(41	)
Net periodic benefit cost (income)		$	(465	)		$	251			$	(2,060	)		$	(1,125	)
		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Service cost		$	222			$	204			$	124			$	150
Interest cost			5,775				6,356				456				1,100
Recognized actuarial loss (gain)			250				284				139				(31	)
Amortization of prior service credits			—				—				(4,809	)			(3,387	)
Expected return on plan assets			(7,179	)			(6,342	)			(32	)			(82	)
Net periodic benefit cost (income)		$	(932	)		$	502			$	(4,122	)		$	(2,250	)

The Company contributed $8.3 million and $8.5 million to its pension plans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. During the remainder of 2013, the Company anticipates making additional contributions of approximately $13.5 million to these plans. The Company contributed $1.0 million and $2.0 million to its other postretirement benefit plans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and anticipates making additional contributions of approximately $2.0 million to these plans during the remainder of 2013.

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Dividend

On May 28, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $6.64 per share of its common stock. The dividend paid on May 28, 2013 was $342.8 million. On June 28, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $3.79 per share of its common stock, collectively, the 2013 dividends. The dividend paid on June 28, 2013 was $195.9 million.

In accordance with the antidilution provisions of the Company’s stock incentive plans, the exercise prices of certain options outstanding were adjusted to reflect the dividend. A cash payment of $7.2 million was made to stock option holders of options granted prior to 2011 in lieu of a reduction in exercise prices on the May dividend and a payable of $4.1 million was recorded related to the June dividend and will be paid in July 2013. The cash payments and repricings had no effect on the vesting schedules or expiration dates of the stock options and resulted in no additional compensation expense. As a result of the repricings, the average exercise price decreased from $25.84 to $18.40.

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

As of June 30, 2013, $26.5 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options and share unit awards are expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.1 years. The share unit awards are payable in cash and are accounted for as liability awards. Following an initial public offering, the awards may, at the Company’s discretion, be settled in stock. There were no significant capitalized equity-based compensation costs at June 30, 2013.

Stock Options

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Board of Directors modified the 2012 performance targets for certain stock options. As a result of this change, the Company determined a new fair value as of the modification date and recognized expense of $2.4 million. The following table summarizes the stock option activity (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

		Shares				Weighted Average Option Exercise Price Per Share				Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Outstanding as of March 31, 2013			3,780			$	25.84
Granted			3			$	37.13			$	14.06
Exercised			(8	)		$	27.35
Cancelled			(2	)		$	27.63			$	8.17
Outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (1)			3,773			$	18.40
Exercisable at June 30, 2013			2,044			$	18.39
Expected to vest			1,693
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012			3,402			$	24.99
Granted			238			$	37.13			$	14.06
Adjustment related to 2012 performance			154			$	27.56			$	15.30
Exercised			(10	)		$	29.88
Cancelled			(11	)		$	29.88			$	9.73
Outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (1)			3,773			$	18.40

 

(1)	The weighted-average exercise price at June 30, 2013 reflects the adjustment of $7.44 per share resulting from the 2013 dividends, as described above.

The exercise prices of outstanding options at June 30, 2013 were in the following ranges:

 

		Options Outstanding												Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices		Shares (in  thousands)				Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share				Shares (in  thousands)				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
$8.88 to $16.04			492				4.1			$	12.11				492			$	12.11
$16.05 to $16.99			508				8.6			$	16.70				263			$	16.70
$17.00 to $25.63			1,948				7.6			$	17.20				698			$	17.20
$25.64 to $26.70			825				7.2			$	26.03				591			$	25.77
$8.88 to $26.70			3,773				7.2			$	18.40				2,044			$	18.39

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. Key input assumptions used in the model include the grant date fair value of common stock, exercise price of the award, the expected option term, stock price volatility, estimated marketability discount, the risk-free interest rate and the Company’s projected dividend yield. The Company believes that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair values of its stock options. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards. Subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock option awards granted or modified.

 

		Three Months Ended June 30,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Expected option term (in years)			3.0				5.0				3.0				3.9
Risk-free interest rate			0.4	%			0.8	%			0.4	%			0.6	%
Expected volatility			75.0	%			75.0	%			75.0	%			75.0	%
Estimated marketability discount			15.0	%			30.0	%			15.0	%			30.0	%
Expected dividend yield			—	%			—	%			—	%			—	%
Weighted average exercise price		$	37.13			$	31.00			$	37.13			$	31.00
Weighted average fair value at grant date		$	14.06			$	11.15			$	14.06			$	9.56

Other

Share unit award expense of $2.5 million and $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is included in equity-based compensation as an adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On July 3, 2013, the Company acquired Redwood Systems, Inc. (Redwood), a provider of LED lighting solutions and integrated sensor networks for data centers and buildings. Redwood was acquired for an initial payment of $10.0 million with the potential for additional consideration of up to $37.25 million and retention payments of up to $11.75 million, if net sales reach various levels of up to $55.0 million over various periods through July 31, 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Redwood reported net sales of $4.1 million and an operating loss of $14.6 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, Redwood reported net sales of $3.8 million and an operating loss of $4.6 million.

On August 6, 2013, the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the stockholder class action lawsuit and entered judgment in favor of the Company. The plaintiff has through September 5, 2013 to file a notice of appeal; however, the Company currently expects to prevail on any such appeal, and as a result, the Company does not believe that it is reasonably possible that it will experience any losses on this matter.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period from January 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(B). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor), and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period from January 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2011 to January 14, 2011 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

February 20, 2013, except for the Earnings (Loss) Per Share section of Note 2, the Equity Method Investments section of Note 5 and Schedule I, as to which the date is August 2, 2013

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Net sales		$	3,321,885			$	3,186,446					$	89,016			$	3,188,916
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales			2,261,204				2,374,357						70,753				2,251,707
Selling, general and administrative			461,149				517,903						63,571				449,875
Research and development			121,718				112,904						5,277				119,698
Amortization of purchased intangible assets			175,676				171,229						3,119				83,056
Restructuring costs			22,993				18,715						9				59,647
Asset impairments			40,907				126,057						—				—
Total operating costs and expenses			3,083,647				3,321,165						142,729				2,963,983
Operating income (loss)			238,238				(134,719	)					(53,713	)			224,933
Other expense, net			(15,379	)			(12,924	)					(41,421	)			(2,835	)
Interest expense			(188,974	)			(187,733	)					(76,091	)			(103,065	)
Interest income			3,417				3,741						85				5,161
Income (loss) before income taxes			37,302				(331,635	)					(171,140	)			124,194
Income tax benefit (expense)			(31,949	)			79,327						31,086				(80,095	)
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)				$	(140,054	)		$	44,099
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		$	0.10			$	(4.90	)				$	(1.47	)		$	0.47
Diluted		$	0.10			$	(4.90	)				$	(1.47	)		$	0.46
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic			51,569				51,467						95,530				94,731
Diluted			51,839				51,467						95,530				96,209
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)				$	(140,054	)		$	44,099
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency gain (loss)			(4,379	)			(19,812	)					(1,779	)			3,251
Gain on derivative financial instruments			—				—						—				26,205
Defined benefit plans:
Change in unrecognized actuarial gain (loss)			1,813				(20,902	)					19				(14,910	)
Change in unrecognized net prior service credit			12,284				14,350						(54	)			14,457
Change in unrecognized transition obligation			—				—						—				14
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			9,718				(26,364	)					(1,814	)			29,017
Total comprehensive income (loss)		$	15,071			$	(278,672	)				$	(141,868	)		$	73,116

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	264,375			$	317,102
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $14,555 and $12,315, respectively			596,050				581,782
Inventories, net			311,970				338,078
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			53,790				52,970
Deferred income taxes			61,072				77,396
Total current assets			1,287,257				1,367,328
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $146,044 and $67,805, respectively			355,212				407,557
Goodwill			1,473,932				1,483,871
Other intangible assets, net			1,578,683				1,783,626
Other noncurrent assets			98,180				110,807
Total Assets		$	4,793,264			$	5,153,189
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Accounts payable		$	194,301			$	180,740
Other accrued liabilities			344,542				320,639
Current portion of long-term debt			10,776				12,324
Total current liabilities			549,619				513,703
Long-term debt			2,459,994				2,550,680
Deferred income taxes			429,312				492,729
Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities			72,317				124,129
Other noncurrent liabilities			99,740				106,859
Total Liabilities			3,610,982				3,788,100
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value: Authorized shares: 100,000,000; Issued and outstanding shares: 51,626,433 and 51,562,785 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively			519				518
Additional paid-in capital			1,656,418				1,649,200
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)			(447,687	)			(252,308	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(16,646	)			(26,364	)
Treasury stock, at cost: 312,100 shares and 189,110 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively			(10,322	)			(5,957	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity			1,182,282				1,365,089
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity		$	4,793,264			$	5,153,189

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)				$	(140,054	)		$	44,099
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			262,279				264,144						32,861				187,207
Equity-based compensation			7,525				5,874						24,508				34,968
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation			(748	)			(837	)					(11,718	)			(2,938	)
Deferred income taxes			(48,713	)			(141,600	)					(32,936	)			(36,693	)
Impairments of long-lived assets			40,907				126,057						—				—
Non-cash restructuring costs			963				965						—				12,937
Losses related to convertible debt securities			—				—						89,788				—
Other acquisition-related costs			—				(41,543	)					41,543				—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable			(15,889	)			30,557						32,945				(25,610	)
Inventories			18,186				137,978						(16,634	)			(42,214	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			(490	)			27,640						(10,555	)			(5,715	)
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities			45,763				(19,571	)					(14,549	)			48,143
Other noncurrent liabilities			(35,285	)			(16,825	)					112				(245	)
Other noncurrent assets			4,344				7,628						639				2,876
Other			1,940				7,590						(704	)			9,472
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			286,135				135,749						(4,754	)			226,287
Investing Activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment			(27,957	)			(38,792	)					(741	)			(35,399	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment			2,345				12,077						—				13,459
Net proceeds from short-term investments			—				—						—				40,465
Cash paid for acquisitions			(12,214	)			(3,141,774	)					—				—
Other			2,301				(4,246	)					2,000				(4,000	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			(35,525	)			(3,172,735	)					1,259				14,525
Financing Activities:
Long-term debt repaid			(394,356	)			(1,597,326	)					(631	)			(197,521	)
Long-term debt proceeds			299,150				2,723,100						—				—
Net proceeds from the issuance of shares			—				1,606,599						—				—
Long-term debt financing costs			(2,701	)			(86,962	)					—				(6,779	)
Dividend paid			(200,000	)			—						—				—
Cash paid to stock option holders			(732	)			—						—				—
Proceeds from the issuance of common shares under equity-based compensation plans			—				—						308				10,164
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation			748				837						11,718				2,938
Common shares repurchased under equity-based compensation plans			(1,631	)			(2,367	)					—				(83	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			(299,522	)			2,643,881						11,395				(191,281	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(3,815	)			(3,283	)					(476	)			(5,905	)
Change in cash and cash equivalents			(52,727	)			(396,388	)					7,424				43,626
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period			317,102				713,490						706,066				662,440
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$	264,375			$	317,102					$	713,490			$	706,066

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Number of common shares outstanding:
Balance at beginning of period			51,562,785				—						95,505,631				94,217,797
Issuance of shares under equity-based compensation plans			186,638				291,000						22,954				650,918
Shares repurchased under equity-based compensation plans			(122,990	)			(189,110	)					—				(3,213	)
Issuance of shares to employee benefit plan			—				—						2,501				640,129
Issuance of shares			—				51,460,895						—				—
Balance at end of period			51,626,433				51,562,785						95,531,086				95,505,631
Common stock:
Balance at beginning of period		$	518			$	—					$	1,059			$	1,046
Issuance of shares under equity-based compensation plans			1				3						—				7
Issuance of shares to employee benefit plan			—				—						—				6
Issuance of shares			—				515						—				—
Balance at end of period		$	519			$	518					$	1,059			$	1,059
Additional paid-in captial:
Balance at beginning of period		$	1,649,200			$	—					$	1,409,057			$	1,361,156
Issuance of shares under equity-based compensation plans			2,731				3,587						308				10,158
Issuance of shares to employee benefit plan			—				—						78				16,888
Equity-based compensation			4,003				4,377						24,430				18,073
Tax benefit from shares issued under equity-based compensation plans			484				837						3,389				2,782
Issuance of shares			—				1,606,084						—				—
Fair value of stock awards contributed as acquisition consideration			—				34,315						—				—
Balance at end of period		$	1,656,418			$	1,649,200					$	1,437,262			$	1,409,057
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit):
Balance at beginning of period		$	(252,308	)		$	—					$	438,983			$	394,884
Net income (loss)			5,353				(252,308	)					(140,054	)			44,099
Dividend paid			(200,000	)			—						—				—
Cash payment to stock option holders			(732	)			—						—				—
Balance at end of period		$	(447,687	)		$	(252,308	)				$	298,929			$	438,983
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Balance at beginning of period		$	(26,364	)		$	—					$	(29,417	)		$	(58,434	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			9,718				(26,364	)					(1,814	)			29,017
Balance at end of period		$	(16,646	)		$	(26,364	)				$	(31,231	)		$	(29,417	)
Treasury stock, at cost:
Balance at beginning of period		$	(5,957	)		$	—					$	(149,752	)		$	(149,669	)
Net shares repurchased under equity-based compensation plans			(4,365	)			(5,957	)					—				(83	)
Balance at end of period		$	(10,322	)		$	(5,957	)				$	(149,752	)		$	(149,752	)
Total stockholders’ equity		$	1,182,282			$	1,365,089					$	1,556,267			$	1,669,930

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

1.	BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

CommScope Holding Company, Inc., along with its direct and indirect subsidiaries (CommScope or the Company), is a leading global provider of essential infrastructure solutions for wireless, business enterprise and residential broadband networks. The Company’s solutions and services for wired and wireless networks enable high-bandwidth data, video and voice applications. CommScope’s global leadership position is built upon innovative technology, broad solution offerings, high-quality and cost-effective customer solutions and global manufacturing and distribution scale.

The Acquisition of CommScope, Inc.

On January 14, 2011, funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group (Carlyle) completed the acquisition of CommScope, Inc. Under the terms of the acquisition, CommScope, Inc. stockholders received $31.50 per share in cash for each share of CommScope, Inc. common stock that they held and CommScope, Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. See Note 3 for further discussion of the acquisition.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company paid Carlyle a transaction fee of $30.0 million and entered into a management agreement pursuant to which the Company pays Carlyle an annual fee of $3.0 million for management and oversight. The Company paid $3.0 million and $2.88 million of the annual fee in the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period January 15 – December 31, 2011, respectively. These costs are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

 

2.	SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include CommScope and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

As a result of the application of acquisition accounting in 2011, the assets and liabilities of CommScope, Inc. were adjusted to their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented separately for Predecessor and Successor accounting periods, which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the acquisition. The Predecessor and Successor periods have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical cost bases of accounting.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent deposits in banks and cash invested temporarily in various instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Costs such as idle facility expense, excessive scrap and rehandling costs are recognized as expenses as incurred. The Company maintains reserves to reduce the value of inventory to the lower of cost or market, including reserves for excess and obsolete inventory.

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Long-Lived Assets

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, including interest costs associated with qualifying capital additions. Upon application of acquisition accounting, property and equipment were measured at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date to establish a new historical cost basis. Provisions for depreciation are based on estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Useful lives generally range from 10 to 35 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Assets that management intends to dispose of and that meet held for sale criteria are carried at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less costs to sell.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which are operating segments or one level below the operating segment level, based on the difference between the purchase price as allocated to the reporting units and the estimated fair value of the identified net assets acquired as allocated to the reporting units. Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are carried at their estimated fair values at the time of acquisition less accumulated amortization and any impairment charges. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (see Note 4).

Asset Impairments

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or at other times if events have occurred or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying value of these intangibles may no longer be recoverable. In connection with the annual goodwill impairment testing performed in 2011, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $80.2 million primarily as a result of lower projected operating results than those used in the purchase price allocation performed earlier in 2011.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable, based on the undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from the use and ultimate disposition of the assets. Assets identified as impaired are carried at estimated fair value. During 2012, the Company revised its outlook for a reporting unit within the Wireless segment that provides location-based mobile applications, resulting in a decrease in expected future cash flows. As a result of these reduced expectations of future cash flows of this reporting unit, a restructuring action was initiated and certain intangible assets and property, plant and equipment were determined to be impaired. A pretax impairment charge of $35.0 million was recognized. Also during 2012, as a result of a shift in customer demand, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain equipment was no longer recoverable. An additional pretax impairment charge of $5.9 million was recognized within the Wireless segment. During 2011, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows of reporting units within the Wireless segment, the Company determined that certain intangible assets were not recoverable and consequently recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $45.9 million.

Due to uncertain market conditions, it is possible that future impairment reviews may indicate additional impairments of goodwill and/or other intangible assets, which could result in charges that are material to the Company’s results of operations.

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company records a valuation allowance, when appropriate, to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Tax benefits that result from uncertain tax positions may be recognized only if they are considered more likely than not to be sustainable, based on their technical merits. The amount of benefit to be recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is at least 50% likely to be realized.

The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries for which no U.S. taxes have been provided was $339 million as of December 31, 2012. In addition, the Company does not provide for U.S. taxes related to the foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses on its long-term intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries. These loans are not expected to be repaid in the foreseeable future, and the foreign currency gains and losses are therefore recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The majority of the Company’s revenue comes from product sales. Revenue from product sales is recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer and revenue is measurable. Revenue is not recognized related to product sold to contract manufacturers that the Company anticipates repurchasing in order to complete the sale to the ultimate customer.

Revenue for certain of the Company’s products is derived from multiple-element contracts. The value of the revenue elements within these contracts is allocated based on the relative selling price of each element. The relative selling price is determined using vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price or other third party evidence of selling price, if available. If these forms of evidence are unavailable, revenue is allocated among elements based on management’s best estimate of the stand-alone selling price of each element.

Certain revenue arrangements are for the sale of software and services. Revenue for software products is recognized based on the timing of customer acceptance of the specific revenue elements. The fair value of each revenue element is determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value determined by stand-alone pricing of each element. These contracts typically contain post-contract support (PCS) services which are sold both as part of a bundled product offering and as a separate contract. Revenue for PCS services is recognized ratably over the term of the PCS contract. Other service revenue is typically recognized once the service is performed or over the period of time covered by the arrangement.

Revenue is recorded at the net amount to be received after deductions for estimated discounts, allowances, returns and rebates. These estimates are determined based upon historical experience, contract terms, inventory levels in the distributor channel and other related factors. Adjustments are recorded when circumstances indicate revisions may be necessary. If management does not have sufficient historical experience to make a reasonable estimation of these reductions to revenue, recognition of the revenue is deferred until management believes there is a sufficient basis to recognize such revenue.

Product Warranties

The Company recognizes a liability for the estimated claims that may be paid under its customer warranty agreements to remedy potential deficiencies of quality or performance of the Company’s products. These product warranties extend over periods ranging from one to twenty-five years from the date of sale, depending upon the

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

product subject to the warranty. The Company records a provision for estimated future warranty claims as cost of sales based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales and specifically identified warranty issues. The Company bases its estimates on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and revises its estimates, as appropriate, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that revisions may be necessary.

Shipping and Handling Costs

CommScope includes shipping and handling costs billed to customers in net sales and includes the costs incurred to transport product to customers as cost of sales. Certain internal handling costs, which relate to activities to prepare goods for shipment, are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense and were approximately $25.2 million, $20.5 million, $0.8 million and $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor).

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Advertising expense was $7.7 million, $9.5 million, $0.4 million and $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor).

Research and Development Costs

Research and development (R&D) costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. R&D costs include materials, equipment and facilities that have no alternative future use, depreciation on equipment and facilities currently used for R&D purposes, personnel costs, contract services and reasonable allocations of indirect costs, if clearly related to an R&D activity. Expenditures in the pre-production phase of an R&D project are recorded as R&D expense. However, costs incurred in the pre-production phase that are associated with output actually used in production are recorded in cost of sales. A project is considered finished with pre-production efforts when management determines that it has achieved acceptable levels of scrap and yield, which vary by project. Expenditures related to ongoing production are recorded in cost of sales.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

CommScope is exposed to risks resulting from adverse fluctuations in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. CommScope’s risk management strategy includes the use of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments as hedges of these risks, whenever management determines their use to be reasonable and practical. This strategy does not permit the use of derivative financial instruments for trading purposes, nor does it allow for speculation. A hedging instrument may be designated as a net investment hedge to manage exposure to foreign currency risks related to an investment in a foreign subsidiary; a fair value hedge to manage exposure to risks related to a foreign-currency-denominated cash or other account or a firm commitment for the purchase of raw materials or equipment; or a cash flow hedge to manage exposure to risks related to a forecasted purchase of raw materials, variable interest rate payments or a forecasted foreign-currency-denominated sale of product. The use of non-derivative financial instruments in hedging activities is limited to hedging fair value risk related to a foreign-currency-denominated firm commitment or a foreign currency risk related to a net investment in a foreign subsidiary.

The Company’s risk management strategy permits the reasonable and practical use of derivative hedging instruments such as forward contracts, options, cross currency swaps, certain interest rate swaps, caps and floors,

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

and non-derivative hedging instruments such as foreign-currency-denominated loans. The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments as assets or liabilities and measures them at fair value. All hedging instruments are designated and documented as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a net investment hedge at inception. For fair value hedges, the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is recognized currently in earnings. To the extent the fair value hedging relationship is effective, the change in fair value of the hedged item is recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognized currently in earnings. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) when the hedged item affects earnings. Any ineffectiveness of a cash flow hedge is recognized currently in earnings. For net investment hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of a derivative instrument, or the change in carrying amount of a non-derivative instrument, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) only if there is a substantially complete liquidation of the investment in the foreign subsidiary. Any ineffectiveness of a net investment hedge is recognized currently in earnings. The effectiveness of designated hedging relationships is tested and documented on at least a quarterly basis.

In 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge to mitigate the cash flow effects of interest rate fluctuations on interest expense for a portion of its variable-rate debt instruments. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company determined the future variable interest payments hedged by the swap were no longer probable as a result of the expected repayment of the existing term loans following the acquisition by Carlyle and recognized the loss in net income that had been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The interest rate swap liability was settled in January 2011.

The Company also uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the risk of foreign currency fluctuations. These instruments are not leveraged and are not held for trading or speculation. These contracts are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and are marked to market each period through earnings and, as such, there were no unrecognized gains or losses as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. See Note 7 for further disclosure related to the derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The Company has elected and documented the use of the normal purchases and sales exception for normal purchase and sales contracts that meet the definition of a derivative financial instrument.

Foreign Currency Translation

For the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), approximately 47%, 49%, 49% and 47%, respectively, of the Company’s net sales were to customers located outside the U.S. A portion of these sales were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly sales from the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The financial position and results of operations of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of these subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries have been translated at the exchange rates as of the balance sheet date. Translation gains and losses are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Aggregate foreign currency transaction gains and losses of the Company and its subsidiaries, such as those resulting from the settlement of receivables or payables and short-term intercompany advances in a currency other than the subsidiary’s functional currency, are recorded currently in earnings (included in other expense, net) and resulted in losses of $7.0 million, $8.9 million, $1.1 million and $2.1 million during the year ended

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2001 (Predecessor) and during the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses related to long-term intercompany loans that are not expected to be settled in the foreseeable future are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Equity-Based Compensation

The estimated fair value of stock awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. The Company records deferred tax assets related to compensation expense for awards that are expected to result in future tax deductions for the Company, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the Company’s statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which it expects to receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and actual tax deductions reported on the Company’s income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as additional income tax expense (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no excess additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

Tax benefits of $5.3 million and $2.5 million resulting from the exercise of stock options that were vested as of the adoption of ASC Topic 718 (formerly SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment) were classified as financing cash inflows for the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

For the predecessor periods, diluted earnings (loss) per share is based on net income (loss) adjusted for after-tax interest and amortization of debt issuance costs related to convertible debt, if dilutive, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock units, performance share units and convertible securities.

For the successor periods, diluted earnings (loss) per share is based on net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Below is a reconciliation of earnings and weighted average common shares and potential common shares outstanding for calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share.

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Numerator:
Net income (loss) for basic earnings (loss) per share		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)				$	(140,054	)		$	44,099
Effect of assumed conversion of convertible debt (a)			—				—						—				—
Income (loss) applicable to common shareholders for diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)				$	(140,054	)		$	44,099
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per share			51,569				51,467						95,530				94,731
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options (b)			270				—						—				574
Restricted stock units and performance share units (a)			—				—						—				904
Convertible debt (a)			—				—						—				—
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding for diluted earnings (loss) per share			51,839				51,467						95,530				96,209
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		$	0.10			$	(4.90	)				$	(1.47	)		$	0.47
Diluted		$	0.10			$	(4.90	)				$	(1.47	)		$	0.46

 

(a)

Convertible debt, restricted stock units and performance share units relate only to the predecessor periods. Incremental interest expense (after tax) and shares associated with convertible debt is excluded in the predecessor periods because it would have increased earnings per share or decreased loss per share.

(b)	Options to purchase approximately 1.9 million and 3.9 million common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (successor), respectively, because they would have been anti-dilutive.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates and their underlying assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other objective sources. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and revises its estimates, as appropriate, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that revisions may be necessary. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts; reserves

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

for sales returns, discounts, allowances, rebates and distributor price protection programs; inventory excess and obsolescence reserves; product warranty reserves and other contingent liabilities; tax valuation allowances and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits; purchase price allocations; impairment reviews for investments, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangibles; and pension and other postretirement benefit costs and liabilities. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of and experience with past and current events and on management’s assumptions about future events, it is at least reasonably possible that they may ultimately differ materially from actual results.

Concentrations of Risk

Non-derivative financial instruments used by the Company in the normal course of business include letters of credit and commitments to extend credit, primarily accounts receivable. These financial instruments involve risk, including the credit risk of nonperformance by the counterparties to those instruments, and the maximum potential loss may exceed the reserves provided in the Company’s balance sheet. See Note 14 for further discussion of customer-related concentrations of risk.

The Company manages its exposures to credit risk associated with accounts receivable using such tools as credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures. CommScope estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on the actual payment history and individual circumstances of significant customers as well as the age of receivables. In management’s opinion, as of December 31, 2012, the Company did not have significant unreserved risk of credit loss due to the nonperformance of customers or other counterparties related to amounts receivable. However, an adverse change in financial condition of a significant customer or group of customers or in the telecommunications industry could materially affect the Company’s estimates related to doubtful accounts.

The principal raw materials purchased by CommScope (copper, aluminum, steel, brass, plastics and other polymers, bimetals and optical fiber) are subject to changes in market price as these materials are linked to various commodity markets. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks through effective requirements planning and by working closely with its key suppliers to obtain the best possible pricing and delivery terms.

Subsequent Events

The Company has considered subsequent events through February 20, 2013 in preparing the consolidated financial statements and disclosures, which were available to be issued on February 20, 2013.

See Note 15 for additional subsequent events disclosure.

 

3.	ACQUISITIONS

The Acquisition of CommScope, Inc. by Carlyle

As discussed in Note 1, on January 14, 2011, funds affiliated with Carlyle completed the acquisition of CommScope, Inc. Under the terms of the acquisition, CommScope, Inc. stockholders received $31.50 per share in cash for each share of CommScope, Inc. common stock that they held and CommScope, Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of CommScope Holding Company, Inc. (formerly Cedar I Holding Company, Inc., which was formed by Carlyle in 2010 to effect the acquisition and had no activity prior to the closing of the acquisition). To acquire the outstanding common stock of CommScope, Inc., redeem the existing debt and pay transactions costs, Carlyle and certain members of management contributed equity with an estimated fair value of $1.64 billion, the Company borrowed $2.71 billion ($1.50 billion in senior notes due in 2019 and $1.21 billion of borrowings under new senior secured credit facilities) and a portion of the existing cash balance was utilized. The purchase price, net of liabilities assumed, was $3.09 billion.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method, the purchase price is allocated to the underlying tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, with the remainder allocated to goodwill.

The following table presents consolidated results of operations for CommScope for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor) as though the acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2010 (unaudited):

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2010
		(in millions)
Revenue		$	3,188.9
Net interest expense		$	(190.1	)
Net income (loss)		$	(63.8	)

These pro forma results reflect pro forma adjustments for interest expense, depreciation, amortization and related income taxes and exclude non-recurring adjustments.

Net income (loss) during the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) included certain charges that relate directly or indirectly to the acquisition by Carlyle, as listed below on a pretax basis:

 

		Successor						Predecessor
		January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011
		(in millions)
Purchase accounting adjustments, primarily related to the step-up of inventory to its estimated fair value, less costs to sell		$	101.2					$	—
Acquisition-related costs:
Selling, general and administrative		$	84.1					$	43.0
Other expense, net		$	—					$	41.8
Interest expense		$	—					$	74.0

LiquidxStream

In June 2011, the Company acquired LiquidxStream Systems Inc. for approximately $41.5 million in cash ($38.5 million net of cash acquired). LiquidxStream provides solutions that allow cable operators to cost-effectively expand the bandwidth of their networks. The acquisition is included in the Broadband segment and resulted in net sales of $5.7 million and $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), respectively.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The allocation of the purchase price, based on estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is as follows:

 

		Estimated Fair Value
		(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	3.0
Other current assets			4.8
Noncurrent assets, excluding intangible assets			0.9
Goodwill			19.0
Identifiable intangible assets, weighted average estimated useful life of 6.9 years			16.3
Less: Liabilities assumed			(2.5	)
Net acquisition cost		$	41.5

Argus Technologies

In September 2011, the Company acquired Argus Technologies for approximately $81.9 million in cash ($69.5 million net of cash acquired). Of the $81.9 million purchase price, $58.0 million was paid in 2011, $12.2 million was paid in 2012 and additional consideration of up to $12.0 million is expected to be paid in 2013, subject to pre-acquisition contingencies and other matters. The acquisition is included in the Wireless segment and resulted in net sales of $89.9 million and $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor). Argus designs and sells base station antennas for use by wireless operators.

The allocation of the purchase price, based on estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is as follows:

 

		Estimated Fair Value
		(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	12.4
Other current assets			21.3
Noncurrent assets, excluding intangible assets			2.8
Goodwill			26.6
Identifiable intangible assets, weighted average estimated useful life of 11.3 years			34.1
Less: Liabilities assumed			(15.3	)
Net acquisition cost		$	81.9

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

4.	GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table presents details of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31:

 

		Successor												Successor
		2012												2011
		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization and Foreign Exchange				Net Carrying Amount				Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization and Foreign Exchange				Net Carrying Amount
		(in millions)
Customer base		$	1,149.0			$	223.2			$	925.8			$	1,164.0			$	109.5			$	1,054.5
Trade names and trademarks			552.9				55.8				497.1				561.2				27.8				533.4
Patents and technologies			223.9				68.1				155.8				229.9				34.2				195.7
Total intangible assets		$	1,925.8			$	347.1			$	1,578.7			$	1,955.1			$	171.5			$	1,783.6

During 2012, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows of a reporting unit within the Wireless segment, certain intangible assets were determined to be impaired. A pretax impairment charge of $15.0 million for customer base, $8.3 million for trade names and trademarks and $6.0 million for patents and technologies intangible assets was recognized. The fair value of the intangible assets was estimated using a discounted cash flow method.

During 2011, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows of reporting units within the Wireless segment, the Company determined that certain intangible assets were not recoverable and consequently recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $17.3 million for trade names and trademarks, $14.5 million for patents and technologies, and $14.1 million for customer base intangible assets. The fair value of the intangible assets was estimated using a discounted cash flow method.

The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average amortization periods in the following table. The aggregate weighted-average amortization period is 12.8 years.

 

		Weighted-Average Amortization Period
		(in years)
Customer base			10.5
Trade names and trademarks			20.0
Patents and technologies			6.9

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $175.7 million, $171.2 million, $3.7 million and $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

 

		(in millions)
2013		$	173.1
2014		$	173.1
2015		$	173.1
2016		$	173.0
2017		$	151.9

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table presents the allocation of goodwill by reportable segment:

 

		Wireless				Enterprise				Broadband				Total
		(in millions)
Predecessor
Goodwill, gross, as of January 1, 2010		$	1,136.8			$	20.9			$	133.6			$	1,291.3
Accumulated impairment charges as of December 31, 2010			(297.3	)			—				—				(297.3	)
Goodwill, net, as of December 31, 2010		$	839.5			$	20.9			$	133.6			$	994.0
Successor
Elimination of predecessor goodwill			(839.5	)			(20.9	)			(133.6	)			(994.0	)
Purchase price allocations			830.1				638.9				96.4				1,565.4
Foreign exchange			(1.3	)			—				—				(1.3	)
Goodwill, gross, as of December 31, 2011			828.8				638.9				96.4				1,564.1
Adjustments to purchase price allocation			(4.5	)			(2.4	)			(3.6	)			(10.5	)
Foreign exchange			0.5				—				—				0.5
Goodwill, gross, as of December 31, 2012			824.8				636.5				92.8				1,554.1
Accumulated impairment charges as of December 31, 2011 and 2012			(80.2	)			—				—				(80.2	)
Goodwill, net, as of December 31, 2012		$	744.6			$	636.5			$	92.8			$	1,473.9

 

5.	SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Period		Balance at Beginning of Period				Charged to Costs and Expenses				Deductions (1)				Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)		$	16,572			$	(2,336	)		$	2,864			$	11,372
January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor)		$	11,372			$	(53	)		$	167			$	11,152
January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor)		$	11,152			$	1,965			$	802			$	12,315
Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor)		$	12,315			$	2,978			$	738			$	14,555

 

(1)	Uncollectible customer accounts written off, net of recoveries of previously written off customer accounts.

Inventories

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Raw materials		$	69,520			$	93,214
Work in process			96,389				94,585
Finished goods			146,061				150,279
		$	311,970			$	338,078

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Land and land improvements		$	34,103			$	39,411
Buildings and improvements			156,981				139,430
Machinery and equipment			304,329				289,374
Construction in progress			5,843				7,147
			501,256				475,362
Accumulated depreciation			(146,044	)			(67,805	)
		$	355,212			$	407,557

Depreciation expense was $69.5 million, $79.2 million, $2.8 million and $80.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and during the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. No interest was capitalized during 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Equity Method Investments

The Company utilizes the equity method of accounting for investments in entities where it does not have control but has the ability to exercise significant influence. The only significant equity method investment is a 28.4% ownership and 33.1% ownership at December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), respectively, in Hydrogenics Corporation (Hydrogenics), a publicly traded company.

Hydrogenics is a supplier of hydrogen generation and hydrogen-based power modules and fuel cells for various uses. Hydrogenics supplies the Company with fuel cells used in the backup power solutions within our Wireless segment.

Equity method investments are recorded in other noncurrent assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Carrying value of equity method investments		$	4,492			$	7,231

The Company’s proportionate share of earnings and losses of its equity method investments are recorded in other expense, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s share of losses were $3.4 million, $2.5 million, $0.0, and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Company recorded an impairment of $2.6 million related to the planned termination of one of its equity method investments.

The fair value of the company’s investment in Hydrogenics was $14.8 million and $11.5 million at December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), respectively, based on quoted market prices, a Level 1 valuation input.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Other Current Accrued Liabilities

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Compensation and employee benefit liabilities		$	114,679			$	88,245
Deferred revenue			37,663				35,744
Product warranty accrual			26,005				18,653
Accrued interest			63,783				65,090
Restructuring reserve			20,481				21,432
Other			81,931				91,475
		$	344,542			$	320,639

Cash Flow Information

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes, net of refunds		$	81,138			$	39,957					$	2,511			$	124,043
Interest		$	172,109			$	108,366					$	6,403			$	81,880
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of treasury stock resulting from stock option exercises		$	2,734			$	3,590					$	—			$	—

 

6.

FINANCING

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
8.25% senior notes due January 2019		$	1,500,000			$	1,500,000
Senior secured term loan due January 2018			982,500				992,500
Senior secured revolving credit facility			—				71,500
Other			1,696				4,722
		$	2,484,196			$	2,568,722
Less: Original issue discount, net of amortization			(13,426	)			(5,718	)
Less: Current portion			(10,776	)			(12,324	)
		$	2,459,994			$	2,550,680

8.25% Senior Notes Due 2019

The 2019 notes mature on January 15, 2019 and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, which began on July 15, 2011. The 2019 notes may be redeemed prior to maturity under certain circumstances. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, each holder of the 2019 notes may require the Company to purchase all or part of such notes for cash at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Each of the Company’s existing and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries guarantees the 2019 notes on a senior unsecured basis, to the extent such subsidiaries guarantee the U.S. tranches of the new senior secured credit facilities. The 2019 notes and the guarantees are unsecured senior obligations ranking equal in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including its new senior secured credit facilities,

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

and senior in right of payment to all of its existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment thereto. The 2019 notes and guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including its new senior secured credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. In addition, the 2019 notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 2019 notes, including indebtedness incurred by certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries under the new revolving credit facility. In connection with issuing the 2019 notes, the Company incurred costs of approximately $45.7 million during the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), which were capitalized as other noncurrent assets and are being amortized over the term of the notes.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

In connection with the acquisition of CommScope, Inc., the Company entered into senior secured credit facilities consisting of a $1.0 billion term loan that matures in January 2018 and a $400 million asset-based revolving credit facility that matures in January 2016 (subsequently modified to January 2017). The term loan is required to be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments of $2.5 million with a final payment of all outstanding principal and interest at maturity on January 14, 2018. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s active domestic subsidiaries.

During 2012, the Company amended its senior secured term loan and asset-based revolving credit facility primarily to lower the interest rates and extend the term on the revolving credit facility. The amendment process resulted in the repayment of $104.6 million to certain lenders who exited the senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility syndicates and the receipt of $104.6 million in proceeds from new lenders and existing lenders who increased their positions. The senior secured term loan was amended such that the interest rate is now equal to, at the Company’s option, either (1) the base rate (which is the highest of the then current Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate most recently announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the administrative agent under the term loan and revolving credit facility, and the one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.0%) plus a margin of 2.25% or (2) the greater of (a) one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR or, if available from all lenders, nine- or twelve-month LIBOR (selected at the Company’s option) plus a margin of 3.25% or (b) 4.25%. Among other changes to the revolving credit agreement, the expiration date was extended from January 14, 2016 to January 14, 2017 and the interest rate was amended such that outstanding principal under the revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (1) the base rate (as defined above) plus a margin that ranges from 0.50% to 1.00% or (2) one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR (or any other LIBOR period agreed to by the revolving lenders) plus a margin that ranges from 1.50% to 2.00%. The range of margins applied to base rate and LIBOR-based loans is subject to a pricing grid that is dependent on an excess availability calculation. As of December 31, 2012, the applicable margin was 0.50% for base rate loans and 1.50% for LIBOR loans. The unused line fee calculated on the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility was amended so that the annual rate now ranges from 0.250% to 0.375% (0.375% as of December 31, 2012) based on usage of the facility.

As a result of the amendments, $0.5 million of original issue discount and $2.6 million of deferred financing fees associated with the original senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility were written off and included in interest expense for 2012. Upfront fees of $10.4 million that were paid to lenders under the amended senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility were recorded as original issue discount and are being amortized over the terms of the facilities. In connection with amending the senior secured credit facilities, the Company incurred pretax costs of $2.7 million, which were included in long-term debt financing costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Of the total costs incurred, $1.0 million was capitalized and is being amortized over the terms of the facilities while the remaining $1.7 million was included in other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

During 2012, the Company made voluntary net repayments of $71.5 million ($205.0 million of additional borrowings and $276.5 million of repayments) under the revolving credit facility and made scheduled repayments of $10.0 million of its senior secured term loan. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had remaining availability of approximately $330.8 million under the asset-based revolving credit facility, reflecting a borrowing base of $364.2 million reduced by $33.4 million of letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility.

Other Matters

The following table summarizes scheduled maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2012:

 

		2013				2014				2015				2016				2017				Thereafter
		(in millions)
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt		$	10.8			$	10.5			$	10.2			$	10.2			$	10.0			$	2,432.5

The Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately $952 million, or 20%, of total assets and approximately $270 million, or 7%, of total liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and accounted for approximately $1,356 million, or 41%, of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately $992 million, or 19%, of total assets and approximately $257 million, or 7%, of total liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and accounted for approximately $1,464 million, or 45%, of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. All amounts presented exclude intercompany balances.

The weighted average effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, was 7.33% as of December 31, 2012 and 7.53% as of December 31, 2011.

 

7.	DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks related to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks that have historically been somewhat mitigated by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk. As of December 31, 2010, an interest rate swap had been used to manage the variability of a portion of the forecasted interest payments attributable to changes in interest rates on the term loans issued under the senior secured credit facilities in place at that time. The interest rate swap liability was settled in January 2011.

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company also uses derivative instruments such as forward contracts to reduce the risk of certain foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. These instruments are not held for speculative or trading purposes. These contracts are not designated as hedges for hedge accounting and are marked to market each period through earnings. The balance sheet location and fair value of each of the Company’s derivatives are as follows:

 

				Fair Value of Asset (Liability)
				Successor				Successor
		Balance Sheet Location		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Foreign currency contracts		Prepaid expenses and other current assets		$	1,314			$	1,096
Foreign currency contracts		Other accrued liabilities			(474	)			(1,826	)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments				$	840			$	(730	)

The pretax impact of the foreign currency forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as follows:

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts		Location of Gain (Loss)		Gain (Loss) Recognized
Year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)		Other expense, net		$	112
January 1 - January 14, 2011 (Predecessor)		Other expense, net		$	184
January 15 - December 31, 2011 (Successor)		Other expense, net		$	(194	)
Year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor)		Other expense, net		$	529

The pretax impact of the interest rate swap on the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor) is as follows:

 

Interest Rate Swap Designated as Cash Flow Hedge		Gain (Loss) Recognized in  OCI (Effective Portion)				Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized (Effective and Ineffective Portions)				Gain (Loss)  Reclassified from Accumulated OCI (Effective Portion)				Gain (Loss) Recognized (Ineffective Portion)
Year ended December 31, 2010		$	3,821				Interest expense			$	(37,774	)		$	(13,663	)

Included in the gain (loss) recognized in net income for 2010 is a pretax loss of $14.0 million reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income when it became probable that the original forecasted interest payments would not occur. This loss is included in Other cash flows provided by operations on the statements of cash flows.

Activity in the accumulated net loss on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

 

		Predecessor				Predecessor
		January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Accumulated net loss on derivative instruments, beginning of period		$	(6,494	)		$	(32,699	)
Elimination of predecessor accumulated net loss on derivative instruments			6,494				—
Gain on interest rate swap designated as cash flow hedge, net of taxes			—				26,205
Accumulated net loss on derivative instruments, end of period		$	—			$	(6,494	)

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

8.	FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value measurements using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, measurements using significant other observable inputs fall within Level 2, and measurements using significant unobservable inputs fall within Level 3.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and debt instruments. For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were considered representative of their fair values due to their short terms to maturity. The fair values of the Company’s 8.25% senior notes, senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility were based on indicative quotes.

The carrying amounts, estimated fair values and valuation input levels of the Company’s senior notes, senior secured term loans and senior secured revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

		Successor								Successor
		2012								2011
		Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Valuation Inputs
Liabilities:
8.25% senior notes		$	1,500,000			$	1,642,500			$	1,500,000			$	1,509,300				Level 2
Senior secured term loan, at par		$	982,500			$	987,413			$	992,500			$	982,575				Level 2
Senior secured revolving credit facility, at par		$	—			$	—			$	71,500			$	71,321				Level 2

During 2012, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows of a reporting unit within the Wireless segment, certain intangible assets and property, plant and equipment were determined to be impaired. A pretax impairment charge of $35.0 million was recognized. The fair value measurements related to the long-lived asset impairments were generated using the discounted cash flow method and were based on Level 3 valuation inputs using estimated future cash flows and an estimated 13% weighted average cost of capital of the reporting unit as the discount rate. Also during 2012, as a result of a shift in customer demand, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain equipment was no longer recoverable. A pretax impairment charge of $5.9 million was recognized within the Wireless segment. The estimated fair value of the equipment was calculated based upon a market approach that considered the selling price of comparable equipment (Level 3 valuation inputs).

During 2011, as a result of reduced expectations of future cash flows from certain intangible assets identified when Carlyle acquired CommScope, Inc., the Company determined that these assets were not recoverable and consequently recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $45.9 million. Also during 2011, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $80.2 million primarily as a result of lower projected operating results than those used in the purchase price allocation performed earlier in 2011. The fair value measurements related to the goodwill and other intangible asset impairments were generated using the discounted cash flow method and were based on Level 3 valuation inputs.

The fair value estimates are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect these fair value estimates, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those dates, and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

9.	RESTRUCTURING COSTS AND EMPLOYEE TERMINATION BENEFITS

Prior to the acquisition by Carlyle, the Company had initiated various restructuring actions to realign and lower its cost structure, improve capacity utilization and complete integration efforts related to the Andrew acquisition. To achieve these objectives, the Company announced the closure of manufacturing facilities in Omaha, Nebraska and Newton, North Carolina, among other actions. Much of the production capacity from these facilities was shifted to other existing facilities or contract manufacturers. Beginning in the third quarter of 2011 and continuing into 2012, additional restructuring actions were initiated to realign and lower the Company’s cost structure primarily through workforce reductions at various U.S. and international facilities. The Company’s net pretax restructuring charges (credits), by segment, were as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Wireless		$	21,859			$	13,241					$	10			$	41,742
Enterprise			311				1,212						6				16,508
Broadband			823				4,262						(7	)			1,397
Total		$	22,993			$	18,715					$	9			$	59,647

The activity within the liability established for these restructuring actions, which is included in other accrued liabilities, was as follows:

 

		Employee- Related Costs				Lease Termination Costs				Equipment Relocation Costs				Asset Impairment Costs				Total
Predecessor
Balance as of January 1, 2010		$	1,343			$	4,797			$	—			$	—			$	6,140
Additional charge recorded			46,921				1,315				2,651				8,760				59,647
Cash (paid) recovered			(12,642	)			(2,417	)			(2,651	)			175				(17,535	)
Foreign exchange and other non-cash items			(4,098	)			(87	)			—				(8,935	)			(13,120	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010			31,524				3,608				—				—				35,132
Additional charge (credit) recorded			(6	)			—				15				—				9
Cash paid			(4,414	)			(57	)			(15	)			—				(4,486	)
Foreign exchange			(2	)			24				—				—				22
Balance as of January 14, 2011		$	27,102			$	3,575				—			$	—			$	30,677
Successor
Balance as of January 15, 2011		$	27,102			$	3,575			$	—			$	—			$	30,677
Additional charge recorded			16,523				361				866				965				18,715
Cash paid			(24,620	)			(1,407	)			(866	)			—				(26,893	)
Foreign exchange and other non-cash items			(44	)			(58	)			—				(965	)			(1,067	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011			18,961				2,471				—				—				21,432
Additional charge recorded			21,469				561				—				963				22,993
Cash paid			(21,653	)			(1,839	)			—				—				(23,492	)
Foreign exchange and other non-cash items			451				60				—				(963	)			(452	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012		$	19,228			$	1,253			$	—			$	—			$	20,481

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Employee-related costs include the expected severance costs and related benefits as well as one-time severance benefits that are accrued over the remaining period employees are required to work in order to receive such benefits. The costs recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor) include a $4.0 million net curtailment loss related to pension and other postretirement benefits.

Lease termination costs relate to the cost of vacating leased facilities, net of anticipated sub-rental income.

Equipment relocation costs relate to the costs to uninstall, pack, ship and reinstall manufacturing equipment as well as the costs to prepare the receiving facility to accommodate the equipment. These costs are expensed as incurred.

As a result of restructuring and consolidation actions, there is unutilized real estate at various facilities in the U.S. and internationally. These assets, which are included in property, plant and equipment on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were adjusted to their estimated fair value as of January 14, 2011 in connection with acquisition accounting. The Company is attempting to sell or lease this unutilized space. Additional impairment charges may be incurred related to these or other excess assets.

Since the inception of the initiatives begun in 2011, the Company has recognized restructuring charges of $41 million. Additional pretax costs of $1.2 million are expected to be recognized in 2013 related to completing the restructuring actions initiated to date. Cash payments of $20.0 million are expected during 2013 with an additional $1.7 million expected to be paid by the end of 2015. Additional restructuring actions may be taken and resulting charges and cash requirements could be material.

 

10.	EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company sponsors defined contribution retirement savings plans that allow employees of certain subsidiaries to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pretax and/or after-tax basis in accordance with guidelines established by the plans and the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities. The Company matches a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits. During the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the Company issued common stock valued at $0.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively, as an employer contribution to the CommScope, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the Company contributed cash of $18.9 million, $19.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively, to these retirement savings plans.

The Company also maintains noncontributory unfunded defined contribution plans (the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans or SERP) for certain active and retired executives. The Company is not required to make any payments until the participant is eligible to receive retirement benefits. During the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the Company recognized pretax costs of $1.8 million, $1.4 million, $0.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively, representing additional accrued benefits and interest credited under the SERP. Benefit payments to retirees were $1.1 million, $2.3 million and $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. The accrued liability, included in other noncurrent liabilities, was approximately $11.0 million and $10.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans covering certain domestic former employees and certain foreign current and former employees. Included in the defined benefit pension plans are both funded and unfunded plans. The Company also sponsors postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans that provide benefits to certain domestic former employees and certain domestic full-time employees who retire from the Company. The health care plans contain various cost-sharing features such as participant contributions, deductibles, coinsurance and caps, with Medicare as the primary provider of health care benefits for eligible retirees. The accounting for the health care plans anticipates future cost-sharing changes that are consistent with the Company’s expressed intent to maintain a consistent level of cost sharing with retirees.

The following table summarizes information for the defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans based on a December 31 measurement date.

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Postretirement Benefits
		2012				2011				2012				2011
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation, beginning of year		$	285,682			$	276,996			$	61,006			$	83,857
Service cost			408				1,104				301				1,493
Interest cost			12,732				13,847				2,200				4,014
Plan participants’ contributions			—				—				402				443
Actuarial loss (gain)			11,063				21,613				4,445				(86	)
Net curtailment loss (gain)			—				(2,161	)			—				—
Settlement (gain) loss			1,535				941				(971	)			—
Plan amendments			—				—				(26,797	)			(25,217	)
Benefits paid, including settlements			(22,989	)			(26,446	)			(4,553	)			(4,943	)
Translation loss (gain) and other			5,118				(212	)			—				1,445
Benefit obligation, end of year			293,549				285,682				36,033				61,006
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year			215,865				219,636				5,199				7,934
Employer and plan participant contributions			30,353				19,306				4,179				1,898
Return on plan assets			29,694				3,822				385				310
Benefits paid, including settlements			(22,989	)			(26,446	)			(4,553	)			(4,943	)
Translation loss (gain) and other			5,276				(453	)			—				—
Fair value of plan assets, end of year			258,199				215,865				5,210				5,199
Funded status (benefit obligation in excess of fair value of plan assets)		$	35,350			$	69,817			$	30,823			$	55,807

As of December 31, 2012, the current and noncurrent portions of pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities were $1,365 and $72,317, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 the noncurrent pension and other postretirement benefit assets were $7,509. As of December 31, 2011, the current and noncurrent portions of pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities were $1,495 and $124,129, respectively. Foreign plans represented 40% and 49% of the pension benefit obligation and pension plans’ assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2012 and 38% and 50% of the pension benefit obligation and pension plans’ assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

During 2012, the Company settled a portion of its pension obligation resulting in a settlement loss and terminated a postretirement benefit plan resulting in a settlement gain. During 2011, the Company terminated one of its foreign pension plans and transferred the assets to a defined contribution plan, resulting in a curtailment gain and a loss on the settlement of the plan. During 2012 and 2011, the Company amended certain of its other postretirement benefit plans to eliminate eligibility for certain employees and reduce medical benefits offered under the plans. The impact of the 2012 and 2011 plan amendments is being recognized over the remaining service life of plan participants in plans with active participants and over the life expectancy of plan participants in plans with no active participants.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans was $269,048 and $255,811 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The following table summarizes information for the Company’s pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Projected benefit obligation		$	175,249			$	177,669
Accumulated benefit obligation		$	175,249			$	177,669
Fair value of plan assets		$	132,390			$	108,148

The following table summarizes pretax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Postretirement Benefits
		Successor				Successor				Successor				Successor
		2012				2011				2012				2011
Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)		$	(26,097	)		$	(32,533	)		$	(4,068	)		$	218
Unrecognized prior service credit			—				—				43,169				23,146
Total		$	(26,097	)		$	(32,533	)		$	39,101			$	23,364

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Pretax amounts for net periodic benefit cost and other amounts included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans consisted of the following components:

 

		Pension Benefits
		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Service cost		$	408			$	1,010					$	94			$	2,447
Interest cost			12,732				13,285						562				14,257
Recognized actuarial loss			519				—						49				35
Amortization of transition obligation			—				—						—				11
Amortization of prior service credit			—				—						—				(156	)
Net curtailment loss (gain)			—				(2,161	)					—				5,918
Settlement loss			1,535				941						—				—
Expected return on plan assets			(12,803	)			(14,098	)					(588	)			(14,862	)
Net periodic benefit cost (income)			2,391				(1,023	)					117				7,650
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations included in other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)			(6,436	)			32,533						(49	)			12,419
Change in unrecognized prior service credit			—				—						—				2,844
Change in unrecognized transition obligation			—				—						—				(14	)
Total included in other comprehensive income (loss)			(6,436	)			32,533						(49	)			15,249
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and included in other comprehensive income (loss)		$	(4,045	)		$	31,510					$	68			$	22,899
		Other Postretirement Benefits
		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Service cost		$	301			$	1,425					$	68			$	2,598
Interest cost			2,200				3,847						167				5,627
Recognized actuarial gain			—				—						(19	)			(638	)
Amortization of prior service credit			(6,759	)			(1,994	)					(86	)			(1,275	)
Net settlement/curtailment gain			(971	)			—						—				(1,916	)
Expected return on plan assets			(165	)			(160	)					(7	)			(601	)
Net periodic benefit cost (income)			(5,394	)			3,118						123				3,795
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations included in other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)			4,286				(218	)					19				10,786
Change in unrecognized prior service credit			(20,023	)			(23,146	)					86				(25,790	)
Total included in other comprehensive income (loss)			(15,737	)			(23,364	)					105				(15,004	)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and included in other comprehensive income (loss)		$	(21,131	)		$	(20,246	)				$	228			$	(11,209	)

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Amortization of amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2012 is expected to increase (decrease) net periodic benefit cost during 2013 as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits				Total
Amortization of net actuarial loss		$	500			$	279			$	779
Amortization of prior service credit			—				(9,618	)			(9,618	)
Total		$	500			$	(9,339	)		$	(8,839	)

Assumptions

Significant weighted average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits
		Successor				Successor						Predecessor
		2012				2011						2010
Benefit obligations:
Discount rate			4.10	%			4.50	%					5.30	%
Rate of compensation increase			3.90	%			4.00	%					4.40	%
Net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate			4.50	%			5.30	%					5.90	%
Rate of return on plan assets			5.55	%			6.40	%					7.00	%
Rate of compensation increase			4.00	%			4.40	%					4.45	%
		Other Postretirement Benefits
		Successor				Successor						Predecessor
		2012				2011						2010
Benefit obligations:
Discount rate			2.65	%			4.20	%					5.35	%
Rate of compensation increase			n/a				n/a						4.50	%
Net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate			4.20	%			5.35	%					6.15	%
Rate of return on plan assets			3.25	%			2.30	%					2.00	%
Rate of compensation increase			n/a				4.50	%					4.50	%
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year			7.35	%			7.60	%					7.60	%
Ultimate rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline			4.75	%			4.60	%					4.60	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate			2022				2026						2026

The Company considered the available yields on high-quality fixed-income investments with maturities corresponding to the Company’s expected benefit obligations to determine the discount rates at each measurement date.

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

		1-Percentage Point Increase				1-Percentage Point Decrease
		(in millions)
Effect on total service and interest and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost		$	—			$	(0.1	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation		$	0.4			$	(0.4	)

Plan Assets

In developing the expected rate of return on plan assets, the Company considered the expected long-term rate of return on individual asset classes. Expected return on plan assets is based on the market value of the assets. Substantially all of the pension and other postretirement benefit assets are managed by independent investment advisors with an objective of maximizing return, subject to assuming a prudent level of risk. The majority of such assets are currently invested with a target allocation of 35% to 45% in equity securities and 55% to 65% in fixed income instruments. As the funded status of the plans improves, the investment strategy is to increase the fixed income target allocation and reduce the equity target allocation.

Mutual funds classified as Level 1 are valued at net asset value, which is based on the fair value of the funds’ underlying securities. Certain mutual funds are classified as Level 2 because a portion of the funds’ underlying assets are valued using significant other observable inputs. Other assets are primarily composed of fixed income investments (including insurance products) and are valued based on the investment’s stated rate of return, which approximates market interest rates.

The estimated fair values and the valuation input levels of the Company’s plan assets as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Postretirement Benefits
		Level 1 Fair Value				Level 2 Fair Value				Level 1 Fair Value				Level 2 Fair Value
Mutual funds:
U.S equity		$	21,784			$	—			$	—			$	—
International equity			24,500				49,839				—				—
U.S. debt			69,097				—				989				—
International debt			6,917				74,897				—				—
Other			10,091				1,074				—				4,221
Total		$	132,389			$	125,810			$	989			$	4,221

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The estimated fair values and the valuation input levels of the Company’s plan assets as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Postretirement Benefits
		Level 1 Fair Value				Level 2 Fair Value				Level 1 Fair Value				Level 2 Fair Value
Mutual funds:
U.S equity		$	24,338			$	—			$	—			$	—
International equity			26,792				40,993				—				—
U.S. debt			45,854				—				989				—
International debt			3,842				62,017				—				—
Other			7,321				4,708				—				4,210
Total		$	108,147			$	107,718			$	989			$	4,210

Certain international debt and other pension investments reflected above as Level 2 at December 31, 2011 were previously categorized as Level 1.

Expected Cash Flows

The Company expects to contribute $23.5 million to the defined benefit pension plans and $3.0 million to the other postretirement benefit plans during 2013.

The following table summarizes projected benefit payments from pension and other postretirement benefit plans through 2022, including benefits attributable to estimated future service.

 

		Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits
		(in millions)
2013		$	13.6			$	4.0
2014		$	13.6			$	4.1
2015		$	13.7			$	3.9
2016		$	13.8			$	3.7
2017		$	13.8			$	3.5
2018-2022		$	69.4			$	14.7

 

11.	INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before income taxes includes the results from domestic and international operations as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
U.S. companies		$	(133,377	)		$	(507,338	)				$	(173,653	)		$	(75,239	)
Non-U.S. companies			170,679				175,703						2,513				199,433
Income (loss) before income taxes		$	37,302			$	(331,635	)				$	(171,140	)		$	124,194

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The components of the income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Current:
Federal		$	8,405			$	1,674					$	—			$	37,872
Foreign			67,755				58,552						1,850				76,002
State			4,502				2,047						—				2,914
Current income tax expense			80,662				62,273						1,850				116,788
Deferred:
Federal			(40,072	)			(139,889	)					(26,381	)			(23,175	)
Foreign			(5,518	)			(3,236	)					(658	)			(5,883	)
State			(3,123	)			1,525						(5,897	)			(7,635	)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)			(48,713	)			(141,600	)					(32,936	)			(36,693	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)		$	31,949			$	(79,327	)				$	(31,086	)		$	80,095

The reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate was as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate			35.0	%			35.0	%					35.0	%			35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect			(0.4	)			(0.1	)					2.0				(1.5	)
Other permanent items			1.1				(0.3	)					—				2.0
Goodwill impairment charge			—				(8.3	)					—				—
Federal and state tax credits			—				0.8						—				(2.3	)
Income tax uncertainties			4.1				(1.4	)					—				1.8
Nondeductible debt conversion costs			—				—						(18.4	)			—
Foreign dividends and Subpart F income, net of foreign tax credits			62.9				(5.5	)					—				33.6
Foreign tax rate differential			(31.8	)			4.9						(0.2	)			(8.9	)
Tax provision adjustments and revisions to prior years’ returns			9.5				—						—				5.5
Change in valuation allowance			4.2				(1.9	)					0.3				(0.7	)
Other			1.0				0.7						(0.5	)			—
Effective income tax rate			85.6	%			23.9	%					18.2	%			64.5	%

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 which, among other provisions, retroactively extended the tax credit for research and experimentation expenses through the end of 2013 was signed into law. The Company has not reflected this credit in its 2012 tax provision, but estimates its impact would have resulted in a tax rate benefit of 5.4% to 6.7%. The 2012 tax credit will be recorded as a benefit in the Company’s financial statements for the first quarter of 2013.

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities and the classification of deferred tax balances on the balance sheet were as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable, inventory and warranty reserves		$	37,512			$	34,059
Employee benefits			15,462				15,061
Postretirement benefits			24,671				41,527
Restructuring accruals			2,625				6,895
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards			53,328				37,765
Federal net operating loss carryforwards			—				20,387
Federal tax credit carryforwards			121,559				130,778
Capital loss carryforwards			2,648				5,022
State net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards			11,597				10,716
Transaction costs			4,668				14,707
Equity-based compensation			9,874				8,285
Other			17,353				3,303
Total deferred tax assets			301,297				328,505
Valuation allowance			(54,671	)			(55,010	)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance			246,626				273,495
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets			(534,873	)			(608,772	)
Property, plant and equipment			(48,366	)			(55,571	)
Undistributed foreign earnings			(26,915	)			(22,373	)
Other			(4,712	)			(2,112	)
Total deferred tax liabilities			(614,866	)			(688,828	)
Net deferred tax liability		$	(368,240	)		$	(415,333	)
Deferred taxes as recorded on the balance sheet:
Current deferred tax asset		$	61,072			$	77,396
Noncurrent deferred tax liability			(429,312	)			(492,729	)
Net deferred tax liability		$	(368,240	)		$	(415,333	)

The Company establishes a valuation allowance when available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The deferred tax asset for federal tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2012 includes foreign tax credit carryforwards of $101.7 million, which will expire between 2013 and 2022, research tax credit carryforwards of $18.1 million, which will expire between 2022 and 2031 and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.7 million with no expiration. No valuation allowance has been established against these deferred tax assets.

The deferred tax asset for state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2012 includes state net operating loss carryforwards (net of federal tax impact) of $10.8 million, which begin to expire in 2013, and state tax credit carryforwards (net of federal tax impact) of $0.8 million which begin to expire with the filing of the 2012 state tax returns. A valuation allowance of $3.5 million has been established against these and other state income tax related deferred tax assets.

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 include $53.3 million of tax benefits associated with foreign net operating loss carryforwards which will expire beginning in 2013. Certain of these foreign net operating loss carryforwards are subject to local restrictions limiting their utilization. As of December 31, 2012 valuation allowances of $44.7 million have been established related to these foreign net operating loss carryforwards and certain other foreign deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 include $2.7 million of tax benefits associated with capital loss carryforwards which will expire between 2013 and 2016. A full valuation allowance of $2.7 million has been established against the deferred tax asset.

In addition to the valuation allowances detailed above, the Company has also established a valuation allowance of $3.8 million against other various deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2012, a deferred tax liability in the amount of $26.9 million has been established to reflect the U.S. federal and state tax cost associated with the planned repatriation of that portion of the Company’s undistributed foreign earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. The remaining amount of undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries for which no incremental U.S. income taxes have been provided was $339 million as of December 31, 2012 as these earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

The following table reflects a reconciliation of the beginning and end of period amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Balance at beginning of period		$	95,013			$	84,777					$	84,777			$	78,175
Increase related to prior periods			2,608				13,337						—				14,330
Decrease related to prior periods			(541	)			(6,375	)					—				(2,560	)
Increase related to current periods			3,113				2,865						—				1,227
Decrease related to settlement with taxing authorities			(5,928	)			(413	)					—				(2,499	)
Decrease related to lapse in statutes of limitations			(1,742	)			(2,731	)					—				(3,896	)
Increase related to acquisition			—				3,553						—				—
Balance at end of period		$	92,523			$	95,013					$	84,777			$	84,777

The amounts in the table for periods prior to 2012 were previously reported net of federal benefit for state issues and offsets for competent authority. This revision of prior periods’ balances had no impact on reported results for 2012, 2011 or 2010.

The Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 was $71.2 million which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods. The Company does not reasonably anticipate a material change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. Settlement of certain liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits may result in cash payments. In the opinion of management, the Company has adequate reserves with respect to these issues.

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company was notified in January 2013 that the Internal Revenue Service intends to examine the U.S. federal income tax return for 2010, as well as amended returns for 2007 and 2008. The Company is generally no longer subject to state tax examinations for years prior to 2008 and in significant foreign jurisdictions for years prior to 2005.

The Company recognizes the accrual of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had accrued $12.1 million and $11.7 million, respectively, for interest and penalties. During the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the net expense (benefit) for interest and penalties accrued through income tax expense was $1.1 million, $1.8 million and $(0.2) million, respectively.

The following table presents income tax expense (benefit) related to other comprehensive income (loss).

 

		Successor				Successor				Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011				January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Gain on derivative financial instruments		$	—			$	—			$	—			$	15,390
Foreign currency gain (loss)			1,050				(354	)			—				(4,251	)
Gain (loss) on defined benefit plans			8,076				(2,617	)			(21	)			194
Balance at end of period		$	9,126			$	(2,971	)		$	(21	)		$	11,333

 

12.	STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Dividend

On November 30, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $3.87 per share of its common stock. The dividend paid on November 30, 2012 was $200.0 million.

In accordance with the antidilution provisions of the Company’s stock incentive plans, the exercise prices of all options outstanding were adjusted to reflect the dividend. In addition, a cash payment of $0.7 million was made to certain stock option holders for whom tax law precluded fully reflecting the value of the dividend in a reduction in the exercise price. The repricing had no effect on the vesting schedule or expiration date of the stock options and resulted in no additional compensation expense. As a result of the repricing, the average exercise price decreased from $28.64 to $24.99.

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

On January 14, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2011 Incentive Plan (the Plan). There were 3.8 million shares of Company common stock authorized for grant under the Plan. Awards under the Plan may include stock options or share unit awards for employees and non-employee directors of the Company. Stock options are awards that allow the recipient to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed price. Share unit awards are payable in stock or cash, at the Company’s discretion, and are accounted for as liability awards. Stock options and share unit awards generally vest 50% based upon the continued employment of the recipient through the vesting date and 50% based upon the achievement of predetermined financial-based targets. During the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Company granted 0.8 million options and share unit awards. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 0.6 million shares were available for future grants under the Plan.

 

F-57

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

As of December 31, 2012, $23.3 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options and share unit awards are expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.0 years. There were no significant capitalized equity-based compensation costs at December 31, 2012.

The following table, which has been revised to reflect the repricing of stock option exercise prices, summarizes the Company’s stock option activity (in thousands, except per share data):

 

Successor		Shares				Weighted Average Option Exercise Price Per Share				Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share				Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2011			3,470			$	24.61
Granted			536			$	27.17			$	9.73
Exercised			(187	)		$	14.65
Adjustment related to 2012 performance			(239	)		$	27.56			$	11.52
Forfeited or expired			(178	)		$	31.48			$	11.29
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012			3,402			$	24.99							$	41,298
Exercisable at December 31, 2012			1,446			$	21.59							$	22,466
Expected to vest			1,933			$	27.50							$	18,604

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor) was $4.2 million, $5.6 million, $0.3 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

The exercise prices of outstanding options at December 31, 2012 were in the following ranges:

 

		Options Outstanding												Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices		Shares (in  thousands)				Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share				Shares (in thousands)				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
$8.88 to $16.04			492				4.3			$	12.11				492			$	12.11
$16.05 to $27.13			1,088				7.8			$	26.39				591			$	25.77
$27.14 to $27.63			1,822				8.1			$	27.63				363			$	27.63
$8.88 to $27.63			3,402				7.5			$	24.99				1,446			$	21.59

The weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options at December 31, 2012 was 6.2 years.

 

F-58

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. Key input assumptions used in the model to estimate the fair value of stock options include the grant price of the award, the expected option term, volatility of the Company’s stock, the risk-free interest rate and the Company’s projected dividend yield. The Company believes that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair values of CommScope stock options. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value that will ultimately be realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock option awards granted:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						Year Ended December 31, 2010
Expected option term (in years)			4.0				4.5						5.0
Risk-free interest rate			0.7	%			1.8	%					2.5	%
Expected volatility			75.0	%			75.0	%					55.0	%
Estimated marketability discount			30.0	%			30.0	%					—
Expected dividend yield			0	%			0	%					0	%
Weighted average fair value at grant date		$	9.73			$	11.88					$	14.58

Other

During the period January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the Company issued common stock valued at $0.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively, as employer contributions to the CommScope, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan. The issuance of these shares, along with share unit award expense of $3.5 million and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor), respectively, is included in equity-based compensation as an adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

13.	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2022. Rent expense was $29.4 million, $33.1 million, $1.3 million and $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases and capital leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

		Operating Leases				Capital Leases
2013		$	25,098			$	280
2014			19,558				106
2015			14,455				18
2016			10,211				—
2017			9,502				—
Thereafter			22,931				—
Total minimum lease payments			101,755				404
Less: Amount representing interest			—				(20	)
		$	101,755			$	384

 

F-59

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Product warranty reserves are reflected in other current accrued liabilities. The following table summarizes the activity related to the warranty reserves.

 

		Successor				Successor				Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011				January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
Product warranty accrual, beginning of period		$	18,653			$	30,191			$	30,759			$	27,625
Provision for (recovery of) warranty claims			13,453				4,468				(70	)			11,616
Warranty claims paid			(6,101	)			(8,232	)			(498	)			(8,482	)
Revision of purchase price allocation			—				(7,774	)			—				—
Product warranty accrual, end of period		$	26,005			$	18,653			$	30,191			$	30,759

For 2012, provision for warranty claims included charges of $8.9 million related to a warranty matter within the Broadband segment for products sold in 2006 and 2007.

In addition, the Company is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the use, discharge, disposal and remediation of hazardous materials. Compliance with current laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a materially adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company was obligated to purchase approximately $35.4 million of metals under take-or-pay contracts through the second quarter of 2013 that are expected to be taken and consumed in the normal course of operations. In the aggregate, these commitments are at prices approximately 4% above market prices as of December 31, 2012.

Legal Proceedings

On May 12, 2010, a putative stockholder class action lawsuit, asserting claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act), was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina against the Company and certain of its current and former officers. The lawsuit alleges violations of the 1934 Act and SEC Rule 10b-5, related to allegedly false and misleading statements and/or omissions by the Company about its financial condition and future sales prospects during the period between April 29, 2008 and October 30, 2008. The relief sought includes unspecified damages and interest. Management believes that the allegations in this action are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the Company and the individual defendants in this action. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and a decision is anticipated in 2013. Management is unable to make a reasonable estimate of the amount or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome in this matter.

The Company is either a plaintiff or a defendant in other pending legal matters in the normal course of business. Management believes none of these other legal matters, other than those discussed above, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition upon their final disposition.

 

F-60

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

14.	INDUSTRY SEGMENTS, MAJOR CUSTOMERS, RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Segment Information

As a result of implementing a new product management structure as of the beginning of 2012, the Company reorganized its reportable segments. The Company’s three reportable segments, which align with the manner in which the business is managed, are Wireless, Enterprise and Broadband. Prior year amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.

The Wireless segment primarily includes product offerings of active and passive transmission devices for the wireless infrastructure market including base station antennas, coaxial cable and connectors, and microwave antennas. It also includes base station subsystems and core network products such as power amplifiers, filters, location-based systems and products and solutions that extend and enhance the coverage of wireless networks, such as radio frequency (RF) repeaters and distributed antenna systems, as well as secure environmental enclosures for electronic devices and equipment used by wireline and wireless providers. Base station subsystems and RF products cover all of the major wireless standards and frequency bands and are sold individually or as part of integrated systems.

The Enterprise segment consists mainly of structured cabling systems for business enterprise applications and data centers and connectivity solutions for wired and wireless networks within organizations, such as corporations, governmental agencies and educational institutions.

The Broadband segment consists mainly of coaxial cable, fiber optic cable and conduit for cable television system operators. These products support multi-channel video, voice and high-speed data services for residential and commercial customers using hybrid fiber coaxial architecture. In addition to these products, the Broadband segment also includes solutions that allow cable operators to cost-effectively expand the bandwidth of their networks. The segment also includes coaxial cable for various video and data applications that are not related to cable television.

The following tables provide summary financial information by reportable segment:

 

		Successor				Successor
		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
		(in millions)
Identifiable segment-related assets:
Wireless		$	2,460.2			$	2,605.5
Enterprise			1,490.8				1,580.0
Broadband			455.8				498.9
Total identifiable segment-related assets			4,406.8				4,684.4
Reconciliation to total assets:
Cash and cash equivalents			264.4				317.1
Deferred income tax asset			61.1				77.4
Deferred financing fees			61.0				74.3
Total assets		$	4,793.3			$	5,153.2

 

F-61

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table provides net sales, operating income (loss), depreciation and amortization by reportable segment:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
		(in millions)
Net sales:
Wireless		$	1,917.1			$	1,774.1					$	52.5			$	1,862.0
Enterprise			846.5				881.6						23.1				834.1
Broadband			564.0				536.4						13.6				499.1
Inter-segment eliminations			(5.7	)			(5.7	)					(0.2	)			(6.3	)
Consolidated net sales		$	3,321.9			$	3,186.4					$	89.0			$	3,188.9
Operating income (loss):
Wireless		$	106.7			$	(213.4	)				$	(34.2	)		$	41.8
Enterprise			119.6				85.6						(12.6	)			133.7
Broadband			11.9				(6.9	)					(6.9	)			49.4
Consolidated operating income (loss)		$	238.2			$	(134.7	)				$	(53.7	)		$	224.9
Depreciation:
Wireless		$	44.3			$	51.3					$	1.9			$	53.3
Enterprise			13.3				14.1						0.6				15.4
Broadband			11.9				13.8						0.3				12.3
Consolidated depreciation		$	69.5			$	79.2					$	2.8			$	81.0
Amortization (1):
Wireless		$	90.7			$	90.7					$	3.4			$	89.1
Enterprise			66.6				63.8						0.2				6.2
Broadband			18.4				16.7						0.1				2.2
Consolidated amortization		$	175.7			$	171.2					$	3.7			$	97.5

 

(1)	Excludes amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount

Customer Information

Net sales to Anixter International Inc. and its affiliates (Anixter) accounted for 13%, 13%, 15% and 14% of the Company’s total net sales during the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Sales to Anixter primarily originate in the Enterprise segment. Other than Anixter, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total net sales for any of the above periods.

Accounts receivable from Anixter represented approximately 12% and 16% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Other than Anixter, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

F-62

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Sales to related parties were less than 1% of net sales for all periods shown in the table above. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, less than 1% of the Company’s accounts receivable was from related parties. Purchases from related parties were less than 1% of operating costs and expenses for all periods shown in the table above. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, none of the Company’s accounts payable were to related parties.

Sales to customers located outside of the United States comprised 47%, 49%, 49% and 47% of total net sales during the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the periods January 15 – December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1 – January 14, 2011 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Sales by geographic region, based on the destination of product shipments, were as follows:

 

		Successor				Successor						Predecessor				Predecessor
		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011						January 1 - January 14, 2011				Year Ended December 31, 2010
		(in millions)
United States		$	1,754.3			$	1,638.2					$	45.1			$	1,701.4
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)			692.4				701.5						14.4				675.4
Asia Pacific (APAC)			543.6				521.7						20.6				510.8
Central and Latin America			254.6				253.0						7.7				248.5
Canada			77.0				72.0						1.2				52.8
Consolidated net sales		$	3,321.9			$	3,186.4					$	89.0			$	3,188.9

Long-lived assets, excluding intangible assets, consisted substantially of property, plant and equipment and 55.7%, 24.5% and 14.0% of the Company’s long-lived assets, excluding intangible assets, were located in the U.S., EMEA region and APAC region, respectively, as of December 31, 2012.

 

15.	SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 30, 2013, the Company announced its intention to amend its senior secured term loan primarily to reduce the LIBOR margin of 3.25% to 2.75%. As a result of the amendment, a portion of original issue discount and deferred financing fees may be written off. Also, the Company will incur customary costs associated with the amendment. The amendment process is expected to close in March 2013.

 

16.	QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

		Successor				Successor				Successor				Successor
		First Quarter 2012				Second Quarter 2012				Third Quarter 2012				Fourth Quarter 2012
Net sales		$	743,740			$	835,915			$	894,019			$	848,211
Gross profit		$	217,576			$	262,898			$	302,827			$	277,380
Operating income (a)(b)		$	31,106			$	65,032			$	72,999			$	69,101
Net income (loss)		$	(17,976	)		$	6,595			$	5,284			$	11,450
Basic earnings (loss) per share		$	(0.35	)		$	0.13			$	0.10			$	0.22
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	(0.35	)		$	0.13			$	0.10			$	0.22

 

F-63

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

		Predecessor						Successor				Successor				Successor				Successor
		January 1 - January 14, 2011						January 15 - March 31, 2011				Second Quarter 2011				Third Quarter 2011				Fourth Quarter 2011
Net sales		$	89,016					$	714,269			$	886,399			$	838,848			$	746,930
Gross profit		$	18,263					$	109,924			$	240,636			$	241,804			$	219,725
Operating income (loss) (a)(b)		$	(53,713	)				$	(129,735	)		$	47,474			$	51,683			$	(104,141	)
Net income (loss)		$	(140,054	)				$	(112,816	)		$	(3,970	)		$	2,717			$	(138,239	)
Basic earnings (loss) per share		$	(1.47	)				$	(2.19	)		$	(0.08	)		$	0.05			$	(2.69	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	(1.47	)				$	(2.19	)		$	(0.08	)		$	0.05			$	(2.69	)

 

(a)

The operating income for the third and fourth quarters of 2012 included charges related to asset impairments of $38,271 and $2,636, respectively. The operating loss for the periods January 1 – January 14, 2011 and January 15 – March 31, 2011 included costs related to the acquisition of CommScope, Inc. by Carlyle of $42,976 and $82,828, respectively. The operating loss for the fourth quarter of 2011 included asset impairments of $126,057.

(b)

Operating income for each quarter in 2012 included pretax restructuring costs of, in chronological order, $8,066, $7,315, $1,624 and $5,988. Operating income (loss) for each Successor period in 2011 included pretax restructuring costs (credits) of, in chronological order, $1,102, $(466), $4,520 and $13,559.

 

F-64

---

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Parent Company Information

Condensed Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Assets
Receivable from subsidiary		$	4,957			$	1,498
Investment in subsidiary			1,182,282				1,365,089
Total assets		$	1,187,239			$	1,366,587
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Other accrued liabilities		$	4,957			$	1,498
Total liabilities			4,957				1,498
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock, $0.01 par value; Authorized shares: 100,000,000; Issued and outstanding: 51,626,433 and 51,562,785 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively			519				518
Additional paid-in-capital			1,656,418				1,649,200
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)			(447,687	)			(252,308	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(16,646	)			(26,364	)
Treasury stock, at cost; 312,100 shares and 189,100 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively			(10,322	)			(5,957	)
Total stockholders’ equity			1,182,282				1,365,089
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	1,187,239			$	1,366,587

See notes to Condensed Financial Information

 

F-65

---

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Parent Company Information

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)
Interest expense			—				—
Interest income			—				—
Income (loss) before income taxes			5,353				(252,308	)
Income tax expense (benefit)			—				—
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Equity in comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiary			9,718				(26,364	)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			9,718				(26,364	)
Total Comprehensive income (loss)		$	15,071			$	(278,672	)

See notes to Condensed Financial Information

 

F-66

---

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Parent Company Information

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 15 - December 31, 2011
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)		$	5,353			$	(252,308	)
Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary			(5,353	)			252,308
Changes in assets and liabilities
Receivable from subsidiary			(3,459	)			(1,498	)
Other accrued liabilities			3,459				1,498
Net cash provided by operating activities			—				—
Investing Activities
Investment in subsidiary			—				(1,606,599	)
Dividend from subsidiary			200,000				—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			200,000				(1,606,599	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of shares			—				1,606,599
Dividend to shareholders			(200,000	)			—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			(200,000	)			1,606,599
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			—				—
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period			—				—
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$	—			$	—

See notes to Condensed Financial Information

 

F-67

---

Table of Contents

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Parent Company Information

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

(In thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1. Basis of Presentation

CommScope Holding Company, Inc. (the Parent Company), formerly known as Cedar I Holding Company, Inc. was formed by Carlyle to effect the acquisition of CommScope, Inc and had no activities prior to the acquisition of CommScope, Inc. on January 14, 2011.

The Parent Company is a holding company with no material operations of its own that conducts substantially all of its activities through its direct subsidiary, CommScope, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The accompanying Condensed Financial Statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and, on an equity basis, its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented on a “parent-only” basis. Under a parent-only presentation, the Parent Company’s investments in subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. These parent-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the CommScope Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

The condensed parent-only financial statement have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of the Company exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company. The ability of the Company’s operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the terms of the subsidiaries’ financing arrangements (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).

2. Commitments and Contingencies

The Parent Company guarantees the CommScope, Inc. senior secured term loan and asset-based revolving credit facilities. See Note 6 to the annual consolidated financial statements. For discussion of the commitments and contingencies of the subsidiaries of the Parent Company see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

3. Related Parties

For discussion of our related party transactions see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

4. Dividends

A special cash dividend of $200.0 million was declared and paid to the equity holders of the Parent Company during the year ended December 31, 2012. In conjunction with the dividend, a distribution of $732 was made by a subsidiary of the Parent Company to option holders and has been reflected as a reduction of the Parent Company investment in subsidiary. In order to fund the dividend, a dividend was paid to the Parent Company from its subsidiary.

On May 28, 2013, the Parent Company issued $550.0 million of 6.625%/7.375% Senior Payment-in-Kind Toggle Notes due 2020 in a private offering. On May 28 and June 28, 2013, the Company’s board of directors declared and subsequently paid dividends to shareholders and distributions to option holders of $350.0 million and $200.0 million, respectively. See Notes 5 and 11 of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

No dividends or distributions were paid during the period January 15 – December 31, 2011.

5. Subsequent Events

The Parent Company has considered subsequent events through August 2, 2013 in preparing the parent-only financial statements and disclosures, which were available to be issued on August 2, 2013.

 

F-68

---

Table of Contents

 

 

---

Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including             (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

            Shares

 

CommScope Holding Company, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan		Deutsche Bank Securities		BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Barclays		Credit Suisse		Goldman, Sachs & Co.		Jefferies

Morgan Stanley		RBC Capital Markets				Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The actual and estimated expenses in connection with this offering, all of which will be borne by us, are as follows:

 

SEC Registration Fee		$	102,300
FINRA Filing Fee			113,000
Printing and Engraving Expense
Legal Fees
Accounting Fees
Blue Sky Fees
Stock Exchange Listing Fees
Transfer Agent Fee
Miscellaneous
Total		$

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement will provide that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from breach of their fiduciary duties. However, nothing contained in such provision will eliminate or limit the liability of directors (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

In addition, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers containing provisions, which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such persons against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, liabilities, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, that may arise by reason of their status or service as our director or executive officer and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any such proceedings. The proposed form of such indemnification agreement will be filed as Exhibit 10.22 to this Registration Statement.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement, to be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement, will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The information presented in this Item 15 does not give effect to the     -for-     stock split, which will occur with the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to this offering. Since June 30, 2010, we have granted to our directors, officers and employees options to purchase an aggregate of 3,274,988 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices equal to $16.70, $17.20 or $26.70 under our equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the existing equity incentive plan.

Since June 30, 2010, 12 of our directors, officers and former employees have exercised options and purchased an aggregate of 167,305 shares of our common stock, net of exercise price and tax withholding, at per share prices equal to $7.93, $9.80, $11.71, $16.04, $16.20, $26.24, $26.63, $29.51, $29.67 or $30.42 under our existing equity incentive plan or our predecessor equity incentive plan.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. Individuals who purchased stock as described above represented their intention to acquire the stock for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions.

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(A)

Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
1.1*		Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CommScope Holding Company, Inc.
3.2*		Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of CommScope Holding Company, Inc.
4.1*		Form of Stock Certificate
4.2**		Indenture governing the 8.25% Senior Notes due 2019, among CommScope, Inc. as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, dated January 14, 2011
4.3**		Form of 8.25% Senior Note due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.2)
4.4**		Indenture governing the 6.625% / 7.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2020, between CommScope Holding Company, Inc. as Issuer and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, dated May 28, 2013
4.5**		Form of 6.625% / 7.375% Senior PIK Toggle Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.4)
5.1*		Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1**		Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, by and among CommScope Holding Company, Inc., CommScope, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the U.S. Co-Borrowers and European Co-Borrowers named therein, the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as US Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as European Administrative Agent
10.2**		Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 9, 2012, among CommScope, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the US Borrowers, European Co-Borrowers and Guarantors named therein, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as U.S. Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as European Administrative Agent
10.3**		Revolving Credit Facility Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.) and the additional Grantors party thereto, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.4**		Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.5**		Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.6**		Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.7**		Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.), as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
10.8**		Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2012, among CommScope, Inc., as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
10.9**		Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2013, among CommScope, Inc., as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
10.10**		Term Loan Credit Facility Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.) and the additional Grantors party thereto, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.11**		Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.12**		Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.13**		Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.14**		Holdings Guaranty, dated as of January 14, 2011, by CommScope Holding Company, Inc. in favor of the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.15**		Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of January 14, 2011, from the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein in favor of the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.16**		Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, by and among CommScope Inc., CommScope Holding Company, Inc., certain Subsidiaries party thereto as a Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the holders of Revolving Credit Obligations, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the holders of Initial Fixed Asset Obligations
10.17*		Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
10.18*		Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Frank M. Drendel and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.19*		Employment Agreement between Randall W. Crenshaw and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.20*		Employment Agreement between Marvin S. Edwards, Jr. and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.21*		Form of Amended and Restated Severance Protection Agreement between the Company and certain executive officers
10.22*		Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.23*		Andrew Corporation Management Incentive Program, dated November 18, 1999, as amended May 12, 2003, May 14, 2004 and January 22, 2008
10.24*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective May 7, 2004)

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
10.25*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective February 28, 2007)
10.26*		Amended and Restated CommScope Holding Company, Inc. 2011 Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective February 19, 2013)
10.27*		CommScope Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive Plan
10.28*		CommScope Holdings, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan
10.29*		CommScope, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
10.30*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
10.31*		Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated CommScope Holding Company, Inc. 2011 Incentive Plan
21.1**		List of Subsidiaries
23.1*		Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
24.1**		Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement)

 

*	To be filed by amendment.

**	Previously filed.

 

(B)

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I

Parent Company only Financial Statements required to be filed under this item are set forth in Item 8 of this Registration Statement.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Certain information required in Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, has been omitted because equivalent information has been included in the financial statements included in this Registration Statement.

Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they either are not required, are immaterial or are not applicable.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

We hereby undertake that:

 

(i)

for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(ii)

for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Hickory, state of North Carolina, on September 4, 2013.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
/s/ Marvin S. Edwards, Jr. Marvin S. Edwards, Jr.		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)		September 4, 2013
/s/ Mark A. Olson Mark A. Olson		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)		September 4, 2013
/s/ Robert W. Granow Robert W. Granow		Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)		September 4, 2013
* Frank M. Drendel		Director and Chairman of the Board		September 4, 2013
* Marco De Benedetti		Director		September 4, 2013
* Peter J. Clare		Director		September 4, 2013
* Campbell R. Dyer		Director		September 4, 2013
* Stephen C. Gray		Director		September 4, 2013
* L. William Krause		Director		September 4, 2013
* Claudius E. Watts IV		Director		September 4, 2013

 

* By:		/s/ Frank B. Wyatt, II
		Frank B. Wyatt, II Attorney-in-fact

 

II-7

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
1.1*		Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CommScope Holding Company, Inc.
3.2*		Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of CommScope Holding Company, Inc.
4.1*		Form of Stock Certificate
4.2**		Indenture governing the 8.25% Senior Notes due 2019, among CommScope, Inc. as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, dated January 14, 2011
4.3**		Form of 8.25% Senior Note due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.2)
4.4**		Indenture governing the 6.625% / 7.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2020, between CommScope Holding Company, Inc. as Issuer and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, dated May 28, 2013
4.5**		Form of 6.625% / 7.375% Senior PIK Toggle Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.4)
5.1*		Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1**		Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, by and among CommScope Holding Company, Inc., CommScope, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the U.S. Co-Borrowers and European Co-Borrowers named therein, the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as US Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as European Administrative Agent
10.2**		Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 9, 2012, among CommScope, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the US Borrowers, European Co-Borrowers and Guarantors named therein, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as U.S. Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as European Administrative Agent
10.3**		Revolving Credit Facility Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.) and the additional Grantors party thereto, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.4**		Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.5**		Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.6**		Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.7**		Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.), as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

II-8

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
10.8**		Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2012, among CommScope, Inc., as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
10.9**		Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2013, among CommScope, Inc., as Borrower, CommScope Holding Company, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
10.10**		Term Loan Credit Facility Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among CommScope, Inc. (as successor by merger to Cedar I Merger Sub, Inc.) and the additional Grantors party thereto, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.11**		Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.12**		Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.13**		Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, made by Allen Telecom LLC, Andrew LLC and CommScope, Inc. of North Carolina in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
10.14**		Holdings Guaranty, dated as of January 14, 2011, by CommScope Holding Company, Inc. in favor of the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.15**		Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of January 14, 2011, from the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein in favor of the Secured Parties referred to therein
10.16**		Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, by and among CommScope Inc., CommScope Holding Company, Inc., certain Subsidiaries party thereto as a Guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the holders of Revolving Credit Obligations, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the holders of Initial Fixed Asset Obligations
10.17*		Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
10.18*		Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Frank M. Drendel and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.19*		Employment Agreement between Randall W. Crenshaw and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.20*		Employment Agreement between Marvin S. Edwards, Jr. and CommScope, Inc., dated January 14, 2011
10.21*		Form of Amended and Restated Severance Protection Agreement between the Company and certain executive officers
10.22*		Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.23*		Andrew Corporation Management Incentive Program, dated November 18, 1999, as amended May 12, 2003, May 14, 2004 and January 22, 2008
10.24*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective May 7, 2004)

 

II-9

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.		DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
10.25*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective February 28, 2007)
10.26*		Amended and Restated CommScope Holding Company, Inc. 2011 Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective February 19, 2013)
10.27*		CommScope Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive Plan
10.28*		CommScope Holdings, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan
10.29*		CommScope, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
10.30*		Amended and Restated CommScope, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
10.31*		Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated CommScope Holding Company, Inc. 2011 Incentive Plan
21.1**		List of Subsidiaries
23.1*		Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
24.1**		Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement)

 

*	To be filed by amendment.

**	Previously filed.

 

II-10